Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
BLD-1990-7566 - COMMERCIAL
FOR INSPECTIONS CALL: CITY OF ANACORTES PERMIT V 7566 293-1901 BUILDING PERMIT 24 Hire. Notice Requested Site Address 1400-4t.h street Cold 42 NAME(OR NAME OF BUSINESS) PI[7MBIlHG Tride= it Seafoods , Inc . MAILING ADDRESS No. TYPE OF FIXTURE OR 11'EM FEE CTTy TELEPHONE NUMBER Water Closet $ rink,t•e�rtes , WA 9822 293-7701 Bathtub NAME Laviahiry t' . J . C'orrlee Shower ADDRESS Kitchen Sink 130R S. W. Bertha Blvd. Dishwasher CITY TELEPHONE NUMBER Laundry Tray f'.grtA ;tnd, Ore 9721 503-244-0579 Clothes Washer NAME Water Heater Max Gabbard Construction, InC . Urinal ADDRESS . Drinking Fountain .112 S. 3 rd Street Floor Sink or Drain CITY TELEPHONE NUMBER Slop Sink Yakima, WA 98907 509-457-5727 Water Piping STATE LICENSE NUMBER Crry LICENSE NUMBER MAXGAI*134CB ❑ Residential i Won-Residential PERMU $ . ❑xNew ❑Add ❑ Alter ❑.:Repair TOTAL PEE $ •0 O Building EhPlumbing ❑Mechanical MECHANICAL ❑ sign ❑ Demolition ❑.Other ❑ GAS ❑'OIL ❑ ELECE ❑ OTHER Legal Description of Property or Tax Account Number ° No. TYPE OF EQUIPMENT FEE Lot Block of 771- 3772-107-001-002 plus . others. Air Cond. Unit $ Refrigeration Unit— HP Boiler— - HP Forced Air System— BTU/KW Describe Work Floor Furnace Tilt up cold . stor€sge building with Wall Heater office . Unit Heater Clothes Dryer. Occupancy Use - Ventilation Fan ❑ Single Family Residence ❑ Multi-Family Residence Range Hood ❑ Office ❑ Retail EkStomge ❑ Church Air Hand' Unit— CFM ❑ Restaurant ❑ Other Pre-manufactured Stove or Fireplace NOTICE Gas Pi in This permit is issued by the Building Official and,under the provisions . 4 of the Uniform Building Code,shall expire by limitation and.become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit is not com- PERMIT: -$ menced within 180 days from the date of permit issuance,or if the building TOTAL" -$- or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at am time after the work is commented for a period of 180 days, TOTAL FEES VALUA14ON FEE By affixing my signature, I hereby certify that I am the owner of the Building 0 $ 574D.00 property for which this permit is issued or am an authorized represen- Plan Check 3781 .00 tative of the aver. All provisions of laws and ordinances governing this type of work will Plumbing 0 be complied with whether specified herein or not,including routine calls Mechanical for inspections Sign V J Demolition( Energy Surcharge Sigsaee of owner a Awkwited Agent Mae) State Surcharge Seed Setback side Idled SePoaek nor Ywd Setback Other ] 0 1 1 ` TOTAL $ r Dee zme O—Pdncr Grow 'type of Cont. Conditions:' Lit B-I \'I lhls permit curers only the Lot Aka Vacant Sim Dwel ing Uoae F,t ruc.tiaraI shell and the pltimbi.ng for 0Yes ❑A6 the office urea. The and AmSprmttee,aeynbed NaofSemies geckoes occupant Load rack storeasge will be tinder a sel,arat ° EPY" .11No I I 0 if permit. Site of Bids. [Naas Checked By: 50000 S. F. IC1101E DAIM INAW.996 IS YOU`PRR M Peemidm is�' °°tlibb77 td m de the above dscIDd work mind*to"aoadaiom . beam adseeadhrEtoth eWis adplan land : .pig thwt4 skdijeet to - eeaepnsnes with the wd iems of the CP1Y(or A001CM iil / itif:)0 Permit Issued BY I .irt ?'k sink P 7H63 W G•CLARK General Contractors Since 1910 CONSTRUCTION CO. January 3 , 1990 RECEIVED Meeting Minutes JAN 6 1990 Trident Seafoods City of Anacortes6�$�: 5 ' ° Attendees: Mr. Ed Frank Building Official Jim Klontz Klontz & Associates Dave Rice W.G. Clark W.T. Swanson W.G. Clark 1 . Reviewed closures at columns and X-bracing at ceiling closures at ceilings around columns and at X-braces. We submitted technical information on the ethafoam proposed for this use. We discussed the very small area over which this foam would be used. Ed indicated he had not finished his review but was leaning toward allowing the use of ethafoam for these closures. 2. Reviewed the proposed gate at the second floor level truck doors. Jim's proposed gate was acceptable to the City. 3 . Item 20 on the Building Dept. 's completion checklist dated 12/14/89 required an upgrade to approved handicap usable latch release devices. After discussion it was resolved that we would upgrade a total of 9 doors from knobs to lever handles. These doors include the four doors from the second floor warehouse to the office areas, four doors from the warehouse to the locker lunchroom area and one door from employee entry hallway to the process floor. 4 . We discussed the proposed revisions to the handrail to comply with the handicap code and resolve to extend the handrail along the walls to comply with code. In one instance the handrail will extend around a corner to comply with the 23" extension and this was deemed acceptable by Mr. Frank. 5. We reviewed the items on Mr. Franks completion walk- thru dated December 14, 1989. A copy of the minutes with the status of each item noted in the margin is attached. 6 . Discussed the mezzanine and packaging enclosure at the end of belt freezer #1 . This structure is presently being reviewed by ICBO and the owner understands that additional bracing may have to be added to comply with the requirements of ICBO. With the caveat - t 408 Aurora Avenue North, Seattle,WA98109 (206)624-5244 FAX682-7126 WG-CL-AC-*370NO Equal oppommity Employer understanding work may be required above the ceiling to satisfy ICBO. Ed allowed us to close in our ceilings at the mezzanine enclosure. 7. Discussed the requirement for parking lot striping prior to issuance of a temporary certificate of occupancy. Ed indicated that if the parking lot is laid out and temporary striping is down he would allow temporary occupancy pending proper weather to allow the completion of the permanent occupancy. 8. Energy calculations at the building. Because of the problems that we seem to be running into to get the entire building classified as a heated space we will provide calculations for the locker and office spaces only and leave the balance of the building as an unheated space as originally proposed. 9. Structural special inspection. We had previously provided the certifications for the welders performing the inspections at the fabrication plant. We will submit a letter from structural engineer waiving his requirement for full time inspection at the fabrication plant for welding and will provide a letter from the fabricator atesting to the compliance of all welding to the building code as outlined in Chapter 50 Paragraph 5006 of the 1985 Uniform Building Code. We provided Ed Frank copies of the certifications for all welders performing welding on the project site and at the fabrication plant. 10 . We at present have a temporary Certificate of Occupancy for the office areas only. Ed indicated he would expand the temporary building permit to encompass the entire building upon completion of the fire and life safety items. These items are included in Ed's inspection report of Nov. 14 , 1989 and are as follows: Item #2 - We must block off the upper portion of the make-up air units so that the exhaust flue is more than 3 feet above the air inlet. Item #2 - Confirm electrical inspection to been completed. Item #4 - Final elevator inspection to be completed. Item #5 - Ed needs to confirm that the work in the elevator machinery room has been completed. Item #7 - The installation of the ventilation fan in the first aid room will be completed next week. Item #8 - Stairway to the storage area over the test kitchen will be installed next week. Item #20 - The nine doors discussed in Item #3 above will have approved exit devices on them. Item #22 - The handrail will be extended to comply with State Regulations per barrier free facilities. Item #23 - Is an owner item and will, we understand, be completed next week. In addition, Ed indicated the following additional items must also be completed. 1 . Testing and certification of the backflow prevention devices. 2 . Temporary parking lot layout and striping. 3 . Resolution of the energy code for the interior heated spaces and testing and certification of the lab hood and fire protection system. This completes the minutes of the meeting held. Anyone having questions or comments please contact the writer. Encl . cc: Attendees Dan Sherman - Trident Seafoods Stan Hadler International Conference of Building Officials REGIONAL OFFICE: 2122-112TH AVENUE, N.E.,SUITE B-300 • BEL LEVU E,WASH IN GTON 98004 • (206)451-9541 BOARD OF DIRECTORS OFFICES OF JERRY J.BARBERA,P.E. CHAIRMAN REGIONAL MANAGER BRENT SNYDER,C.B.O. JUAN C.INCHAUSTE,P.E. BUILDING OFFICIAL SENIOR REGIONAL ENGINEER PACIFICA,CALIFORNIA FRANKS.NATSUHARA,P.E.,S.E. FIRST VICE-CHAIRMAN SENIOR REGIONAL ENGINEER EUGENE J.ZELLER,P.E.,C.B.O. December 15, 1989 CHARLES J.REGIONAL ENGNEERE . SUPERINTENDENT OF BUILDING AND SAFETY LONG BEACH,CALIFORNIA Plan Check: 2602 SECOND VICE-CHAIRMAN Project: Trident Seafoods JAMES L.MANSON,C.B.O. DIRECTOR,DEPARTMENT OF Code Information: Mezzanine Add (Cooler) BUILDING AND SAFETY COUNTYOFSPOKANE Floor Area: 680 SPOKANE,WASHINGTON Valuation: 1-1 /2 Hours Professional Time IMMEDIATE PAST CHAIRMAN 1988 Uniform Building Code WILLIAM E.SCHLECHT,C.B.O.BUILDING OFFICIAL Seismic Zone 3 COUNTY OF WASHINGTON HILLSBORO,OREGON ROBERT J.EPPSTEIN,C.B.O. Edwin Frank CHIEFBUILDING OFFICIAL Building Official FREMONT,CALIFORNIA 904 6th Street BOB FOWLER,P.E.,AIA,C.B.O. Anacortes, WA 98221 DIRECTOR OF BUILDING INSPECTION ABILENE,TEXAS JAN P.GASTERLAND,C.B.O. Dear Mr. Frank: BUILDING CODE OFFICER ST.PAUL,MIN iNESOTA PH M.HERRINGTON,C.B.O. We have reviewed the plans and associated data for the project DIRECTOR,DEPARTMENT OF mentioned above to see if it conforms structurally to the BUILDING AND SAFETY RENO,NEVADA Uniform Building Code. We have not reviewed them for DOUGLAS E.HOOD,C.B.O. requirements of federal, or other state and local regulatory BUILDING OFFICIAL agencies. In most cases, the designer should modify the COLORADO RIVER INDIAN TRIBES PARKER,ARIZONA plans and/or specifications to satisfy these comments. GORDON W.MUROOCH,P.E. BUILDING OFFICIAL STRUCTURAL DANA POINT,CALIFORNIA MICHAEL J.NOLTE,C.B.O. BUILDING OFFICIAL 1 . The lateral design should be in accordance with the CRESWELL,OREGON 1988 UBC. RON PERKEREWICZ,C.B.O. DIRECTOR OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 2. For storage areas that are self supporting, table 23-Q COUNTY OF KITSAP PORT ORCHARD,WASHINGTON should be used. Item 8 specifies an Rw of 5 fort is type JAMES R.SINGLETON,C.B.O. Of structure. BUILDING SAFETY ADMINISTRATOR TUCSON,ARIZONA 3. The seismic load should include 25$ of the storage live THOMAS R.LDINGTHOMPSON,OFFICIAL C.B.O. load (approximately 19 sf) . The total seismic weight should BUILDING OFFICIAL pp Y P BROOMFIELD,COLORADO be approximately 64 psf (45 + 19) . ROBERT D.WEBER,P.E.,C.B.O. DIRECTOR,DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING COUNTY OF CLARK 4. Using an Rw of 5 the seismic base shear factor would LAS VEGAS,NEVADA be .41 and the total seismic load would be approximately ALLEN O.ZEPPER,C.B.O. 18 kips (1 .8 kips per column) . BUILDING OFFICIAL STILLWATER,MINNESOTA 5. Also, since this is a rigid diaphragm, torsional shears PRESIDENT JAMES E.BIHB,P.E. should be considered. See section 2312 e 5 and 6. FAX NUMBERS Order Department (213)692-3853 Plan Review (213)692-3425 ICSO ES (213)695-4694 Administration (213)699-8031 Main Office: 5360 South Workman Mill Road • Whittier, California 90601 • (213)699-0541 Plan Check 2602 Edwin Frank, Anacortes December 15, 1989 Page Two 6. If the columns are to be used to resist the lateral forces by cantilevered action, then the column connection at the base should be justified for this moment. The formula used is strictly for axial loading. Otherwise X bracing should be provided. 7. Footings should be provided beneath each column. The footings should be justified for combined axial and overturning moment. 8. The anchor bolts should also be justified for the overturning forces. 9. A detail should be provided for the expansion joint at the building column. No lateral loads should be induced into this column. 10. The maximum storage live load (75 psf) should be posted. Our headquarters accounting department in Whittier, California will send you an invoice for this plan reviewing service based on a professional fee of 1-1 /2 hours ($75.00) . 1 am returning all data and plans to the designer and am taking the liberty of sending a copy of this list directly to him. To do the recheck, the designer should revise the plans and specifications, indicate on a separate sheet on which sheet or detail the corrections may be found and return these check prints. Please feel free to contact me if there are any questions. Very truly yours, Charles J . Williams, P.E. Regional Engineer spm c/Covert Engineers Malley Electric Company, Inc. --.--.- 9699 Beaver Marsh Road (206)424-6602 Mt.Vernon, WA 9B273 FAX: 426-8948 DECEMBER 15, 1989 WESTERN ENGINEERS 2105 S.E. 9th AVENUE PORTLAND, OR 97214 ATTENTION KEN BEAVERS RE: TRIDENT SEAFOODS SITE LIGHTING KEN, PER YOUR REQUEST, I CERTIFY THAT THE SITE LIGHTING AT TRIDENT SEAFOODS EXCEEDS THE MINIMUM FOOTCANDLE LEVEL OF 1FC, MAINTAINED FOR BOTH THE LAMP LIFE AND ALLOWING FOR A STANDARD MAINTENANCE FACTOR (dirt on lens and lamp). THE AREA CONCERNED IS PER THE LEE JOHNSON DRAWINGS, AND VALLEY ELECTRIC DRAWINGS, COVERING ALL OF THE NEWLY ASPHALTED AREAS FOR BOTH TRAFFIC AND PARKING. IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS OR COMMENTS, PLEASE GIVE ME A CALL. SINCERELY l ERNIE WARD to_ Industrial.Commercial Resign and Construction m� WASHINGTON SURVEYING AND RATING BUREAU 300 Market Place One, 2001 Western Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98121-2190 RESTAURANT HOOD AND VENT PLAN REVIEW Date of review: ,;,;- .5ele- by: The attached hood and vent plan(s) have been reviewed for the purpose of eval - uating the relative effect of this installation upon property damage rates for the captioned property. Construction and installation of the hood and vent in accordance with the fol - lowing comments and any noted on the plan(s) may result in improved fire insurance rates. 1. Hoods shall be a minimum of 18-gauge steel or 20-gauge stainless steel . 0r1-2. Ducts shall be a minimum of 16-gauge steel or 18-gauge stainless steel . '� 3. All seams and joints shall be constructed liquid-tight with an external weld. v 4. Ducts shall have a minimum of a 6" ventilated air space, and a continuous enclosed shaft extending from the ceiling above the hood through the roof. (Construction of the shaft should be a U.L. . listed non-combustible assembly as outlined in the Fire Resistive Directory. Any supporting member added to provide rigidity to the assembly should be metal . ) 5. Ducts shall extend above the roof so that there is at least 40" of clearance from the outlet to the roof surface. 6. 18" clearance shall be maintained to combustible materials from the hood, vent and fan in the open; unless protected in accordance with N.F.P.A. Pamphlet No. 96, Appendix. A. 7. Grease filters shall be type U.L. listed for use with commercial cooking. 8. Troughs & gutters are not permitted except beneath filters. 9. Exhaust fans shall be mounted outside of the building. All comments, approval and acceptances relate exclusively to relative effect of var- ious conditions upon fire insurance rates. It is not to be construed as bearing in any way upon the question as to whether "due care" has been exercised with respect to possible liability for personal injury or damage to property. It is recognized that correctable hazards which could cause or contribute to loss may still exist and need not be identified or commented upon. Rate credit subject to inspection and final acceptance. Form 215-1981 SUPERIOR SYSTEMS, INC. 1481-B Deception Rd. SNEEi Anacortes, Washinglon 98221 CALCULAIED DY Phone 12061 293-3938 FAX (206) 293-5599 CNECNED BY__._ DAIE_ _-..— 5 1 L CV A I SCALE T'S MAK'C- -UP A WALL M0Lk 4T-- ^ MCj—j C) �D aMPL cE- ILIQ5 C> RIL.I.S T- Pj?dulpc (AKITEMPtf?CR SEE coti'clivLAous - 7 V,ALL .2, LA`lge- s� T`(pc -X SF�e E? RoclCx w i 5 C)¢ 1'f MI IV, 3 IhiR SPACE ALL A ,2ouNpJZ- t{Odp { LA-5hf C-. G L✓A LL- 4- -7o E xl-1AusT 1JUC7-. 16 G d , (;,ALV, w tdv / l IAACLDCp 3' � s�ace Irn �O; A� s�.� S. (r am - ro - .� A/ o✓eu 1 y,t� L' 21LIh� i IL-� 15. -- 1) Tc r4za I A/ U.L• �A F FLC FILTcRS d W � FmovLAglc ri? AQse Cud . 3 /41f1 SP CA To 1µ-P-, WALL pAbS : 2Z 5A • w/ I" MNEeAL Wcc9L IR15Uu><TIDDI iv c-, ovGZ ALL Conn6uST113LC ___ CatisT +�Uc7 low wlrNllj _/- 0-F HOOT) K L u r- I q0 ExNAuS"r F.�IJe7CI.IlJ-Alfz 1$N' N�'1.1, .Z s PD \,.IA LC- nA ou r.a T .FFFP- yIW c-FM E?. . 5 's P. FIRE INSURANCE AND APPURTENANT COVERAGES REX W.C"RK Mwwwv.. 300 MARKET PLACE ONE 2001 WESTERN AVENUE SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98121 FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM PLAN REVIEW Date of Review: l;A b �j ' p Il)i — ��r_ Fo,ucas The attached fire extinguishing system diagram(s) have been reviewed for the pur- pose of evaluating the relative effect of this installation upon property damage rates for the captioned property. Installation of the fire extinguishing system in accordance with the following comments and any noted on the diagram(s) may result in improved fire insurance rates. Manual pull must be in direct path of egress and be located not more than five feet above the floor. Height of nozzles over cooking surfaces shall be in conformance with the installa- tion manual . �- I«m" 3. Multiple systems in the same hood or more than one hood with a common exhaust duct less than 125' in length from any hood, requires that the systems be connected in tandem to discharge simultaneously. 4. A U.L. 40BC rated portable Dry Chemical fire extinguisher is required in kitchen area . Multi-Purpose types not recommended. 5. An automatic shut-off for all sources of fuel and heat to all cooking equipment is required if the extinguishing system should operate. 6. Broiler drip pans are to be protected as outlined in the installation manual . 7. Maintenance Stipulation (Form 54) on file. -4�-i U % 8. Contractors Certification Letter on file. All comments, approval and acceptances relate exclusively to relative effect of various conditions upon fire insurance rates. It is not to be construed as bearing in any way upon the question as to whether "due care" has been exercised with respect to possible liability for personal injury or damage to property. It is recognized that correctable hazards which could cause or contribute to loss may still exist and need not be identified or commented upon. Rate credit subject to inspection and final acceptance. Form 154-(86) , )clj / r _ �ti" • 1� (� No-r mare ` �Ok � ` �NU J�1' a�v�e -�bo✓ —__-- ---- .. --_ ---. -----__. __.._ . .�_._._.__-__-__ h 4 ( i .F��c.�.Nlti�_ 5 -r.ts �C�.. Pt/WR�AS110TED . - VAT _ wtf�s aiMri�w�►Ifw twr�a awa na�s ti r aR ✓ IVI OA us Uv r've _ w.w.wKrw.�w tio.w. r+.w�w» gMdt A.pR,�M/M tl Itatwr/A�/MIt Ir��+MBA iM Gp 1114 REVISIONS BY n AAf UA Lf Pr TYPICAL Rome i3\AILr` UP Roof Nmre. Ria"I:AAcs C3A•rT 1NSuu.Tio� R i RooR imu4LATeN SVS'ICM (ML•(•O To 1IWe CR1uCRo5i /IRE SupPoleT To W' T42 JOISTS Z-0" 0•L• ON FMfVr.NxT IWSUL. COUAPSO tDN SPAIuµ1 MS (eLtA -LAM LS6Arv% oN 'SM61. Col X-CROSS W 11RE ItiiL•t'AuATtou,� QK U['�\I t r— - — \!I ew L.a.01%1P1&A Not. A•S ,M i I i i � � �I@olote � � I I � i I,. G+,wl. �♦k Lae+vT ! '` I � i � j � � I I $ t4•RAaCK S � , j I L oor Owe Rrrt ! \ C i I iN• k' EP.P►W4 i , I I ..5 Ra►c.K SC'DIZIw,I% /b4�J. !K r ' - '• ! !. I 1 MAID I I I I t .i � R� I ry i i I LS`?�ilt Itot AT1F i I I . i y I I I I I ! SYS tZ1.� I—oADIN 1.Doctc y SSu: SP4,1►a�FLt'�b.8 l'rP , k 1 _.1_. ._.._.->L-._. ` I "3 f 111�t11.�a}i CUNC : SL.wB OK � i I` ' °r 014 C4*44 SUM Sufi ON CAae�oltt �a.GT1o>tii �I . �`yo4` Deep -rAr 04 X � i ��� � l -�' PKP.Ss Z - ,. �y,1STING l�uuiNowSE. i yi o +iGr+t 1L QLotbc K oTGN FAR 1lDa. j L U1itv.4 tar `,/ j N.I.C_ I C) Gaa'L�,,, t +bLill 1fiAR ti+ct4. (L�Efk 6lIw .,To TJT `r ►� " i G+►dC -2..r "f M�/I+kv►T r ICYC Roo Foe 4" � � �'w*- burr . z W%4h. y� +� Icy b Roo Wam o" � - N i �r h�a �. *a, - **f"- i't1 i 7` ► J�.' k. MAIM � Pot I✓IQ& I 0..l,�or076 �I J A ` CyAo Hw s. OleId l TttAabcJJc i�.,s �.. � C NITS Jt t ; " b I PHASE ap , ' J Q 11� r x \ 1 NizW k/ARa HowcuC �/ A.S . 00R i n _ 7 ���a ax,a °` �3T27RAE•iL LA►L.L .17/$(rbG � � � �.� � r I ;a ( LoAct*tc, GALc IA�t9Sog6 W U +. FZ�.Gb: A•S, CA�,c 15Psi E++oN&eoPaass / Cy� 4d � y '. I /TbCuCK LOAD\NG' V kv 14 1 BIrW 1iRl! O N�'� - 8 KEv 4Anr 1/Aa Vte �"1 NIEw gN of Id' E,Lze. Zeu- - 110v14C Ftw+E MA"w OFOM/ FIq�2Dr*Pi• Co N- 1t All .. .. 1n/A-s'\iR►�Low �NPORMATtcN / �r _-__.__.—Ct 5'� - _Stay�tT-.------- __...—.--- _—___.. _—__--- -._—.«_. — Psi sk Rss+o. %ss 2 PSI FLOa/i wl Gn 317S' 4P►l ` ,� K„ �a mow► =q/b'T SIT RAa <j -r _ �I ,I , v " s — r ' . . . . . _.. � --•�-•-- SR0.MYiYR O[iuFCS•a �,EstJbGTolc w 4-0" �4' d' _ z=o' Fw+ I - 1 Raor- --_. - _- ..------ --.__. � to FOW 4 � 7RNc_iLs -t- - srsT�>r,s �� ja LOAD HotAIR CS I ')o NotE G�NERAI NOTE: CSY5-rEvl De sic't � # 8-8 y\ RACIZs PH..SE WARI�ND AS I� I5 PRoTeCTED Bv(4) FcK oz SwaPARATLT AIAT�MATIL SPRIAtKI CT>SYST�FIS l7'h� L+.4 S`(STE►+v L PRo -c rs TNfc LO AO,NG ROOM �tJo S'TOYiACw4 AF'I'RO�. 5,430 Sty FT. WITN x 1 '�1� I , s '1,. 1' � '�`�•RfD Vic- . ';{(o Lc. 01211w\t-!T Z�• SSU SPRIM KLERS� C.it,G,.l!_AT1,:D To . Iq� 1950 FTC' AND TNt 5MM..I i 4EMMoodL5Zo1 /� t4aml 130� ^,, OFf►GL. ARCA CLT. NAZA@,o) SYSTFNI = RE6i,,k%xtzs "tAS .71 C*Pv"\ e t,9.23 PSi. y 5wws,CNaeK _,/ cc dtXI;L R Rem �� �>' q SYSTEM Z. Paovinera Petan- rGTIOM 'A/%7-" 0) ONQ L CYICL OF f IN -RA%GK SP%%MKLeVRS T\tERE Q `, VAuK bN $r�s7 Iry 1 .l %.' } M t Revswsubt ARt 4IV 'Z" OR1FIeE IG5` SS�I StiT�RMEO=A11Z TYPZ SPrtlwr,Lzfes . Tvi,s S•rSTEM COvd0.3 t 1 Kompa:C" �N `. 1 . rvr' k , ZLS (r 5(iuAwla ¢F OF FLAGbLS WITH THE IKOST REMOTE C� SPR.Il.i4LL7.RS C.hLCNLATIdD f - Bwrlcv.ftr VA"4911fIItIL I _ lS PSv aH.P. �ITH Ed.LN I�EAp Cov¢Rtl.la 72 �L TN\s Svs�B� R�p.A�RWrs 148 ,�}ZG,PMu/5r..ta�.Pst t 1ti. TKtrt r '4u'' ` SI 2 C3+.Scz Orr Rtsevc 7 Jt ' &VIt.40, `!f LIE1. CaaiG- Sof.•�l• OiVK.KMWI� ` S`CSTIia4SPR.o•/tD+ES pRtS�CT0�1 OFTNd WdST Wat.F\ C�FTNC SCDR/v,4t WA&V%o%ASZ CJTNIs Roar hw+aR©,.Ir�ATs4Y ZLIto �6 . S-rsn .. 4 Cavlswa A?Paa. , Z25oorl+. ri ` r = , I ;.� . : .. . - ' Ml � �.OVID4TS PyW"C'CG7IGIV O� TNS: EAST NA..F OttTittr SroaA,c.� WAR.i 11P.�5� �i•O o oir.�wi .. - ' � 5rs'st[ �z' -2 r. SYSTaMs Ants Dasluaffo To Pt¢ov,Dl: . i� C.Pt�/PCL ovctc zLoo d\ THCRE -r d Rxlo T NffSE I ' 1 /lam SW9 t�04ir ©VLIFIIc& ?-W SSv St�wluK,r%sles Ct3aTN'Scrtrtttit Gow®1aBw). 5�15'r�M An"'. s I�a� stz 4 M C' 6 al �s1bra ►art T+wv�dt. . oRR R G✓O►V=b !C M° �OVA � f !7 0 4e++v -- _.� ReQu mes ► o'3,ss c,pK @ �,s 74 Ps C� -rt1 , 1 ¢ S'eq+nsr - ��' ' ; ''i = ` �•, -. _. - � F RAM aT1ElGS CJ F S'�'S•1'1C'K ots%&W . b�� �� .••�. _ TAJJK Mou�flhce HR C'..o�A _ .: I) CLASS Ir.oplTi"3 L�eJC►aC^PSUI,J►Z'ie:o °3 Date . ,.. t: A1� M+vb� 4re►SaTe S+r tlsea►t+ CiA+rsbt,o� QFzD».. hi h �` ' H �y, y� 2� Mu,LT\PL6 RovJ R/K-Kt I$-(•' T1►LL Awe GwcATca T«rvt 16'D DtEttw .Z� .•�of �°.� r� 1 trly�it SYiTdM tra�y�.. ��+R loll' DO ( i1j ti4 6, a Scale SpW.�t.d rAM u•- 'S) Ml.nII.vIA►ti 4J'COYLAL.1i bIT. t7'V NdT \V �P ,.. o !� g S 1 SE b..rl�TAll.. tic C6.a4d1t THAvJ 18 13eLOW 62oaF SPf%*01..SIa L71EFL�CToR M e i, Drawn ' g ' f - 't" y' sl-� - � 5-rbbLwai: I.la C� i�'1! Ti+.la `' QdLpW" N -RAe.,li. SPbi/wt�..�S1a taLPLbTC.Tsf0., e b _ '� l�lt�,v, ILvtb:..Mhgttl. flY 6). ftAILbL %M wtK►Jltiti LOGATwO Z' O MI Frtb 1@AGft Aa14NTJ ^y L�I>lTL.tQ1[N p 197a��o Job g'-et° t il'- 8" IEL�v. IN RA,e1ts . �bNAL E��.•• N. pe.� U e &F Sneed _ r. powwowpI i k}�� uz . ,,: ee'aa'it :.1MNRLR'ONM► tWIMI CIeM•e,Mr, - _ •... ..- / .F N - 4 � � ® G7 �` � Y �t � �y�„ id V' I �i '�� �°i`D Y � r� ' � w'�a?."`w•�C.r�/'�� 1� (�� ;�, Sn'C/ ` v t72LaWti"40:) v2E 71`ti+ 1 "0Lkw7�-"',� QIIcj ZZ4:} 'IV M. " „rWWQ� .���tti� ��'�c7 �`d�5 .l.t I�J"i1. 1 o N C o � o Q -- rj44 S Y Iry 4 Ll 0 CI 'sdO ; � GO i � W V') 00 y O pt-6 of-S i O 2 VI V)IL ly - o at � -� •� � I � � -o ►� f i b•o b_o i b_o ! ; I j � �� � in 0 : I f, ppo , AL _ 2 __. AN s s na1L Ui �� i ar ' w o �1tl1� : �►1`d Q= 91r1111� MoN-2 / Z - co i -� Q v �' I � •'7 sl.swoC Tr1 �fl 57111W � NYt� # Q O _7 r I 7 • \ O O- \ 0= 0.3. O Y +'S- . Oi .� 4 �\ `o�\ fl �'� •Q T\ O% +- \'�` '%, x\ %\ O — 'r ,I1iJ] ' 1'b�Y4 0-$� O-8 O- G7-�� O- d �\ \ S>.: o O• o- O-$\ 3\ O-$ C"� a ' O- o-�.. o _g G d\ o- O.8 0- O-B o- 7 - r>, I 8-1 J 8 P-S O-F7 O- 8 B O-8 V•$ B O•S O B- t--._-O_9 -'i�y._ --ice g t r —ti� -• - p 1 ra 3 � £ re rt £ 04 _ _ _ - _ W IL d c,.s, oil ¢-1 _ . ._ -y(. , ! i zo b f , .. ot•sl 7- It _ 1 0-01 o•a o of o-ol o•or c -u o-zi -- o-2j—r _h-U_-- cx T -t 6' p _ p T O � 7 !f - 0 � ` � _e' 0 �.e ,r _r I r O dc I 3 d 1 J P a O O TO -c # 33 �+ O gp - 0 O t o � 3 _ 6 11A s Ir _ f1 A j v F o ;r o o � -W O s (iu Q � 'k ca, OP 9F 46 4 p �2' 2.2� 't•2i 911 , ' •est 'k-aft •a.+nl Y zol As t-'21 t $ 1► o-N V-u 1 I� N � / O 9 04 4 i o / ' ij I �/ #�4►s1�,_ ^I a �,r�� it � � ' Q � � � ; � zoo I q 1 y 1I, 0 0 to 1i c i +� 2-rL„2; I 2 44. 00— CC ar tip �_ Kit 'E- {•� 0 ° SO of 140 s � I oy • N d -�► r0 11Q +r Ilk ' ClTQo to1 i �1•h zl ZI -2-ZI .It 'L PI 2-0I 2- 1 L-OI Z Ol 9t-H 'i 3t -t 21 g-11 0-11 C tt ` , , _ O HO Nb ,o • ta. ' f No 40 Ir ej O T of Q Sr 0-2r 4,1 VAo-z1 'A-11 al-ql of cl - I ; vV lit r � A , ikl ui.{.a, ?x s e ♦ J-.. 4, t'.'x:, ...., .,. ., n ,x -. . ..,.,:, f «,+'. x., . x ._.,, , .. ._♦ a .r` .t ..., .. _. yr ., . . ,: .•i.. M;1' y......: av .. �4v .. s:• a .Ji-. , _: .v '��M",..: S\. ,C kJ. i .ve .. .:.< .. - ♦' . ... _ 1 __.�''y� ro... • >. ._¢,,.. f. _ ,.- a . . : 4 +, Y , ,.'4...,.r e. '� : .dvN.,.w..T.n _ • z .. < {.. F_ - . x x. :. _ Y , e. .t. �y -.e r.0 - ..'. # .... ..l_ � '� :1 R M K ... d "'i++.... { . , _. :. 3tl , m:. "4: .•, dilitvi, .'4t ,T .. ,. at" _ �, ... _r ,. >`. , r. da'.. . '. ., .z, :6.v' ,.. ...-.. .. ,. / •.:. ...,. , ,.._ .l _ :.-. 4 t ,.. ., ,- v_. . .:e .. � ,.. w ti.v ... w,.t ,d-. Y�3 £w,py. .C"". v `A. _� � ral+%_ �_- L_ l c ✓ v J.. !u :A` R'F J' , v,i.. a _:: ' r "' - ',:i .-: i. _M1 .v ,< .. , .. ..:' n .,.. . .. "s3 ,is?e.zy,.,`s�si'�.... b. . +�c+�rc�'�As.;fi�:.. -.... :,.:'f"iCX.- .•.:a,.,..z .:Chu»»'4.a�.,..-..'•..,.:r�•....re>w.h'ss.^we�$;as<t �.�..srC'h a..., - i 40 i I I FC�c wer[ L 5"ft"Kt.a"t A SYS'rcK Z Cw, c• To 15 Rs. ► F-N.P. C r I { 1 I 1$-0 p t4 J g.,o 63i S a w �►lo ; 8'a l5-w s-w w B w +ir t t + # SKSTQt� ly 1't li. r t ti ? } t a-ID 8 7G f 510 6-b '10 t T I I a i 11 r + v ti ? + * 7- IL r } aw IL T -- �}-�'1v�"'(�'� $9O z—(� „r `� � b `�•-� i ! Z L ' L i I ( Z. L a # ' _� � � 1 � . , NOIr - - + t 4 i 1 ; # fr S I 1 Ir T , * j , I , } r , i r I 1 h ' 1 , $ I f I � ,a � �•-�� � t i r � Y . , . . ,� , `` t: I r i � # � i" r } 1 •. ; I STaR/1aF,p� i , r r I � 1 1 I t 1 { # rt m � 1 n a , .. .. _ .jam _ �' ♦ f({[' :..,. i . . _.. + r t J :f. t f I 1 I 1 , I ii ` NO a �'1 pr j N6T[ SwP[ PiPtNL NFP.A. S�GT►oN s• T1S - HANL 1N RwcK Ptpltab, FOR flfLA/61hG.0 1 'SlopSK.CL&Kp �lwtcx, soATR � # ANO PIPE R*w. .' '''" "�`. `• I- i - - - 1 11J _ » _ r lb>< 0 3 NivplE L" sur•rw LAP To tAAir,t - t - 4 } d i - 1. r 1'i L NOSE Vw. I _ i f 6 R ? exl� f tAN o PAc-K (APR%4KT W� -L ,} - i 1 ! P-) ILK Z" 301-T1 M%AZS < *V♦+11LS v' - it t 1 rt r � I ARF - ; f i + � � # •' ►� �t � t - � + 14 AAA°17 •�tI DR. w. � j I 1 1 I 1 r +. I � U + •� t f, r t_ - } - I _' , ,l ,$ I 1 4,.,1 y. /"1 4 rt i{# + I i t ! I I i : �I •, f,ly�l ,V d rr1�p::'I j�C,(} ..i..{+ I , t I 1 1 f + + -R J. + ,6�- .�- + ♦ _}. t + + t { ' 1_ j L'. 100' L1wilto Host 1 T - » ,, i I Ivow 8 4 I t 1 sip in Fink Rose Rr►GK 1�¢TA.,� (� 77 E. Ifs d - -.— - - COL 2 A 0 - - ---- --- ... -- -- - _._ - - �-' � `Jt'R�taKL6R l-�e.G�ENP , I- L c 1 - . + �' - Y j } r ti- 't0' , a'lo vp ' , •la 8-Iv $•w - 1 8•w. -�o r i 4I` Tt.TAI Tw is 5%vr Date r I I 4 { { t, i ! ! ! � � i f I 7ly ' i � 1 t � T 1 I I I { N �l�C{G z �OSE �AC..K RPINC.1 ••.wa�e�° F AP-V10 - tt TTJ R,�, IL t • 1 . r . �� 21978 <14 � ANAL E 3t4s 1 t 79 -.c a _,. • Y _. r , - .a: ._ a . : :' , m ' , :.. S i g : J r,f C `�6r,_ - ...,, ,.. r J_h ie 5• =b!f'Efc TRIDENT SEA FOODS CORPORATION - ANAMBIB S . WA PROCESSING BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL CONTRACTOR: W.G. CLARK PH: 624-5244 ARCHITECT : JAMES M. KLONTZ & ASSOCIATES PH : 547-4150 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: ABKJ PH: 285-1185 DATE: June 9, 1989 RECEIVED J U L 27 1989 BUimNG DFPT. TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION NO. OF PAGES 02200 EARTHWORK 1 02350 PILES 1 03100 FORMWORK 2 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 2 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3 04200 UNIT MASONRY 1 05100 STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 2 05200 METAL JOISTS 2 05300 METAL DECKING 2 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 2 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 1 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 1 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 1 07200 INSULATION 1 07400 PREFORMED CLADDING/SIDING 2 07500 MEMBRANE ROOFING 3 07600 FLASHING & SHEET METAL 2 08100 METAL DOORS & FRAMES 1 08200 WOOD DOORS 1 08330 COILING DOORS 2 08500 METAL WINDOWS 1 08700 FINISH HARDWARE 2 08800 GLAZING 2 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 2 '�` "' 09500 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 2 [CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE] 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 1 09900 PAINTING 2 10500 LOCKERS 2 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES 1 11160 LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT 1 14200 ELEVATOR 3 15000 MECH. GENERAL PROVISIONS 3 15100 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 2 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS 2 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES & TRIM 3 15776 UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS 3 15777 AIR TURNOVER UNITS 4 15500 FIRE PROTECTION 3 16100 ELECTRICAL- BASIC 9 MATERIALS & METHODS 16400 SERVICE & DISTRIBUTION 5 16500 LIGHTING 4 EARTHWORK 02200 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED Excavation, removal of concrete and debris , backfill , sand fill between new and existing slabs and compaction as necessary to accomplish Work shown on these Documents . 1 .02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Piles and Caissons [02350] Concrete Formwork [031001 Cast-in-Place Concrete [033001 Mechanical [150001 (ditches for utilities by others) 1 .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with compaction requirements as noted herein and in Soils Report by Dammes and Moore. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 MATERIALS Backfill materials : Approved material from the site Sand or clean pit run gravel between new and existing slabs : Graded, free of clay and organic materials [< 7% passing #200 sieve] Granular fill under footings shall be suitable for compaction to 95% density per ASTM D1557 ; (Not more than 5% to pass #200 sieve) . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSPECTION Visit the Site; Examine and note conditions as to the extent of Work. If any discrepancies are found between these Documents and site conditions, notify Architect . 3 . 02 PERFORMANCE Excavate to depths shown on Drawings; Backfill all excess excavation under footings with concrete at Contractor's expense. Areas to be filled shall be free from debris and decayable matter prior to fill with sand or approved backfill material . Compaction shall be 90% under new concrete slabs; Overexcavate to 3 feet below bottom of footings as shown on Drawings . Fill in 8 inch layers compacted to 95% per ASTM D1557 . C PILES & CAISSONS 02350 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED Install piles as shown on Drawings and specified herein. 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Earthwork (02200] Concrete Formwork [031001 Concrete Reinforcement [03200] Cast-in-place Concrete (03300] 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with recommendations of Report [on pages 6 & 7] "Augercast Concrete Piles" by Dames & Moore to Reid Middleton & Associates , Inc. on May 24, 1989. Also, comply with UBC Sections 2908 and 2909 and these Documents . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 MATERIALS Piles shall be augercast concrete [uncased cast-in-place] . Concrete shall have an ultimate compressive strength of 2500 psi unless approved otherwise by Architect and Structural Engineer. Pressure of concrete grout shall exclude salt water and forE- iqn e C . Piles sizes and locations are shown on Structural Drawings . Reinforcing steel comply with Structural Drawing Notes . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION verify locations and datum for locations and depth of each pile. Coordinate with preparations for footings/pile caps . 3 .02 INSTALLATION Piles shall be seated at least 5 feet into the stratum [hard sandy silt] referred to in the report by Dames & Moore. Assume penetration to Elevation -30 , or about 43 feet below existing floor grades. Unit Costs : Add per ft . Subtract per ft . Notify Architect and Special Inspector 24 hours prior to installation of footings, and when conditions are exposed different than those stated herein. Provide concrete for testing, when requested by Special Inspector. 's FORMWORK 03100 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED Concrete formwork and accessories 1 .02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Concrete reinforcement (03200] Cast-in-place concrete [03300] Mechanical [150001 (Sleeves, anchors , inserts) Electrical [160001 (Sleeves , anchors, inserts) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Conform to UBC Chapter 26; ACI 347 ( latest edition) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ) Plywood forms : 5/8" [min. ] APA B-B PLYFORM or MDO. Boards or steel forms may be used (subject to approval ) in lieu of plywood at option of Contractor . Reimburse Mechanical and Electrical Contractors for additional labor to install hangers , inserts and sleeving for their work. B. ) Form Ties : Approved type form bolt , (subject to approval ) ; Wire ties and wood spacers are not permitted. C. ) Coring: Provide boxes for coring of slabs and walls for Mechanical and Electrical Work. Sizes and locations as directed by Mech. and Elect . Contractors, who are responsible for timely and accurate layout . D. ) Chamfers: Except at flush joints between concrete and masonry, chamfer external corners with 3/4" triangular strip placed in form. FORMWORK 03100 PAGE 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSPECTION Verify conditions prior to installation of forms. Notify Architect of any discrepancies or changes from Drawings . 3 . 02 PREPARATION Adjacent surfaces shall be clean and prepared per Structural Documents . At slab on grade, ground below shall be free of loose soil and debris . Coat forms with approved stainless form oil , (on plywood) , approved parting compound (on metal ) prior to placing reinforcing steel . 3 . 03 INSTALLATION/PERFORMANCE A. ) workmanship: Confoun to shapes, lines and dimensions shown on Drawings . Form for weakened plane joints and other surface indentations, as indicated. Make forms tight to prevent leakage of cements and fine aggregates . Provide access openings for cleaning and inspection prior to placing concrete. B. ) Cooperation: Allow other Trades time and facilities to install necessary embedded items . C. ) Removal of forms : Remove at time and in such a manner as to insure complete safety of structure, and without damage to concrete surfaces . Leave supporting forms and shoring in place until concrete has attained design strength. D. ) Reuse of forms : Withdraw projecting nails; clean concrete from contact surfaces . Split , frayed, or otherwise damaged form- facing material will not be acceptable. Apply new form oil or parting compound before reuse. CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED Reinforcing steel for cast-in-place concrete, including bars , wire ties, welded wire fabric and supports . 1 .02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Unit Masonry [04200] (Reinforcement for masonry) Formwork [03100] C. I .P. concrete [03300] 1 .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Conform with UBC Chapter 26; CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice" and ACI 318 . 1 .04 HANDLING AND STORAGE Deliver reinforcing to the site bundled and tagged. Store off the ground to prevent damage, excessive rust, dirt and contact with any material that may reduce bond to concrete. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 REFERENCE STANDARDS A) Bars : Deformed steel conforming to ASTM A615-80 and to Structural Drawings . Each piece shall be marked Grade 40 or 60 per UBC Standard 26-4 . B) Wire: Steel wire shall conform to ASTM. A82-76. C) Welded Wire Fabric : Cold drawn steel wire per ASTM A185-79 & Structural Drawings . D) Supports for reinforcement : Bolsters, chairs , spacers and other accessories shall comply with CRSI recommendations . Do NOT use brick or wood. Metal accessories shall be galvanized or plastic- coated where in contact with surfaces to be exposed to - view. n CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200 PAGE 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 COORDINATION Work with other trades (i . e. mechanical , electrical ) . Bring conflicts to Architect 's attention and resolve before placing concrete. 3 .02 FABRICATION Clean, bend and splice reinforcement in accordance with Structural Drawings and UBC Chapter 26. Welding, if used, per "Recommendations for Welding reinforcing Steel" [AWS D12 .1] and UBC Standard 26-8. 3 .03 INSTALLATION Place steel accurately in accordance with Placing Drawings . Support and fasten securely in place to prevent displacement before and during placing of concrete. Maintain minimum required cover (per UBC and Placing Drawings) . Lap welded wire fabric at least one full mesh. See "General Structural Notes" for typical sizes and locations of reinforcing. r CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED All cast-in-place concrete footings , foundations, walls and slabs on grade and slabs on metal decks . 1 .02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Formwork [03100] Concr. Reinforement [03200] Unit Masonry [042001 Stritclural mtl . framing [05100] Metal Decking [05300] 1. 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with UBC Chapter 26 [1985 Edition] , UBC & ASTM Standards refered to herein and ACI Standard 318-77 . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS Submit for approval prior to construction: A. ) Concrete mix design, if different than those specified in these documents . B. ) Shop Drawings or marked-up prints showing locations of all proposed control joints , keying, water stops , openings, sleeves, inserts and all items affecting reinforcing and placing of concrete. 1 . 05 HANDLING AND DELIVERY Use transit-mixed concrete from approved (certified) batching and mixing plant . Batch, mix and transport concrete to the site in accordance with provisions of ASTM C94-81 ; [UBC Standard 26-131 . 1 . 06 JOB CONDITIONS Precautions shall be taken to prevent weather from affecting placement during curing of concrete. PART 2 MATERIALS 2 . 01 REFERENCE STANDARDS Cement : Conform to ASTM C150-81 [UBC Standard 26-11 Aggregates : Conform to ASTM C33-81 [UBC Standard 26-2] Admixtures : Shall not be used unless required by these documents or approved by the Architect, and shall conform to "Specifications for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete" [ASTM C494] ; (Type A for water-reducing) . Curing Liquid curing and sealing compounds shall Materials : conform to ASTM C309, Type 1 . Floor Underly: Latex type; Submit manufact . spec . for approval Concr . patch: Cement grout per ACI-301, Ch. 9; Submit bonding agent for approval . a CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 page 2 2 .02 MIX PROPORTIONS Mix shall be as indicated in General Notes on Structural Drawings , or as approved by Architect to attain 28 day strengths as indicated on Drawings . Water shall NOT be added to concrete during delivery or placement . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION Notify Architect and Special Inspector at least 24 hours before intended placement/pour. Verify yLoper placement of forms , reinforcing, conduit , sleeves and accessories . Remove all water and debris from within forms and pour area. Reinforcement shall be free from dirt and form oil . 3 . 02 PLACEMENT AND FINISH A. ) Place concrete in compliance with pratices and recommendations of ACI 304-73 and as specified herein. B. ) Pumps : Do NOT add water or fine aggregates to the mix to satisfy needs of a pumping device. C. ) Consolidation: Employ mechanical vibrators supplemented with hand spading to achieve complete consolidation with a minimum segregation of fine aggregates; per ACI 309- 72 . D. ) Vertical placement : Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper than 24 inches . Place each layer while preceeding layer is still plastic . E. ) Screed all slabs to true levels or slopes . Slopes to drains shall be evenly graded, 3/16" per foot unless noted otherwise. Trowel to a hard, dense surface. Do not absorb wet spots with sand and/or cement . Wait until surfaces are dry enough for proper trowelling. Chemical dryers are not permited. Tolerance: +/-1/8 inch in 10 ft . F. ) Slab Finishes: 1 . Monolithic finish: Bring sufficient mortar to top of slab for proper finishing. Float by hand or machine to insure true, compact surfaces; (Typical interior slab, unless noted otherwise) . 2 . Scratch Finish: Score surface with broom just after initial set . Provide to insure bond where applied fills or finishes are indicated or specified. 3 . Non-slip Float Finish: Screed and tamp to bring fine particles to the surface. Mark off slabs as directed; Round edges to 1/4 inch radius; (Typical exterior walks , unless noted otherwise) . 4 . New stair treads and landings shall be textured finish, or smooth-troweled with abrasive finish applied. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 page 3 G. ) Curing: Shall be not less than 3 days if "hi-early" (Type III ) cement is used; 7 days otherwise. If forms are removed prior to end of this curing period, keep all surfaces damp with wet burlap or water spray. Curing compound may be used where concrete will not be finished with material that may be adversely affected by reduced bond. Exterior slabs may be covered with sand, or use approved curing compound. F. ) Construction Joints : Locations and details shall be as indicated on Drawings, as specified herein, or approved by Architect . Locate so as not to impair strength of structure. 3 .03 CLEANING AND REPAIRING CONCRETE Reinforce or replace deficient Work as directed by Architect and at no cost to the Owner. Fill form tie holes with cement grout . Repair defects [i . e. honeycomb] if structurally significant or if exposed after completion. Repaired surfaces shall duplicate appearance of unpatched work. Sack-finish all surfaces to be exposed to view after completion. Leave clean, smooth and ready to paint. 3 .04 QUALITY CONTROL Provide quantity and type of samples for use by others , [special inspectors] , as requested. ; U UNIT MASONRY 04200 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED Unit masonry, grout, mortar, reinforcing steel and accessories . 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS C. I . P. Concrete [03300] Structural Metal Framing [05100] 1 .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Conform to UBC Chapter 24 and Notes on Structural Documents . 1 .04 SUBMITTALS 1 . 05 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE Materials shall remain dry and clean prior to use. 1 . 06 JOB CONDITIONS Precautions shall be taken to prevent weather from affecting placement or strength of masonry work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 REFERENCE STANDARDS Hollow load-bearing concrete masonry units : Grade N-1 per ASTM C90; Strength per Structural Drawing Notes . Grout: Pea gravel concrete; strength per Structural Drawing Notes . Mortar: Type S per ASTM C270; [verify per Structural ] Reinforcing Steel : Per Notes on Structural Drawings . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION Inspect conditions of surfaces; Verify all dimensions shown on Drawings by taking field measurements . Proper fit and attachment of all work is required. Coordinate with all other Trades whose work relates to masonry. 3 . 02 INSTALLATION Insf ,ill as shown on Structural and Architectural Drawings. Lay Work to true lines , plumb and level . Fill joints full of mortar, except expansion, construction and earthquake joints; Do NOT wet units before laying. 3 .03 QUALITY CONTROL Special inspection required per Structural Drawing notes . Notify Special Inspector and Architect 24 hours prior to plugging of inspection holes and grouting of voids . 11 STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 05100 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED Metal structural framing, including: steel beams, columns , bracing, plates, mechanical connectors, welds, and other metal components indicated on structural drawings. 1. 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Cast-in-place concrete [03300] Metal joists [05200] Metal decking [05300] Metal fabrications (05500] 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with: UBC Chapter 27 [1985 Edition] and related UBC Standards; Manual of Steel Construction [Eighth Edition; AWS "Code of Welding in Building Construction" . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS Submit Shop and Erection Drawings , based on Contract Documents, showing each piece required for fabrication and erection. Approval of Drawings will cover only general scheme, design and character of details , but not checking dimensions , nor will such approval relieve the Contractor from responsibility for executing work in accordance with Contract Drawings . 1 . 05 PRODUCT HANDLING, STORAGE AND DELIVERY Store off the ground, covered; protect from bending and corrosion. I �- STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 05100 Page 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 REFERENCE STANDARDS All Structural Steel shall conform to UBC Standard 27-1; ASTM specs shall be per notes on Structural Drawings . ASTM A572 [Fy 501 and ASTM A500 [Fy46 Grade "B"] ; Structural Joints (bolts) per UBC Standard 27-7 and notes . Welding per UBC Standard 27-6 [AWS D1 . 1] and notes . 2 . 02 ACCESSORIES / MISCELLANEOUS Grout for base plates shall be "Anti-Hydro Expand Crete" , "Master Builders Embeco Premixed Grout", "Sika Interplast C" or approved. Shop p:. , ' : t. ' ?retreat and shop prime in accordance with "Specifications for Painting Steel" (Pacific N. W. Steel Fabricators Assoc. ) . On-site painting is in Section 09900 . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 PREPARATION Verify dimensions and check supporting members for correct layout and alignment . Report all discrepancies in shop fabrications or layout that may prevent proper assembly immediately to Architect, and obtain approval of method of correction. Approved corrections shall be made at no additional expense to Owner. 3 . 02 INSTALLATION Provide all temporary shoring or bracing necessary to safely support all loads imposed during construction. Review of Drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for safe execution of Work. Installation shall be in accordance with UBC Standard 27-2 [Erection, Fabrication, Identification and Painting of Structural Steel ] . 3 .03 QUALITY CONTROL Special tests and/or inspections shall be used if required Structural Documents or Building Official ; [i . e. bolting and welding] . 3 .04 ADJUSTMENTS AND CLEANING Verify proper placement and alignment of Structural Members . Remove dirt, rust grease and anything that may reduce bond of paint . J METAL JOISTS 05200 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED Metal joists, bridging/bracing, anchors , and all accessories required for complete installation. 1 .02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Structural Metal 05100 Metal Decking 05300 Metal Fabrications 05500 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Conform to UBC Chapter 27 , UBC Standard 27-4 [Open Web Steel Joists-Part II ] (Steel Joist Institute Standard Specifications; Refer to Notes on Structural Drawings 1 .04 SUBMITTALS Submit Manufacturer's Specifications and Shop Drawings as requested on the Structural Drawing General Notes for approval , showing layout, connections and typical details . Approval will cover only general scheme, design and character of details , but not checking dimensions . 1 . 05 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE Prevent bending or stresses to members that may result in damage or loss of structural integrity prior to or during installation. Store off ground, covered; protect from scratches, dirt and moisture. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 REFERENCE STANDARDS All components shall be manufactured and installed per UBC Standard 27-4 [LH Series joists] , and per Structural Documents . Welding shall be per UBC Standard 27-6 [AWS D1 . 1] 2 .02 FABRICATION Materials and fabrication of Joists and accessories shall conform to Standard Specifications of The Steel Joist Institute. 2 . 03 ACCESSORIES / MISCELLANEOUS Support plates , bridging and other accessories shall be fabricated and located in compliance with UBC Standard 27-4, Sec . 27 . 414 . 14 METAL JOISTS 05200 Page 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION Verify dimensions and check supporting members for correct layout and alignment . Report all discrepancies in shop fabrications or layout that may prevent proper assembly immediately to the Architect , and obtain approval of method of correction. Approved corrections shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. 3 .02 INSTALLATION Refer to Structural Drawings for placement of joists and accessories . Provide temporary shoring or bracing as necessary to safely support all loads during construction. Comply with UBC Standard 27-4, Sec . 27 . 414 . 3. 03 QUALITY CONTROL Special tests or inspections shall not be required unless requested by Building official or Structural Documents . 3 . 04 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING Verify proper placements; Remove dirt , rust and grease that may reduce paint bond. METAL DECKING 05300 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED Steel decks [i .e. composite 2nd floor, non-composite roof] , as shown on Architectural and Structural Drawings . 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Concrete reinforcement (032001 (Composite deck) Cast-in-place Concrete [03300] (Composite deck) Structural Metal Framing [05100] ( joist support) Metal Joists [05200] (Deck support) Metal Fabrications [055001 (Stairs , landings) 1 .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Conform to UBC Chapter 27 , UBC Standard 27-9, and notes on Structural Drawings . Comply with Steel Deck Institute Specifications . 1 .04 SUBMITTALS Submit Shop Drawings showing deck layout , framing and supports; types and locations of welds; details of closures and accessories. 1 . 05 PRODUCT HANDING AND STORAGE Prevent bends and scratches in decking. Store off ground, covered, with ends open to reduce condensation. Minimize contact with oil , dirt , etc. which may reduce concrete bond. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 REFERENCE STANDARDS Composite decking: Galvanized; gauge, depth and type conforming to ASTM A446 Grade "A" , and Structural Documents . Roof decking: Galvanized; gauge, depth and type Per Structural Documents . Shear connectors for composite constr. : UBC Standard 27-8 Welding: per UBC Standard 27-6 [AWS D1 . 1] . All sheet metal and accessories [i . e. closure pieces] : 18 ga. per ASTM A526, galvanized per ASTM 525 . METAL DECKING 05300 Page 2 2 .02 FABRICATION Form deck units in lengths to span 3 or more supports, with butted or nested 2 inch laps at ends and interlocking or nested side laps, unless indicated otherwise on Structural Drawings or Notes . Fabii ; ;te metal closure strips for deck penetrations and open edges . Provide supporting members at openings and edges per Structural Drawings . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSPECTION / PREPARATION Check supporting members for correct layout and alignment . Report to Architect all discrepancies in shop fabrication or layout that may prevent proper assembly, and obtain approval of methods for correction. Approved corrections shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. 3 . 02 INSTALLATION Decking and accessories shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations and Shop Drawings . Welds at supports and laps shall be per above recommendations and Structural Notes . 3 . 03 PROTECTION Do NOT use deck units for storage or working platforms until permanently secured into position. Construction loads must not exceed carrying capacity of deck. 3 .04 QUALITY CONTROL Special Inspector shall check qualifications of Welders at start of Work and make final inspection for compliance, upon completion of welding. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED Miscellaneous metals , including but not limited to: Stairs ( framing, tread pans , risers, pipe rails/balusters) ; Rails and bollards @ docks; Include all anchorage devices . 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Structural metal (05100] Metal Decking [05300] Painting (09900] 1 .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Conform to UBC Chapter 27 , 1985 Edition; AWS "Code of Welding in Building Construction" . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS Submit Shop Drawings of all work herein, showing layout , sizes , methods of construction and installation, including sizes and types of all fastening devices . Submit literature/spec . data for pre-manufactured items . 1 . 05 HANDLING AND STORAGE Deliver and store materials in dry, protected areas . Protect from rust, scratches and other damage. PART 'l "' ` !' TS 2 . 01 MATERIALS Steel : ASTM A36, A7 , A53 [steel pipe - Standard I .P. S. , unless noted otherwise, Grade B] , per UBC Standard 27-1 , AISC Standards . Galvanize any ferrous metal exposed to exterior unless otherwise specified. Clean and prime all shop- fabricated items prior to delivery. Field paint is in Section 09900 . 2 . 02 FABRICATION Stan;3ara !,� !rcial products, conforming to requirements found in Drawings and Specifications may be used subject to approval by Architect . Stair and railing layouts and configurations shall conform to UBC Chapter 33 , 1985 Edition. Stair risers shall be closed type unless indicated otherwise on Construction Drawings . Railings and balusters shall not allow a 6 inch sphere to pass through, and shall support a concentrated load of 300 pounds . i METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 Page 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION Verify dimensions and check support conditions for correct layout and alignment . Report all discrepancies in Shop fabrication or layout that may prevent proper assembly immediately to the Architect , and obtain approval of method of correction. Approved corrections shall be made at no additional expense to the Owner. 3 . 02 INSTALLATION Execute all work using skilled Workers only. Use only certified welders . Make cuts , bends , punching and drilling accurate, neat and properly located. Grind smooth all parts exposed to view; leave the exposed surface free of fabrication marks . Make members true to length to allow assembly without fillers . 3 . 03 QUALITY CONTROL Special test and/or inspections shall be made if required by Structural Documents or Building Official ; [i . e. welds] 3 . 04 ADJUSTMENTS AND CLEANING Verify proper installation and tight connections . Remove dirt , rust , grease and any material that may reduce bonding of paint . (Painting is covered under Section 09900) . ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED backing, blocking, interior wall framing and bracing [if wood] , roof deck perimeter nailer 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Membrane Roofing [07500] Metal Doors and Frames [08100] Wood Doors [08200] 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with UBC Chapter 25 and these documents . All lumber shall be marked with stamps indicating grades , grading organization and mill . 1 . 04 HANDLING AND STORAGE All materials shall be stored off the ground, covered, kept dry and moved inside as soon as practical . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS Dimension lumber: "S-DRY" [<19% moisture content] , S4S; Studs and plates shall be Standard "Stud" grade. Lumber >4" [nom. ] shall be "Construction" Grade Fb> 1200 psi . Nailers at perimeter of roof insulation, and sill plates on ground floor slab shall be Preservative Pressure-treated per UBC Standards 25-12 . Saw-cuts shall be soaked in compatible preservative for 15 minutes . Fasteners : Comply with UBC Chapter 25 ; Use galvanized nails and fasteners in pressure-treated wood. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION Verify dimensions and conditions ; Notify Architect of discrepancies . Coordinate work with other Trades . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION Provide backing and blocking for all door stops , fixtures , casework, handrails, GWB corners and other items by other Trades requiring solid support . Tolerances for framing for vertical and horizontal planes shall be ±1/8" . FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED installation of jamb liners , metal doors and frames, wood doors & frames & hardware, casings , window & door trim. 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Architectural Woodwork (06400] Metal Doors & Frames (08100] Wood Doors & Frames (08200] Hardware [08700) (installation) Gypsum Wall Board [09250] (coordination) Painting [099001 (finishing, staining) 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with AWI "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards and Guide Specifications . " 1 . 04 JOB CONDITIONS Materials shall remain dry and protected from damage prior to, during and after installation. Materials shall be installed after 48 hours [min. ] in 60 degree [min. ] , low humidity conditions . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS Refer to other related Sections for description of materials to be installed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION Verify all dimensions shown on Drawings by taking field measurements . Coordinate with other Trades . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A. Millwork:Employ only skilled craftsmen; Install all work plumb; level and true. Shim as required with concealed spacers . End to end joints shall be scarf joints; Cope at inside corners; Miter at outside corners to produce tight-fitting joints . Tolerances per AWI Standards . B. Nailing: Blind nail where possible; Use fine finishing nails; Pre-drill as required to prevent splitting. Set nail heads for filling. C. Doors and Frames : Install square and plumb, with uniform clearance between door and frame. Anchor securely. 3 . 03 ADJUST AND CLEAN Fill all holes and cracks ; sand smooth; remove sharp corners . Surfaces shall be clean and smooth, ready to finish. Adjust all door hardware to operate freely, without binding at time of final acceptance. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06400 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED Shop fabrication of all millwork, including door and window casings and liners . 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Finish Carpentry [06200] Wood Doors [082001 Metal Windows [08500] 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE The woodwork manufacturer shall be experienced in Work of the quality specified herein, and shall comply with AWI "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 MATERIALS Millwork [exposed wood] : Custom Grade [AWI Standards] , clear vertical grain, hem-fir or as shown on Room Schedule. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION Verify dimensions and conditions by field measurements prior to fabrication. 3 . 02 INSTALLATION All job-site work except delivery is covered by Section 06200 , [Finish Carpentry] . INSULATION 07200 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED Supply and install glass fiber batts or rolls above lay-in ceilings and in exterior walls, as shown on drawings . 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Structural Metal Framing [05100] (Girt spacing) Preformed Roofing & Siding [07400] (Coordinate) Acoustical Treatment [095001 (Lay-in ceilings) Membrane Roofing [07500] (Roof insulation) Electrical [Bidder design] (Verify ceiling troffers for direct contact) 1 . 03 PRODUCT HANDLING & STORAGE Prevent tearing or puncture of fiberglass or facing material . Insulation shall remain dry prior to and during installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS A. Wall insulation: R-11 kraft-faced fiberglass B. Ceiling insulation: R-19 kraft-faced fiberglass [2 ' x 4 ' or rolls] PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION Coordinate with other Trades; Verify dimensions and conditions . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION Insulation shall be continuous on walls over girts . Lap edges of batts . Verify light fixture type in lay-in ceilings of 2nd floor to allow direct contact with insulation. If insulation is not allowed in direct contact , provide gypsum board enclosure to satisfy U.L. requirements . PREFORMED ROOFING AND CLADDING/SIDING 07400 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED Fabricate and install exterior metal siding, interior metal liner panels, including all fasteners , accessories and factory finish. 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Structural metal framing [05100] (connections to purlins) Insulation [07200] (coordination) Flashing & Sheet metal [07600] 1 .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with Manufacturer's recommendations and applicable ASTM Standards . 1 .04 SUBMITTALS Provide shop drawings and spec . information indicating typical details, fastener locations/types , gauges and configurations and finishes . Submit paint color for approval . 1 . 05 HANDLING AND STORAGE All materials shall be protected from damage, including scratches , stains and dents through substantial completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 FABRICATION Exterior Metal Siding: ASC Pacific Wide Rib galvanized [inside and outside] 26 gauge; [wt . : 113 lbs . / sq. ] ; Finish: "Enduraclad PMF"; DFT> 4 mil ( inside) ; Color shall be matched to Trident company color. Submit sample for approval . Interior metal liner panel : ASC Pacific "L-24 Liner Panel"; 24 gauge >VERIFY< , (concealed fasteners at seams) ; Finish shall be galvanized, inside and outside per ASTM A-525 class G-90 >PAINT INSIDE?< Accessories : 1 . Flashing shall be formed form the same material and in the same finish as the attached wall panels . 2 . Fasteners shall be corrosion-resistant self-tapping #14 B point or self-drilling #12 for sheet as required by manufacturer. 3 . Closures shall be made from closed cell per-molded neoprene or polyethylene foam or metal and provided as necessary to fill all gaps . 4. Sealants shall be gunable per Fed. Spec. TTS-00230C or tape per Fed. Spec. TT-C-1796-A or approved. PREFORMED ROOFING AND CLADDING/SIDING 07400 PAGE 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSPECTION/PREPARATION Metal panels shall be installed only when the subframe is installed and aligned to acceptable tolerances as recommended by the panel manufacturer. 3 .02 INSTALLATION A. Install per approved submittal drawings only. B. Remove stripable protective coatings prior to installation. C. Seal and fasten so as to provide a complete weathertight installation. D . Discrepancies between job site conditions and drawings shall be brought to the attention of the architect for resolution. 3 . 03 CLEAN-UP AND ADJUSTMENTS Touch-up all field cuts, holes and scratches with compatible, approved primer and paint, compatible with factory finish. Dents and bends , [excluding "oil-canning"] , will not be acceptable, and must be replaced. Remove all debris associated with this work from the site. MEMBRANE ROOFING 07500 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED Single-ply roof membrane, accessories necessary for watertight seal and anchorage, roof deck insulation 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Metal Decking (05300] Flashing & Sheet metal [07600] Mechanical/Plumbing [15000] ( roof penetrations , equipment , sumps) 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE All applicators and materials shall by approved by the manufacturer of the roof membrane material used. Install materials in strict accordance with Manufacturer 's recommendations and all standards specified herein. 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS Submit for approval prior to ordering materials : A) Manufacturer's recommended methods of installation. B) Manufacturer' s specifications and other data as necessary to demonstrate compliance with specified requirements . C) Complete list of all items proposed for furnishing and installing under this Section. D) Shop Drawings, showing roof size, location and type of penetrations, perimeter and penetration details . 1 .05 PRODUCT HANDLING & STORAGE Deliver all packaged materials to the site in their original containers with all labels showing composition. Store all materials in such a manner as to protect them from damage, water, dirt and anything that may affect the quality of installation. 1 . 06 JOB CONDITIONS Prevent exposure of roof decks , insulation and openings from rain. All areas that will have new roofing shall be clean and dry prior to and during work. Temperature shall be within the range acceptable per Manufacturer ' s recommendations . 1 .07 GUARANTEE In addition to the General Conditions requirements , deliver to the Architect for approval and transfer to the Owner, (prior to final payment) , a written guarantee, signed by both the General Contractor and Installing Contractor, agreeing to maintain all roofing and flashing materials in a watertight condition for at least two (2) years from the date of completion of this Work, at no cost to the Owner. Further guarantee that all workmanship and materials of the total roof assembly are as specified and as recommended by Manufacturer . MEMBRANE ROOFING 07500 PAGE 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS The following specifications establish standards of quality required, but are not restrictive, regarding manufacturers or products . Similar and equal materials by other manufacturers may be used, subject to Architect 's approval : 1. Rigid Insulation: 2 inch thick Perlite; Spot-mopped to deck 2 . Roof Membrane: Single Ply EPDM: Carlisle .045" thick with non-penetrating fasteners , or Firestone .045" thick "Saturn" non-penetrating fasteners or approved. (Submit Manufacturer' s Spec. Data for approval ) . (Class "A" Fire rating; Decrease fastener spacing at roof edges for uplift resistance. ) 3 . Nailers [at perimeter] : No . 2 or better S4S Hem-fir, preservative pressure-treated 4 . Miscellaneous accessories and components : Submit adhesives, fasteners , sealers , prefabricated flashings for roof penetrations , etc. for approval PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 EXAMINATION/PREPARATION Verify conditions prior to and during Work. If conditions require change from these Documents , notify Architect immediately; Changes shall be subject to approval . Verify that all rigid insulation is smooth, clean and dry and free from sharp projections or depressions , graded to drains and gutters, with sumps at proper elevations prior to installation of roof membrane. 3 . 02 COORDINATION Installation of new decks, parapets , flashings, vents and ducts through roof and any work by others that may affect watertight integrity of roof shall be coordinated and comply with Roofing Contractor 's requirements to satisfy guarantees in this Section. 3 .03 APPLICATION Mechanically anchor nailers at perimeter; Spot-mop rigid insulation to deck; [build up thickness between drains to create slope] . Mechanically fasten roof membrane and flashings per Manufacturer ' s recommendations , unless approved otherwise. l MEMBRANE ROOFING 07500 PAGE 3 SINGLE-PLY EPDM ROOF MEMBRANES IN SWEETS CATALOG: MANUFACTURER THICKNESS SEAMS/ANCHORAGE/SYSTEM CARLISLE .045 CEMENT SEAMS OVER FASTENERS . 045 NON-PENTRATING FASTENERS FIRESTONE .045 CEMENT SEAMS/FASTENERS [NAILABLE DECK] . 045 SATURN NON-PENETRATING FASTENERS GENCORP . 045 GEN-FLEX ACR FULLY ADHERED MECH. ANCHOR GOODYEAR . 050 VERSI-GARD DESIGN M MECH. ANCHOR MANVILLE . 045 SPEC. #SE6M MECH. ANCHOR MULE-HIDE . 045 BATTEN OR BUTTON-DOWN SYSTEME SYENERGY . 045 SUNSET [HEAT-WELDED SEAMS] NOTE: MOST SYSTEMS AVAILABLE WITH WHITE REFLECTIVE COATING; VERIFY SUBSTRATE REQUIREMENTS FOR VARIOUS FASTENING SYSTEMS. FLASHING & SHEET METAL 07600 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED Flashing, drip edges , coping, gravel stops , scuppers and all exterior sheet metal work . 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Unit Masonry [04200] (coordinate coping) Preformed cladding & Siding (074001 (Coordinate) Membrane Roofing (07500] (Coordinate) Metal Doors & Frames [081001 (Drip edge/flashing) Metal Windows [08500] (Drip edge/flashing) Painting [09900] (Finish) 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with all applicable recommendations of the SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" . 1 .04 SUBMITTALS Submit standard configurations/details ' for approval and coordination, prior to fabrication. 1 . 05 PRODUCT HANDLING & STORAGE Materials shall remain clean, free from dents , scratches or damage that may adversely affect watertightness or appearance of the finished installation. 1 . 06 GUARANTEE Furnish written guarantee, signed by the Installing Contractor that all Sheet Metal Work is unconditionally guaranteed to be watertight and free from defects for a period of 2 years from date of completion of this work . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS Use steel , galvanized by zinc coating [both sides] 1 . 25 oz . per square foot [G-90] . Gauges : Flashing and Gravel Stops : 26 ga. Copings and scuppers : 24 ga . Fasteners shall be cadmium plated or galvanized steel ; Use 50/50 solder and neutralize flux after soldering. 2 . 02 FABRICATION Form all sheet metal accurately to dimensions and shapes required. Where intersecting other members, cope to an accurate fit . Unless otherwise shown, turn all exposed edges back 1/2" . Form bends to 1/16" inside radius . FLASHING & SHEET METAL 07600 PAGE 2 Shop Painting of galvanized steel : After fabrication, before installation, clean metal and treat with Galvaprep #5 or approved. Paint one coat approved zinc- chromate paint . Final coat specified under Section 09900 . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION/PREPARATION Verify dimensions by field measurements; Coordinate with other Trades; Verify installation of wood nailers at parapets, etc . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION Prevent contact with dissimilar metals [i . e . aluminum] and corrosive agents that may cause galvanic action. Install to allow seasonal expansion and contraction and maintain watertight conditions . Soldered seams shall be lapped 1/2 inch; all others lapped 3 inches . Provide expansion joints for runs more than 40 feet . Fasteners : Wherever possible, secure metal with clips or cleats without penetrating metal . All anchors shall be < 8" apart [max. ] Soldering: Clean and tin all joint materials before soldering. Make all exposed soldering on finished surfaces neat , full flowing and smooth. Field Painting per Section 09900 . METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08100 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED Fabricate and install metal doors and frames as scheduled and specified herein. 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Wood doors [08200] Hardware [08700] Glass & Glazing [08800] Gypsum board [09250] (Steel studs) Painting [099001 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with NAAM Standard HMMA 861-87 , except as noted herein or on Drawings . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS Submit for approval to Architect : List of door and frame types , dimensions and openings . 1 . 05 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE Protect from moisture, dirt and damage before, during and after installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS & FABRICATION Doors : Refer to Door Schedule for sizes and glazing. Face sheets : 18 gauge Stiffeners 22 gauge Vertical edges : continuous weld Top & Bot . edges : closed w/ 16 ga . cont . recessed channel Glass stops : fixed moldings welded to door; loose stops 20 ga. Frames : Refer to Door Schedule and Details for sizes; (Custom channel frames per details) . Anchor to walls to provide solid, non- racking frame. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION Field-check rough openings, anchorage conditions and clearances for door swings . Notify Architect of discrepancies . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION Anchor frames to walls to provide solid, non-racking frame and plumb door operation. WOOD DOORS 08200 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish and install all wood doors scheduled and specified herein. 1 .02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Hardware [08700] Glazing [08800] Gypsum Board [092501 Painting [099003 (varnish) 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS Submit for approval to Architect : List of door and frame types , U .L . ratings and dimensions for each individual door opening. 1 .04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE Package each door at the factory in a separate container that will protect it from damage . Label each container for location to correspond to openings scheduled and shown on Drawings . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 02 MATERIALS/FABRICATION All doors shall be flush type, solid or hollow core per Door Schedule. Make provisions for glass , grilles and hardware where indicated. Coordinate with Hardware Consultant . Face Veneer: Rotary cut , paint grade, red birch, standard thickness, thoroughly kiln-dried, smoothly sanded, laid at right angles to crossband. Crossbands : Thoroughly kiln-dried hardwood 1/16" thick. Core [solid] : Glued-up, properly kiln-dried wood blocks of low density species . Edge Bands: Thoroughly kiln-dried hardwood at all edges matching face veneer species ; 3/4" thick. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION/INSTALLATION Install per standard Finish Carpentry procedures and tolerances . Guarantee from warping, delamination, racking and telegraphing of inner construction. Defective doors shall be replaced without cost to Owner for a period of 2 years after Substantial completion. COILING DOORS 08330 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish and install Rolling Doors as manufactured by Cookson or approved, complete with guides, hoods, motors or operating mechanisms as specified herein. 1 .02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Metal Fabrications (055001 (metal jambs and head) Finish Painting [09900] (All exposed surfaces) Electrical [16000] (supply & disconnect switch) 1 .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with standards established by Cookson doors specified herein. 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS Submit specification data for doors proposed, including dimensions of doors, mounting requirements and electrical requirements. 1 .05 PRODUCT HANDLING & STORAGE Protect from damage prior to and during installation and throughout construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 REFERENCE STANDARDS Cookson or approved equal ; Shall withstand 20 lbs . /sq. ft wind load, be watertight and resist corrosion. 2 . 02 FABRICATION 1 . Door slats shall be 22 gauge minimum steel [Cookson No. S slat] weatherproof , protected from corrosion by galvanizing and bonded, baked polyester primer, ready for finish paint . Doors shall have jamb and sill weatherstrips , structural angle guides and bottom bar. 2 . Operation [refer to Door Schedule] : Manual : Chain operation [FC] , requiring 30 lbs or less manual effort operation; Provide for padlock. Motor : Model 50H [1/2 HP] medium duty with all controls and overload protection. Electrical : 230/460V 3ph. Provide "Detectedge" or UL approved obstruction-detecting device in lieu of constant pressure control . COILING DOORS 08330 PAGE 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 PREPARATION Verify all dimensions prior to fabrication. Verify frame mounting conditions prior to installation for proper support . Notify Architect of all discrepancies or conditions that may provide installation or operation problems . 3 .02 INSTALLATION Install per Manufacturer's recommendations and written instructions . Verify correct tolerances and adjustments and connection to electrical supply/disconnect . 3 . 03 ADJUSTMENTS AND CLEANING Immediately prior to substantial completion, verify proper operation and painting. Door and accessories shall be clean and free from scratches or dents . METAL WINDOWS 08500 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED Fabric:t' ion and installation of all windows shown on Drawings and specified herein, not including glazing . 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Preformed wall panels [07400] (Coordinate w/Ext . metal ) Flashing & Sheet metal [07600 ] Glazing [08800] 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE C01IFc1 , "A 101-85 "Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum Prime Windows and Sliding Glass Doors" . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS Submit to Architect for approval : Shop Drawings , including complete construction and erection details . Include Manufacturer's Specification data. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 DESCRIPTION Herzog 3000 Series or approved 2 .02 FABRICATION Verify all rough opening dimensions by field measurements . Assemble with concealed, corrosion-resistant fasteners . Make all joints "hairline"; seal joints ; Provide weep holes drained free to exterior . 2 . 03 MATERIALS Frames shall be extruded shapes of 6063-T5 alloy. Glazing leg and web thickness shall be 1/8"; depth shall be 1-1/2". All component parts , accessories and fasteners shall be aluminum alloy, stainless steel , plated steel or non-metalic material to resist corrosion. Finish shall be clear anodized, 0 . 4 mil [min. ] per AAMA 604. 2 . Allow for scheduled glazing thickness . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION/COORDINATION Coordinate with flashing/trim pieces for exterior metal panels 3 . 02 INSTALLATION Use stainless steel fasteners and apply isolation tape or mastic to prevent contact and where dissimilar metals are connected. FINISH HARDWARE 08700 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED Finish hardware required for doors , as shown on Drawings and Door Schedule and specified herein. 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Metal Doors & Frames [081001 Wood Doors [08200] 1 .03 HARDWARE NOT INCLUDED Toilet accessories, hardware integral with truck doors 1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE On 20 minute fire rated doors, hardware shall U. L. Listed for compliance. 1. 05 SUBMITTALS Submit 3 copies of Hardware Schedule listing each door separately to the Architect for approval . Hardware schedules are for coordination of work, and do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility to fulfill requirements stated herein. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 SUBSTITUTIONS Submit complete specification literature of proposed substitutions for approval . 2 . 02 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION 1 . Fasteners : Shall be compatible with hardware and substrate and hardware, shall provide solid, permanent mounting and shall match finish of hardware where exposed. 2 . Finishes : Shall be US 10 unless approved otherwise; Submit sample 3 . Hinges : Install 1-1/2 pair butts for each door; Butts for doors 1-3/4" thick shall be 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" . Others shall be 3-1/2"x 3-1/2" . All reverse swing doors and all exterior doors [steel ] shall have non-removable pins . Exterior hinges shall be corrosion- resistant metal . FINISH HARDWARE 08700 PAGE 2 4 . Latch & Locksets : Schlage Series "A" or approved; Luna design, except for the following: One exterior lockset shall be "D" Series with "Olympiad" levers; >VERIFY LOCATION< Door to Toilet Room 104 shall have lever handles . 5 . Closers : Provide closers where indicated on Door Schedule. Include adjustments for speed, latching and backcheck. U. L . Listed for fire rating of individual doors . Verify door swings and materials . Provide with all weather fluid; Finish to be : Painted Gov't . bronze or approved. 6. Kickplates : Provide 12 inches high on push side of doors with closers . 7 . Door Stops : Provide on all interior doors; Floor mounted or wall mounted with solid blocking in wall behind. 8 . Door Silencers : Provide on exterior metal door frames . 9. Keying Requirements : After removal of construction locks , provide separate keying for keyed doors, with one master key to control all locks . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 STORAGE AND HANDLING Label hardware packages and store in a secure, dry place. 3 . 02 COORDINATION/PREPARATION Verify Door frames , door types and openings prior to ordering . 3 . 03 INSTALLATION Install hardware after most construction activity is complete, to minimize use and damage. Verify proper operation and keying; Adjust closers . J / GLAZING 08800 PAGE 1 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED Provide and install glass in all windows , door glazing openings . 1 .02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Metal Doors and Frames [081001 Wood Doors [082001 Metal Windows (085001 1 .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with UBC Chapter 54, UBC Standards 54-1 and 54-2 . Follow current glazing recommendations published by AAMA, FGMA or SIGMA. 1 .04 SUBMITTALS 1 . 05 HANDLING & STORAGE Protect glass from scratches , chipped edges or other damage before, during and after installation. 1 . 06 JOB CONDITIONS All surfaces shall be dry. Temperature shall be within acceptable range per manufacturer' s recommendations for sealant , glazing tape. 1 . 07 GUARANTEE Insulating glass shall remain free from fogging and cracks during normal use for a period of 2 years after installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 MATERIALS Windows : Insulating glass; Comply with requirements of UBC Chapter 54 for wind load of 20 lbs . per sq. ft . Door Glass : Safety glass or wire glass per Door Schedule. Glazing Materials shall be resilient , non-hardening elastomeric sealants, tapes or gaskets . Verify compatibility of sealants with insulating glass seals . Setting blocks shall be constructed in appropriate configuration for glass units , of neoprene or approved. 2 . 02 FABRICATION Insulating glass shall be constructed with a primary seal of polyisobutylene and secondary seal of silicone or polysulfide. f ; GLAZING 08800 PAGE 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION Prepare all glass and surrounds in conformance with the details and general conditions governing glazing in the FGMA Glazing Manual . All contact surfaces shall be clean, free of oils , dust or debris . 3 .02 INSTALLATION Size, materials and placement of setting blocks shall be per manufacturer ' s recommendations . Windows and doors may be shop glazed or field glazed. Use proper beads or stops . Keep labels intact indicating manufacturer, quality and thickness on glass until installation has been approved. 3 . 03 CLEANING Prior to acceptance of the Work, thoroughly clean all glass and remove all labels . replace all scratched, defective or broken glass at no cost to the Owner. GYPSUM BOARD 09250 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED Provide, install and finish gypsum wallboard on metal framing. Include casing beads , corner beads , metal studs , channels and runners , fasteners and accessories . 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Rough carpentry [06100] (blocking, etc . ) Metal doors and frames [08100] Metal windows (08500] Painting [09900] 1 .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with UBC Section 4711 and ASTM Specifications referred to herein. 1 .04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE Store materials off ground and protected from weather and damage. 1 .05 JOB CONDITIONS Maintain temperature of drywall space during taping and finishing in range of 55 to 90 degrees (F) until building is entirely closed and ventilated to eliminate excessive moisture. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 MATERIALS A) Wallboard: Gypsum board conforming to ASTM C36 , shall 5/8" type "X", 1/2" type "X", 1/2" Standard, 5/8" or 1/2" water resistant as indicated on Drawings and Room Schedules . B) Wallboard accessories : 1 . Trim and edging shall be 26 ga galvanized steel , with knurled surfaces for bedding cement . Provide corner beads (CB-114x114 [1-1/4" legs] ) at all external corners, and "LC" (channel-type) casing beads at gypsum board edges exposed or meeting dissimilar materials , [i . e. window frames, door frames, etc . ] . 2 . Screws shall be Type "S" self-tapping shall be per ASTM C1002 . 3 . Joint reinforcing tape and joint compound shall be per ASTM C475 . GYPSUM BOARD 09250 PAGE 2 C) Framing Members : 1 . 25 gauge studs to comply with ASTM C645 . 2 . Channels [ceiling runners] shall be 1-1/2", 520 lbs/1000 l . f . , 16 ga. , painted. 3 . Hanger wire shall be 9 ga. for hanging channels . 4. Tie wire shall be 18 ga. soft annealed galv. stl . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSPECTION/COORDINATION Verify that framing and surfaces are acceptable. Starting of Work implies acceptance of surfaces . Before proceeding with drywall work, verify that all electrical , plumbing, HVAC, insulation and inspections have been completed. Notify Acrchitect of all discrepancies from Drawings prior to starting Work, and at any time during Work . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A) Framing Members : Conform with ASTM C754; Spacing, layout and size shall be as shown on Drawings . B) Install and finish gypsum board and accessories per ASTM C840 . Finished results shall be ready to prime and paint , straight and true and free from cracks , dimples , bumps or exposed fasteners . 3 .03 CLEAN-UP Remove all gypsum dust and debris resulting from this Work upon completion. 4 , ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09500 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED Provide and install all acoustical lay-in ceiling tiles , vinyl-covered gypsum lay-in panels, suspension systems and accessories necessary for complete installation. 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Gypsum Board [09250] HVAC (Ducts) [15500] Electrical Lighting [16500] 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with Manufacturer's recommendations , UBC Standard 47-18 , these Specifications and CISCA "Code of Practices for Acoustical Ceiling Systems" . 1 .04 SUBMITTALS Submit 2 samples of material specified herein and Shop Drawings showing complete layout of all systems , including attachments , intersections of members and edge conditions . 1 . 05 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE Deliver to the site all materials in original containers bearing manufacturer ' s name and brand. Use only one brand for each type of unit . Store materials within building in dry, protected locations as directed by the General Contractor. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS Building shall be enclosed with all new windows and exterior doors in place and glazed and roof watertight before installation of any ceilings or suspension systems . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 MATERIALS A) Acoustical suspension system: Donn "DX Exposed Tee system", or approved equal , complying with ASTM C635 ( Intermediate classification, commercial quality, cold-rolled steel ; exposed surfaces pre-finished white. System shall consist of main tees and cross tees, to form modules of 24"x 48" for installation of lay-in panels . Process . ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09500 PAGE 2 B) Acoustical Panels ( lay-in) : typical : Armstrong "Minaboard-Cortega" #769A [24"x48"x5/8"] or approved equal ; mineral core, washable vinyl latex paint finish; Flame spread <25 , NRC > .50 . Process . Rm. 101 : Plastic encapsulated gypsum board panels [24"x48"x1/2"] ; Submit material data for approval . C) Hanger Wires, anchors and other accessories shall comply with manufacturer' s recommendations and ASTM C635 . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION/PREPARATION Examine all areas to receive new ceilings , Verify dimensions and installation of all mechanical , electrical and other Work that must precede installation of hangers and grids . Coordinate ductwork and light fixtures for proper support and locations by other Trades . Notify Architect of conditions that may adversely affect Work. Commencement of Work will implies as acceptance of conditions . 3 .02 INSTALLATION Suspension systems and panels shall be installed square, level and true in accordance with ASTM C636, CISCA Standards and these Contract Documents . Hanger wire supports shall be anchored using pneumatic or powder-driven fasteners or sleeve anchors rated for 4 times the actual pull-out load. RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED Provide and install sheet vinyl flooring in locations indicated on Schedule on Drawings . Provide coved base and vinyl base where scheduled. Include reducer strips at doors where floor finish changes . 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Cast-in-place Concrete [03300] (Verify bonding conditions) Lockers [105001 (Coordinate installation) Plumbing (154001 (Coordinate with fixtures ) 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS Submit manufacturer specifications and installation procedures for approval . 1 . 04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE Deliver materials to the job site in manufacturer' s original unopened packaging. protect from damage; stored in dry temperate location in the building. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS Resilient Vinyl Floors : Armstrong "Classic Corlon" in "Seagate" pattern or Congoleum "Flor-ever" in "Seascape" pattern, or approved. Color shall be selected by Owner from standard available. Vinyl Base: 4" coved; Include preformed external corner pieces . Submit samples for approval of color. Primers & Adhesives : Shall be waterproof , as recommended by flooring and base manufacturers for bonding to specific substrates . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION Remove all foreign matter and materials that may reduce bond. maintain temperature recommended by manufacturer for installation. 3 . 02 INSTALLATION Comply with Manufacturer's written instructions . Coved sheet vinyl base shall have a fillet strip back-up behind cove. Make all joints tight and inconspicuous . Assure complete bonding of floor and base to substrate. PAINTING 09900 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED All on-site surface coating/finishing indicated in Finish Schedule; All exposed structural steel and connections . 1 . 02 WORK EXCLUDED Items NOT painted under this Section include: galvanized metal deck, open web joists, equipment furnished with complete factory finish and non-exposed finishes protected from weather. 1 .03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Finish Carpentry [06200) Flashing & Sheet Metal [07600] Metal Doors & Frames [08100] Wood doors [08200] Gypsum Board [09250] 1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with manufacturer ' s recommendations . 1 . 05 SUBMITTALS Submit manufacturer' s specification/data for all types of finishes specified herein. 1 . 06 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE Deliver materials to the site in manufacturer' s sealed containers with labels intact . Store materials above freezing in a single place designated by the General Contractor . 1 .07 JOB CONDITIONS Conditions shall comply with Manufacturer's recommendations; dry conditions , temperature between 50 and 80 degrees [F] . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 MATERIALS General Requirements : All thinning and tinting shall be as recommended by the Manufacturer for the particular materials . It shall be the responsibility of the applicator to verify that all mixed colors match the selections of the Owner. Specific Applications : Substrate: Exterior galvanized metal [ flashing, etc. ] Primer: C & C "Galt'-Alum" metal primer Overcoat : Alkyd enamel Substrate: Exterior & interior ferrous metal Primer: Shop primed; touch-up on site at welds , etc. overcoat : Alkyd enamel PAINTING 09900 PAGE 2 Substrate: interior GWB walls; dry areas [see schedule] Primer: P.V.A. primer Overcoat : flat latex Substrate: interior GWB walls ; wet areas [see schedule] Primer : P.V.A. primer Overcoat : Alkyd enamel Substrate: Interior wood [doors , frames, casing] Primer: gloss alkyd varnish Overcoat : satin alkyd varnish PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION Examine all surfaces to be coated, and report all conditions that may reduce quality or durability of finish. Commencement of work will be construed as acceptance of subsurfaces . 3 .02 PREPARATION Protect items and finishes not to be painted. Work area shall be free from dirt, debris and activities by all other Trades prior to start of this work. Surfaces shall be clean, dry and free from foreign matter. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for preparation of surfaces . Wood shall be sanded smooth, with nail holes and cracks filled flush with putty. 3 . 03 APPLICATION Apply all coatings without reduction, unless additional coats are used to satisfy recommended "dry film thickness" . Where coverage is incomplete or not uniform, provide an additional coat at no extra expense. Allow complete drying time between coats . Number of coats : Substrate Primer Overcoat galvanized metal 1 coat 1 coat enamel ferrous metal 1 coat 1 coat enamel GWB [wet area] 1 coat 1 coat enamel GWB [dry area] 1 coat 2 coats latex Wood 1 coat varnish 1 coat varnish 3 .04 CLEANING On completion of work, carefully clean all non-painted surfaces; remove all spills; clean up all debris . LOCKERS 10500 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED Provide and install all new lockers , including support , anchorage and trim, as shown on Drawings and specified herein. 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS Submit Manufacturer's specification data for approval . After approval , submit Shop Drawings ; colors shall be chosen by Owner from standard available. 1 . 04 HANDLING AND STORAGE Protect from damage through substantial completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 DESCRIPTION Double Tier, louvered, [12" wide x 15" deep x 36" high] x2 2 . 02 MATERIALS/COMPONENTS Class I mild annealed, cold-rolled steel . Bolts to be zinc- plated or rust resistant metal . Body: 24 ga. formed steel , flanged to give double thickness of metal at vertical corners . Base: Continuous , 6" integral with locker frame, flush mount . Slope [continuous] Top and End Panels & Caps : Same construction, gauge as body. Door Frame: 16 ga. formed steel channels . Vertical members shall have an additional flange to form continuous door strike. Corners shall be lapped and welded. Door: 1 piece, 16 ga. steel with both vertical edges formed into channel -shaped formation. Door Jambs : Design and gauge of jamb shall prevent freeing of locking device by prying. Each jamb shall have soft-rubber silencers secured through holes in jambs . Hinges : > 2 inches high; 0 . 050 inch steel [min. ] , 5 knuckle, full-loop forming double thickness on each leaf . Weld or bolt to frame; Non-removable pins . LOCKERS 10500 PAGE 2 Locking device : shall engage at 2 points . Rod enclosed by channel at edge of door; lock automatically when closed. Handles : shall be die-cast zinc alloy . >Built-in lock?< Coat Hooks : 1 double-prong, 3 single-prong [bolted to locker] Number Plates : One for each locker; Verify numbering with Owner. Finish: Exposed steel parts shall be thoroughly cleaned, given a rust-inhibitive bonding primer; electrostatically sprayed with a heavy coat of high quality enamel , baked on. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 PREPARATION/COORDINATION Coordinate backing/anchorage in walls , resilient flooring. Verify dimensions by field measurements . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION Install in groups shown on plan; plumb, level and rigidly anchored to walls and floor. Verify proper operation of doors and latches; adjust as necessary. Install number plates . TOILET ACCESSORIES 10800 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 WORK INCLUDED Provide and install items listed herein under "Equipment" in Toilet Rooms indicated on Drawings . 1 .02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Rough Carpentry [06100) (blocking & backing) Compartments & Cubicles [10150] ( Install grab bars , dispensers , etc . ) 1 .03 SUBMITTALS Submit manufacture specifications and dimensions for items listed herein if different than specified. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS 1 . Mirrors : Bobrick B-290 Series [Sizes : 16"x 26"] Provide 6; locate where directed 2 . Paper Towels Dispensers : to be provided by Owner; Install where directed. 3 . Soap Dispensers : Bobrick B-132 [for powdered Boraxo] ; one for each lavatory. 4 . Toilet Tissue Dispensers : one for each eater closet . S . Sanitary napkin/tampon vendors : Bobrick B-2802 ; Provide 6; Verify locations . 6. Grab Bars : Bobrick B-5 37 [stainless steel , 1-1/4" diam. /36"x 48" . Provide one for Toilet Room No. 104 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION/COORDINATION Verify proper backing locations during framing. Coordinate installation of compartments and cubicles . Verify locations of items during "walk-thru" with Architect or Owner. Grab bars shall be capable of supporting 300 lbs . without loosening or permanent deflection. LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT 11160 PAGE 1 .PART-1 GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED Provide and install [2] docklevelers at approved locations 1 . 02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Cast-in-place Concrete [03300] (coordination) Metal Fabrications [05500] (steel angles at pit) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 FABRICATION Provide [2] Kelley Mechanical "C" Series Model M 708C dock levelers or approved; [no options or accessories required] . PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 PREPARATION Verify dimensions and tolerances required for pit , and anchorage types and locations necessary per Manufacturer's recommendations . 3 .02 INSTALLATION Install after coAcr,ete has attaiied 28 du strength. �ro�ec� from damage during cons ruc ion, rough subs an is completion. Do not use during construction unless approved by the Owner. 14200 PAGE 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED Class C-1 hydraulic freight elevator : Furnish all labor, materials and equipment for complete elevator, including jack, accessories , controls and all components necessary for complete installation and operation. 1 . 02 WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Elevator hoistway, cylinder hole and steel casing, foundation, door frames and extensions , ladder, electric lights and power supply [including disconnect and breakers required for elevator] , machine room, heat and ventilation of elevator and machine room. 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS Prior to construction, submit to Architect for approval : Shop Drawings, details , manufacturer' s specifications , (if different than specified herein) , and specific requirements for elevator installation. 1 . 04 REFERENCE STANDARDS Comply with current edition of "United States of America Standard Safety Code for Elevators, Escalators and Dumbwaiters" and applicable Electrical Codes . 1 .05 GUARANTEE The Contractor and Installer shall warrant the equipment installed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one [1] year from the date of substantial completion of the General Contract . The elevator shall not be used by the Contractor, Owner or others prior to this time unless approved by the Installer. All adjustments , maintenance and repairs necessary for proper operation during the warranty period shall be done promptly and only by the Installer or authorized representative. 1 .06 MAINTENANCE SERVICE Furnish maintenance and call back service for a period of three months starting upon final acceptance by the Owner. Optional extended 5 year Full Maintenance agreement shall be provided for review by the Owner. All work shall be done by the Installer or authorized representative. ELEVATOR 14200 PAGE 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 MATERIALS Platform size [net inside] : 10 ' -0"x 10 ' -0" Capacity [pounds] : 12 ,000 Travel : 19 ' -2" Speed [feet per minute] : 75 Number of landings: 2 Number of openings : 2 ( front) 0 (rear) Operation: single automatic pushbutton Power supply: 480 Volt/ 3 ph./ 60 cycle AC Hoistway Entrances : Power operated vertical bi- parting doors with truckable sill ; (steel door frames by General Contractor) Car ceiling: Steel with fluorescent lights Flooring : Non-skid steel Machine Room location: adjacent to 1st floor elevator. Controls , Signals : Illuminated hall and car pushbuttons, emergency alarm bell , telephone compartment with wiring to controler, intercom between cab and Room 206 and phone handset with autodialer (connection to approved source by others) ELEVATOR 14200 PAGE 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSPECTION Prior to start of Work, verify conditions necessary for proper installation of the elevator and equipment in machine room. Verify locations for structural supports , pipes , conduit and ladder. 3 . 02 PREPARATION The Elevator Company/Installer shall provide to the General Contractor and Architect a description of all work, including: special conditions , specification data for equipment, warranty and maintenance service agreement . 3 .03 INSTALLATION The General Contractor shall be responsible for all Work excluded by the Elevator Installer/Subcontractor and necessary for complete installation. Coordinate work with other Trades . Painting: per Section 09900 for all exposed metal . 3 .04 ADJUST AND CLEAN Prior to acceptance of the installation, the elevator and all related systems shall be cleaned, inspected and operating consistently per design specifications . Car leveling devices shall be adjusted to stop within +/- 1/2" of finished floor. Lubricate -all equipment in accordance with accepted manufacturers instructions . 3. 05 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Coordinate a date and time acceptable for the presence of the the Architect or Owner's authorized representative, the General Contractor, the Elevator Contractor/installer and the elevator code authority (inspector) during final inspection. Costs incurred by reinspection shall be paid for by the party responsible for changes . �3 SECTION 15000 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements for all work in the sections of Division 15. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED: A. Air Conditioning of Office Area B. Plumbing System C. Heating System for Process & Storage Area 1. 03 CODES AND STANDARDS Conform to following code and agency requirements having jurisdictional authority over mechanical installation: Uniform Building Code and Mechanical Code Uniform Plumbing Code Local Sewer and Water District Requirements Local Department of Health Local Fire Marshal National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA) Washington State Energy Code 1.04 MECHANICAL DRAWINGS Diagrammatic. Verify dimensions at site. 1.05 SUBSTITUTION Manufacturers and models of equipment and material indicated herein and on drawings are those upon which mechanical design is based. Other manufacturers with products considered equal are listed without specific model designation. For substitution of any other manufacturer's equipment, see Instructions to Bidders, Division 1. 1.06 DOCUMENTATION TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA )d SECTION 15000 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Permits: Paid for and obtained by contractor. B. As-built Drawings: Show location of equipment and size of piping and ductwork. Locate all valves, cocks, dampers and similar equipment. C. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Furnish three (3) copies of operating and maintenance manuals. Manual shall be hard cover loose-leaf with index and tabbed Sections. Manual shall include the following: -Manufacturers, suppliers, and subcontractor's names, addresses and phone numbers. -Schedule and description of routine maintenance for each component to include oiling, lubrication and greasing data; and belt sizes, types and lengths. -Balancing log and test data. -Manufacturer's cuts and rating tables, including bro- chures for all equipment listed under approvals requir- ed. -Part numbers of all replaceable items. -Control diagrams and sequence of operation. -Written guarantees. -As-builts corrected and completed. D. Operation Instruction Period: Conducted by Contractor during minimum four (4) hour period. Deliver and post all operation and maintenance instructions at this time. 1. 07 ELECTRICAL A. Motor Starters: By others. B. Power Wiring: By others. C. Control Wiring: By Mechanical Contractor. 1. 08 AIR BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing in accordance with NEBB. B. Calibrate instruments used for testing and balancing within a period of six months of start of work. TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA 5� SECTION 15000 GENERAL PROVISIONS C. Make any necessary change in sheaves, belts and dampers, or add volume dampers, as required for correct balance at no additional cost to owner. D. Submit three (3) copies of complete test report to Architect prior to final acceptance of project. 1. 09 WARRANTY Warrant materials and workmanship in accord with the General and Supplementary Conditions. Provide written guarantees which exceed one year such as ten year period on domestic hot water heater and similar items. Submit with Maintenance and Operating Manual. Warrant period to extend from date of substantial completion. 1. 10 COORDINATION OF WORK Insure proper "rough-in" on all equipment to which connections are made. 1. 11 LUBRICATION Lubricate all moving parts per manufacturer's recommen- dation. Replace ruptured seals caused by excessive lubrication. Attach service record label with space for future service to all major equipment. END SECTION 15000 TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA Jw SECTION 15100 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 - General Require- ments. 1. 02 SCOPE This section includes products, assemblies and methods applicable to more than one system. 1. 03 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Use products of a single manufacturer, where two or more units of same class of equipment are required. Use new equipment. B. Protect material stored on site against weather, cor- rosion, and dirt. C. Provide major components of equipment with manufactur- er's name, address, catalog number and capacity indicated on a nameplate, securely affixed in a conspicuous place. 1.04 PIPING A. Cold Water and Chilled Water Inside Building: Type "L" copper with equivalent fittings. 95/5 solder. B. Chilled Water Outside Building Above Grade: Same as "A" above. C. Chilled Water Below Grade: Type "L" copper pre- insulated piping with PVC jacket. 1 1/2" fiberglass insulation. Provide equivalent fittings. Install strict accord with manufacturers requirements. INSUL-8 or equal. TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA 5"I SECTION 15100 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS D. Condensate Drain: Type "L" copper with equivalent fittings. 95/5 solder. 1.05 DUCTWORK Fabricate and install all ductwork and fittings in strict accord with the SMACNA Manual for its respective pressure class. 1.06 INSULATION A. Cold Water and Chilled Water Inside: Pre-molded fiber- glass with white craft jacket and vapor barrier. Zeston PVC fitting covers with thermal insulating wool. Johns- Manville Micro-lok or equal. (Cold water = 1/2" tk. , chilled water 2" and less = 3/411, 2 1/2" and larger = 111) B. Chilled Water Outside Above Grade: Same as "A" above except 1 1/2" tk. Provide aluminum jacket sealed weather tight. C. Chilled Water Outside Below Grade: See 15100; 1.04 ;C. D. Condensate Drain: 1/2" Armaflex. Glue all joints and seams. END SECTION 15100 TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA SP SECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1. 01 WORK INCLUDED A. Cleanouts. B. Air chambers. C. Trap primers. D. Floor drains. E. Domestic hot water heaters. F. Sanitary sewer service to 5'-0" outside building. G. Water service to 5'-0" outside building. H. Natural gas service from meter. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 CLEANOUTS AND CLEANOUT ACCESS COVERS A. Provide no-hub or threaded type cleanouts extended to finished floor or wall surface. Ensure ample clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system. B. Floor Cleanout Access Covers in Unfinished Areas: Round with polished bronze scored frames and plates. Provide access covers in finished areas with depressed center section to accommodate floor finish. Wall cleanouts to have chrome plated or stainless steel caps. Wade W-6000 series or equal. 2. 02 AIR CHAMBERS A. Install air chamber type water hammer arrestors on water lines connected to clothes washer. 2.03 FLOOR DRAINS TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA J� SECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS A. Floor Drains: Lacquered cast iron body with drainage flange, weepholes combined two piece body reversible clamping device and adjustable strainer. Wade W-1100 series or equal. 2.04 TRAP PRIMERS A. Trap Primer Valves: Machined of corrosion resistant brass, 110" ring seals, adjustable for high or low pressure, delivers a metered amount of water whenever any faucet is opened nearby. Includes a vacuum breaker. Precision Plumbing Projects or equal. B. Trap Primer Distribution Units: Corrosion resistant brass fittings with a copper reservoir and inspection cover on the reservoir. Designed for equal distribution of water for 2 to 4 traps. END OF SECTION 15400 TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA Cr SECTION 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1. 01 WORK INCLUDED A. Plumbing fixtures and trim. 1. 02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide new fixtures free from flaws and blemishes with finished surfaces clear, smooth, and bright. B. Provide plumbing fittings. Visible parts of fixture brass and accessories shall be heavily chrome plated. C. Fixtures shall be the product of one manufacturer whenever possible. Fittings of same type shall be product of one manufacturer whenever possible. D. Protect fixtures against use and damage during con- struction. 1. 03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Check millwork shop drawings.. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough-in and installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES A. Acceptable manufacturers to use as a guide for quality: 1. American Standard 2 . Kohler 3 . Briggs B. Substitutions: Items of same function and performance are acceptable in conformance with Section 15000-1.07. C. Most reference to product names and model numbers on TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA SECTION 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM drawings (A S #Is) refer to American Standard products unless otherwise noted. 2 . 02 WATER CLOSET A. See drawings fixture schedule. 2.03 WATER HEATER A. Water Heater: Automatic storage gas fired or electric water heater. Capacity, model number, and recovery capacity as shown on the drawings. 2 . 04 WALL FAUCETS A. Wall Hydrants: Woodford Model #25 non-freeze type with vacuum breakers and hose thread spout. B. Hose Bibb: Woodford Model #24, Brass, loose key, tee handle, with vacuum breaker and hose thread spout. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. At completion, thoroughly clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. B. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with screw driver stops, reducers, and escutcheons. C. Install wall mounted lavatories, urinals and water closets with approved wall carriers, model to suit installation. D. Install hose and faucets and hose connections with vacuum breakers. TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA �v SECTION 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM END OF SECTION 15450 TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA 61 SECTION 15776 UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Unitary air conditioning packages. B. Controls. 1. 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of UL and AGA and applicable codes. B. Unit shall be product of manufacturer regularly engaged in production of unit of type and size specified who issues complete catalog data. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers to use as a guide for quality: 1. Ruud 2 .02 TYPE A. Provide packaged, self-contained, factory assembled, pre-wired unit consisting of cabinet, compressor, gas heating section, condensing coil, evaporator fan, evaporator coil, air filters, and controls. 2 . 03 CABINET A. Galvanized steel with baked enamel finish. B. Provide easily removed access doors or panels with quick fasteners. C. Insulate cabinet interior with minimum 1/2" thick glass fiber. TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA SECTION 15776 UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS D. Coat drain pan with corrosion resistant coating. 2.04 COMPRESSOR A. Provide hermetically sealed compressor, 3600 rpm maxi- mum, resiliently mounted with positive lubrication and integral motor protection. 2. 05 CONDENSER A. Provide air cooled condenser with suitable head pressure control. 2 . 06 EVAPORATOR FANS A. Provide double width, double inlet, forward curved centrifugal fans, statically and dynamically balanced with permanently lubricated ball bearings. 2 .07 EVAPORATOR COIL A. Provide direct expansion type cooling coil with seamless copper or aluminum tubes and aluminum fins. B. Incorporate thermal expansion valve or orifice filter- drier, and charging valves in refrigerant circuit. 2 . 08 AIR FILTERS A. Provide easily removed flat disposable type filters. 2 . 09 CONTROLS A. Provide factory wired controls including contactor, high and low pressure cutouts, internal winding thermostat for compressor, control circuit transformer, non-cycling reset relay, temperature controller, and fan off/cool switch. 2 .10 GAS HEAT SECTION TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA SECTION 15776 UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS A. Heat exchanger shall be aluminized steel, designed for long life and quiet operation. Burner shall provide dependable and quiet ignition in the stages as called for. B. Gas burner controls shall provide automatic safety pilot, dual automatic gas valves, manual gas cock, and pressure regulator. Ignition shall be electric for the intermittent pilot with 100% shutoff when the unit is off. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 INSTALLATION A. Gas supply piping. B. Supply units fully charged with refrigerant and filled with oil. C. Thoroughly check for gas leaks before start up of unit. END OF SECTION 15776 TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA SECTION 15777 AIR TURNOVER UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1. 01 WORK INCLUDED A. Air Turnover Units B. Unit heaters C. Controls 1. 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of UL AGA and applicable codes. B. Unit shall be product of manufacturer regularly engaged in production of unit of type and size specified who issues complete catalog data. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2. 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers to use as a guide for quality: 1. Sterling 2. King B. Substitutions: Items of same function and performance are acceptable. 2 . 02 GAS FIRED UNIT HEATERS A. Heat Exchanger and Burners: Heat exchangers shall be seam or arc welded with tube sections not lighter than 20 gauge and connecting header plates not lighter than 18 gauge (20 gauge if stainless steel) . Material is limited to "aluminized" steel, type 409 stainless steel or type 321 stainless steel, (units of 100, 000 BTUH or larger) . Burners are to be of pressed steel, "alumin- ized" or type 409 stainless, and shall be equipped with a stainless steel burner "shade" to prevent the blockage TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA SECTION 15777 AIR TURNOVER UNITS of ports by scale or other foreign matter. B. Controls: Unit heaters shall be equipped with 24 volt combination valves powered by 120/24 transformer. Valves shall be arranged for 100% safety shutoff of both main and pilot burner gas supply. A non-recycling fan time delay switch of the thermal relay type shall be provided and will be controlled by a low voltage space thermostat. C. Venting System: Flue collector construction shall consist of corrosion resistant aluminized steel. D. Burners: 1. Burners shall be die-formed with stamped porting and stainless steel port protectors to prevent scale or foreign matter from obstructing the burner ports. Burner construction shall consist of: a. Corrosion resistant aluminized steel. 2 . Burners must be individually removable for ease of cleaning and servicing. The entire burner assembly must be removable with a slide-out drawer design. The pilot must be accessible through a pilot access plate without removing the burner assembly. E. Controls - Electric and Gas: 1. A factory installed control box or junction box shall be provided for all power connections. A 24-volt control transformer and high limit switch must be pro- vided. F. Motors and Fans: Units shall be equipped with 115 volt, 1 phase, 60 cycle motors of the totally enclosed, fan- cooled type. Motors shall use class "B" windings and include internal automatic reset thermal overload. Fans shall be steel-hubbed with aluminum blades. Units with inputs greater than 250, 000 BTUH shall be equipped with TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA rn SECTION 15777 AIR TURNOVER UNITS two motors and two fans for optimum air distribution. G. Cabinetry and Hangers• All unit cabinetry and trim pieces shall be fabricated from 10 gauge cold-rolled steel finished with baked enamel paint or prepainted stock. All units shall be equipped with 2-point hanger suspension system. H. Venting System: All units shall be equipped with an "aluminized" or type 409 stainless steel draft diverter assembly. Models through 125, 000 BTUH input shall have vertical vent connection, models from 150 to 400, 000 shall have vertical or horizontal connection as re- quired. I. Warranty: All units and component assemblies shall be warranted for a period of one (1) year from date of shipment (from factory) or IS months from date of manufacture, whichever occurs first. All heat exchang- ers and draft diverters shall carry a ten year non- prorated warranty on materials and workmanship (sub- ject to appropriate disclaimers) . 2 . 03 AIR TURNOVER UNIT - Designed for the elimination of air stratification in open spaces A. Cabinet - Painted galvanized panels cover a structural steel framework. Assembly includes internal air-cooled galvanized steel radiation shields and return air screens on four sides. The low velocity discharge plenum is screened on three sides. B. Fan Assembly - One, two or three turbine-bladed multiple-belt driven propeller fans, tested in accordance with AMCA standards, and mounted with vibration isolation. Each fan is driven by an open dripproof 3 phase motor mounted on an adjustable base. C. Heat Exchanger - Four pass cross flow design. 400 series stainless steel primary combustion chamber and first pass tube header. Mild steel secondary TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA ley SECTION 15777 AIR TURNOVER UNITS surface with staggered tubes, mechanically swedged and welded to collection boxes. D. Induced Draft Fan - Radial blade paddle wheel design, directly connected to motor. E. Burner - Select one of the following: Power type with spark ignited pilot. Factory piped manifold includes main and pilot automatic valves, manual gas valves, main and pilot regulators suitable for 1 psig inlet pressure. Models through 750,000 Btu/hr. require 6" gas pressure. Larger models require 8" gas pressure. Available for on-off, two stage, or fully modulated operation. F. Controls - Include electronic burner safety relay with prepurge sequencing feature, flame sensing device, fan and limit switch, draft switch, ignition transformer, combustion air proving switch, return air ductstat, main disconnect switch, starters, relays, fuse blocks with factory mounted fuses, terminal strips, power transformer, and dead front control cabinet. G. Alternate Arrangement with Two Factory Dampers - For 0-100% outside air, modulating motor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. Provide shut-off valves in gas supply piping. B. Thoroughly check for gas leaks before start up of unit. END OF SECTION 15777 TRIDENT SEAFOODS PROCESS BUILDING ANACORTES, WA Section 15500 FIRE PROTECTION Part 1 - GENERAL 1 . 01 General Conditions of the Contract and General Requirements apply to work under this Section. 1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings shall be prepared for the complete system and submitted to the local Fire Marshal and Architect for approval , prior to fabrication of materials or installation. 1 .03 CERTIFICATES AND REPORTS A. Submit necessary test certificates and reports , as re- quired by N.F.P.A. Standards and the local Fire Marshal B. Submit complete submittal data to the Architect on all products and material to be used. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General Material Requirements : All materials and equipment, listed as approved by the Underwriters Laboratories , or the Factory Mutual Laboratories , and N.F.P.A. Standards 2 .02 A. Pipe and Fittings : Above ground pipe shall be steel pipe per N.F.P.A. Standard No. 13 . Fittings shall be suitable for 175 psi working pressure and shall be cast iron screwed, grooved or welded in accordance with N.F.P.A. Standards . B. Valves : Underwriter ' s approved indicating type valves , 175 psi working pressure. C. Alarm: Local alarm shall be provided per N.F.P.A. Standard No. 13 and the local Fire Marshal. D. Heads: Upright or pendent type with brass head above ceilings or at exposed structure . Pendent heads at finished ceilings to be chrome recessed type. E. Fire Department Connection: Provide Siamese connection approved by local Fire Marshal for automatic fire sprinkler system. Provide check valve with automatic ball drip. Mark connections "Automatic Fire Sprinklers" F. Hangers and Pipe Rings : All hangers shall be per N.F.P .A. Standard No. 13 and the local Fire Marshal . G. Miscellaneous Connections and Fittings : Provide miscellaneous connections for drains, Inspector ' s tests and flushing as required by by N.F.P .A. Standards and the local Fire Marshal H. Monitoring Devices: Provide necessary electric water flow devices on all wet systems, and tamper switches on all control valves . Connections to be provided by the monitoring service. Part 3 - SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA 3 . 01 FIRST FLOOR - Hydraulically calculated wet system designed per N.F.P.A. Standards and the local Fire Marshal for processing and office areas 3 . 02 SECOND FLOOR - Hydraulically calculated wet system designed per N.F.P.A. Standards and the local Fire Marshal for stor- age of Class III materials to a height of twelve (12) feet. Part 4 - EXECUTION 4 . 01 WORK OF OTHER TRADES A. General Requirements : All work shall be coordinated with the work of other trades . No piping shall be in- stalled until coordination for that area is complete . 4 . 02 INSTALLATION A. General Workmanship: Install all work in strict accordance with applicable Codes and Regulatory Agenc- ies ' approved layout and Shop Drawings and in such a manner as to achieve all required design criteria with all components accurately placed and operating correct- ly. B. Installers : All work under this Section shall be in- stalled by a Sub-Contractor specializing in the instal- lation of fire sprinkler systems Part 5 - FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 5 .01 TESTS A. All systems to be tested in accordance with N.F.P.A. Standards and the local Fire Marshal . Test reports , and Operation and Maintenance Manuals to be submitted to the Owner at completion of the required tests and acceptance of the systems. -72 B. Corrections: This Contractor shall make all corrections required by the local Fire Marshal , and make such repairs and replacements, etc. in a timely manner to render the work complete and free of defects prior to occupancy and /or final acceptance in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions and as covered by guarantees . C. Clean-up: This Contractor shall maintain clean-up oper- ations in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions and shall be responsible for contin- uous removal of all debris and excess materials as a result of this work. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE TRIDENT SEAFOOD, INC.. ANACORTES, WASHINGTON 74 a SECTION 16100' BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 .01 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop drawings and product data. 1. Submit shop drawings for the following : a. Panelboards b. Distribution switchboard C . Lighting fixtures and ballasts PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 RACEWAY MATERIALS : A. General - U.L. Approved for electrical raceway use. B. Rigid Steel Conduit and fittings. 1. Rigid steel conduit shall be hot dip galvanized , thick wall steel conduit , standard pipe sizes and threaded joints . 2 . Rigid steel conduit fittings shall be threaded and galvanized to match conduit. C. Intermediate Metal Conduit and fittings : 1. Intermediate metal conduit shall be hot dip galvanized , intermediate wall steel conduit, standard pipe sizes and threaded joints . 2 . Intermediate metal conduit fittings shall be threaded and galvanized to match conduit . D. Electrical Metallic Tubing and Fittings (EMT) : 1. EMT shall be hot dip galvanized, steel tubing . 2 . EMT couplings and connectors shall be die cast set screw. 75 SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS E. Flexible Conduit and fittings : 1. Flexible metal conduit and fittings : a. Flexible metal conduit shall be galvanized steel or aluminum. b . Fittings shall be screw clamp or screw-in type . 2 . Liquid tight Flexible Conduit and fittings: a . Liquid tight flexible metal conduit shall have a copper bonding tape and a weather- proof exterior cover type UA or equal . b . Fittings used for liquid tight flexible metal conduit shall match conduit. F. Plastic Conduit: 1 . Heavy wall rigid PVC schedule 40 conduit for power wiring . G. Wireways and Gutters: 1 . Wireways and auxiliary gutters shall be pre-fabricated NEMA 1 for indoor installation and NEMA 3R for outdoor installation. Associated fittings shall be in accordance with U.L. 870 and of the same manufacturer as the wireway or gutter . H. Conduit Bodies: 1 . Conduit bodies shall be cast malleable iron, zinc , or cadmium plated with threaded connections . Covers shall be gasketed , blank steel or cast malleable iron, zinc or cadmium plated and of the same manufacturer as the conduit body. Where conduit bodies are used as junction or splice boxes they shall be in accordance with Paragraph 370-6 of the N.E.C. SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 2. 02 WIRING MATERIALS, 600V CLASS A. Wire and Cable : 1. Type: a. Type THHN (90C) No. 14 , No. 12 , No. 10 and No. 8 solid or stranded copper . b. Type THW (75C) or THHN (90C) for No. 6 stranded copper . C . Type THW (75C) , THHN (90C) or XHHW (90C) No. 4 and larger stranded aluminum or copper as noted on plans . B. Splices and Connectors: 1. Splices and connections for No . 6 and smaller shall be made with spring type pressure connectors. 2 . Splices and connections for No. 4 and larger shall be made with connectors suitable for the type of conductor . C. Color Coding : 1. Wire shall be color coded as indicated below: System Conductors Phase Phase Phase A B C Neutral 208Y/120V Black Red Blue White 408Y/277V Brown Orange Yellow Grey 2. Insulated ground conductors to be green. D. For #8 and larger size conductors , color code the conductors with plastic tape or sleeving of the appropriate color . Color code shall be applied to all ends , splices , and within every accessible enclosure. The color coding shall completely encircle the conductor for at least six inches . -7l SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 2.03 BOXES: A. Outlet and Device Boxes: 1. Interior : One piece pressed steel electro galvanized , size and depth as required . 2. Exterior : Cast, non-ferrous metal with threaded hubs . B. Junction and Pull Boxes: 1. Interior : Steel, screw cover , code gauge and size , baked enamel or galvanized finish. 2. Exterior : Cast non-ferrous mefal or PVC with gasketed screw cover Nema 3R. 2.04 WIRING DEVICES: A. General 1. Materials : Specification grade, Ivory. 2 . Approved Manufacturer : Bryant, Hubbell, Slater , or equal. B. Switches: 1. Single pole: 15 Amp, 120/277 Volt, Slater No. 700-I or equal . 2 . Three Way Switches : 15 Amp, 120/277 Volt , Slater No. 703-I or equal . 3 . Special: As required . C. Receptacles : 1 . Duplex: 15 Amp, 120 Volt, Slater No. 5242-I or equal . 2 . Special : As required . 78 SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS D. Plates : 1. Flush mounted devices : Sierra P Series, Ivory, smooth line or equal. 2. Surface mounted devices , interior : Stamped code gauge steel. 3 . Exterior mounted devices : Weatherproof , steel or PVC with gasket . PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3 .01 WORKMANSHIP: Work shall be of highest quality and be performed by workmen skilled in their trade . 3 .02 RACEWAY SYSTEMS: A. General: 1 . All conduits shall be protected against damage and the entrance of water or foreign material during construction. 2. Conduits shall be installed in neat symmetrical line parallel to the centerlines of the building construction and the building outline . vertical and horizontal runs of conduit shall be grouped wherever possible on common supports . 3 . Rigid conduits shall use threaded fittings where possible . Changes in direction may be accomplished with factory or field bends . 4 . Sealing , Capping of Empty Conduit: Seal exposed ends of all conduits without conductors with watertight caps or plugs as required . SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 5 . Sealing of Building Openings: Seal between raceways and building where raceway passes from the interior of the building through an outside wall , floor or foundation or through a fire rated wall where shown on the drawings with material compatible with the building materials through which the raceways pass . 6 . Conduit terminations to motors , motorized equipment, and recessed luminaires shall be flexible metal conduit . 7. Conduit shall not be run on the exterior surface of the building , except as approved by the owner . B. Concealed Raceway Installation: 1. General : Install raceways concealed in all finished areas unless noted otherwise or unless specifically approved by the Owner . C. Underground Raceway Installation: 1 . Direct buried underground power raceways shall be Schedule 40 PVC, Intermediate , or Heavy Wall rigid steel conduit. 2. Conduits with high voltage cables shall be encased with a 3" minimum of concrete encasement. Rebar shall be installed in all high voltage duct banks placed directly under the building . 3 . High voltage duct banks shall have a plastic warning tape , 6" wide with a highly visible color and marked to reflect that electrical conduits are directly below. 4. Underground communication raceways shall be PVC, Type DB conduit suitable for direct burial . 5 . Concrete encased conduits may be PVC Type EB. gD SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS D. Exposed Raceway Installation: 1. General: Install raceways as exposed work only in unfinished spaces . Install to lie against surface from which it is supported; offset around obstructions; or hang from structure with rods and hangers. 2. Electrical Metallic Tubing : May be installed for exposed interior wiring , except where other types of conduit are shown or indicated to be used . E. Wireways and Gutters : 1. Straight sections and fittings shall be bolted together to provide a rigid mechanical connection and electrical continuity. Dead ends of wireways and auxiliary openings shall be plugged . 3 .03 WIRING, 600 VOLT OR LESS: A. General : 1 . Wiring to branch circuit outlets shall be #12 AWG minimum. 2. Wiring to all control and signal devices shall be #18 AWG minimum, unless specified or noted otherwise . B. Splice and Connections : 1 . Splices and connections of No. 6 and larger power wiring shall be made with joint compound . 2 . Cutting of any strands of a conductor to fit into a smaller lug is not permitted . G1 SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 3.04 BOXES, CABINETS: A. Outlet Boxes: 1 . Outlets shown Centered on Built-In Work: Make these outlet locations exact; relocate any outlets which are located off center . 2. Vertical and Horizontal Relationships: Align them exactly on center lines horizontally or vertically. 3 . Attachment of Outlet Boxes in Frame Construction: Metal mounting straps attached to the outlet box clamped or screwed in place, or by directly screwing the box to the stud . 4 . Device Outlet Height : Measure from the finished floor to the centerline, unless noted otherwise . Heights shall be as shown on the drawings. Outlets shall be set with the longer side vertical , unless noted otherwise . 3 .05 RACEWAY SUPPORT: A. General 1 . Conduits shall be rigidly supported so as to prevent excessive vibration or deflection . 2 . Conduit and conduit fittings shall not be welded to any structure . 3 . Conduits shall be spaced so that conduit fittings are accessible for pulling or splicing . 8Z SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS B. Raceways in Suspended Ceiling Spaces: Conduits 1-1/2" and larger which are to be routed through the hung ceiling spaces shall be securely fastened to the structure . Conduits 1-1/4" or smaller may be fastened to ceiling support wires . C. Exposed Conduit: Exposed conduits shall be securely clamped and supported to structure . END OF SECTION SECTION 16400 SERVICE & DISTRIBUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1 .01 SCOPE: A. The electrical subcontractor shall furnish and install main switchboard , panels , starters , disconnect switches and fuses as shown on the plans and further defined herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 MAIN SWITCHBOARD 277/480 VOLT: A. The distribution switchboard shall be floor or wall mounted , NEMA Class 1 type with switch and fuse units. The switchboard shall be constructed to size required to accommodate main, branches , and miscellaneous compartments as schedule on the drawings . B. The switch and fuse units shall be front mounted to tinned pre-tapped aluminum bus bars mounted on isolation insulators adequate to withstand available short circuit current but in no case less than 50 ,000 Amperes , RMS . Bussing shall be arranged for the 277/480 Volt, 3 phase, 4 wire electrical service . C. Switches 800 Amps and below shall be fused , quickmake, quickbreak type with cover , interlock and external operating handle. D. Switches over 800 Amps shall be Pringle or equal bolted pressure heavy duty type . 2. 02 LIGHTING, POWER AND DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS 277/480 VOLT: A. Panelboards for 277/480 Volt , 3 phase , 4 wire service shall be circuit breaker type, surface or flush mounted as required . SECTION 16400 SERVICE & DISTRIBUTION B. Panels shall be constructed in accordance with U.L. Standards. C. Each panel shall consist of a cabinet , buses, solid neutral bar ( if required) and bolt-on breakers . Plastic covered directory shall be provided inside door . D. Cabinet doors shall have flush hinges and manufacturers standard latch. E. For each circuit , a circuit breaker of proper capacity shall be provided . Breakers in these panels shall have a minimum interrupting capacity of 14,000 Amperes symmetrical at 480 Volts . Each shall have a trip-free handle with quickmake, quickbreak operation. F. Multiple pole breakers to be U.L. approved common trip/common reset . 2 . 03 PANELBOARDS 120/208 VOLT: A. Panels for 120/208 Volt , 3 phase , 4 wire service shall be circuit breaker type , surface or flush mounted as required . B. Panels shall be as shown on the drawings and shall be of the same manufacturer as the switchboard . C . Each panel shall consist of a cabinet , buses, solid neutral bar and plug-in branch breakers . Plastic covered directory shall be provided inside of door . D. Cabinet doors shall have flush hinges and standard latch . E. For each branch circuit, a circuit breaker of proper capacity shall be provided . Each shall have a trip free handle and have quickmake , quickbreak operation. Breakers shall have a minimum interrupting capacity of 10 ,000 Amperes , symmetrical at 240 Volts . SECTION 16400 SERVICE & DISTRIBUTION F. Multiple pole breakers to be U.L. approved common trip/common reset. 2.04 GENERAL DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS: THREE PHASE: A. Furnish and install, as indicated on the electrical plans , dry-type transformers . B. Three phase transformers shall be 480 Volt delta primary and 208Y/120 Wye secondary. Transformers 25 KVA and larger shall have at a minimum four (4) 1/28 full capacity primary taps . Exact voltage to be as designated on the plans . C. Transformers 25 KVA and above shall be 150C temperature rise above 40C ambient. All insulating materials to be in accordance with NEMA ST 20 standards for a 220C U.L. component recognized insulation system. D. Transformer coils shall be of the continuous wound construction and shall be impregnated with non-hygroscopic , thermosetting varnish. E. All cores to be constructed of high grade , non- aging silicon steel with high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Magnetic flux densities are to be kept well below the saturation point . The core laminations shall be clamped together with steel angles . The completed core and coil shall then be bolted to the base of the enclosure but isolated therefrom by means of rubber , vibration- absorbing mounts . There shall be no metal-to- metal contact between the core and coil and the enclosure . On transformers 500 KVA and smaller , the vibration isolating system shall be designed to provide a permanent fastening of the core and coil to the enclosure . SECTION 16400 SERVICE & DISTRIBUTION F. Transformers 25 KVA and larger shall be in a heavy gauge, sheet steel , ventilated enclosure . The ventilating openings shall be designed to prevent accidental access to live parts in accordance with U.L. , NEMA, and National Electrical Code standards for ventilated enclosures . Transformers 25 KVA through 75 KVA shall be designed so they can be either floor or wall mounted . Above 75 KVA they shall be floor mounted design. G. The entire transformer enclosure shall be degreased , cleaned , phosphatized , and primed and finished with a gray, baked enamel. H. The core of the transformer shall be grounded to the enclosure by means of a flexible grounding conductor sized in accordance with applicable NEMA and NEC standards. I . Sound levels shall be guaranteed by the manu- facturer not to exceed the following when tested per NEMA and ANSI standards : 0 to 9 KVA - 40DB; 10 to 50 KVA - 45DB; 51 to 150 KVA - 50DB; 151 to 300 KVA - 55DB; 301 to 500 KVA - 60DB. 2 . 05 SAFETY SWITCHES: A. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install a Safety Switch as a means of dis- connecting the service at the respective location as required by N.E.C. B. Safety Switches shall be fused or non-fused as noted on drawings . Non-fused Safety Switches shall be used when over current protection is provided elsewhere . Do not compound over current protection. C. Safety Switches shall be NEMA 1 construction except in wet locations Safety Switches shall be NEMA 3R construction. 17 SECTION 16400 SERVICE & DISTRIBUTION 2 .06 IDENTIFICATION: A. Equipment: This subcontractor shall properly identify panelboards, switchboards, and disconnect switches with 1" high black phenolic with 1/2" high white letter engraved nameplate as designated on the plan. B. Panelboard : Provide typewritten directory listing each circuit or load connected to the panelboard . Define each circuit load and its location. Indicate spares and spaces in pencil on directory cards . After construction is complete , vacuum all panel enclosures, provide touch-up paint on factory finished surfaces . All panelboards to have nameplate on outside surface. C. Switchboard: Provide with 1" high black phenolic with 1/2" high white letter engraved nameplate listing each circuit or load connected to the switchboard . PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3 . 01 GENERAL: Verify dimensions of all distribution equipment described above and coordinate exact location, wall depths, etc , prior to rough-in. After construction is complete, vacuum all switchboard enclosures , provide touch-up paint on factory finished surfaces . END OF SECTION SECTION 16500 LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 .01 SCOPE: A. All lighting fixtures and lamps specified shall be furnished and installed by the Electrical Subcontractor unless noted otherwise . B. All items of equipment and labor required for the complete installation of the fixtures shall be furnished , even though direct reference to them may not be made herein. The Electrical Sub- contractor shall inform himself as to the necessity of plaster rings or other appurtenances required , but not directly mentioned herein. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Testing Agency 1 . Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association (CBM) . 2. Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL) . 3 . Underwriters Laboratories (U.L.) . B. Reference Standards 1 . Illumination Engineering Society (IES) . 2 . National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) . 1.03 SUBMITTALS : A. Submit as specified in Section 16050 . B. Shop drawings and product data . 1 . Submit shop drawings for all custom made lighting fixtures. g� SECTION 16500 LIGHTING 2. Submit product data on all lighting fixtures as follows: a. Catalog cuts . b. Photometrics: Based on report from ETL or other testing laboratory. C. Operation and Maintenance Data. 1. Submit as part of O&M Manual specified in Section 16050 for all lighting fixtures . 1.04 LABELS: A. Provide U.L. labels on all fixtures . B. Lighting fixtures installed outdoors shall be labeled "Suitable for Damp Locations" or "Suitable for Wet Locations" as appropriate . 1.05 FLEXIBLE WIRING SYSTEM: A. All circuit wiring serving lighting fixtures where a flexible wiring system is utilized , shall terminate in strategically located junction units designed for the express purpose of converting fixed wiring into the flexible wiring system. 1.06 LAMPS: A. Lamps shall be provided by electrical sub- contractor in the exact number and type for which the fixture is designed . B. Lamps shall conform to the following : 1 . Manufacturer shall be General Electric, Sylvania or Phillips . 2. Incandescent type shall be inside frosted, 130 volt, filament lamps . SECTION 16500 LIGHTING 1.07 BALLASTS: A. Fluorescent ballasts shall be "P" rated or equal and sound rated "A" . Universal "SLH" Super Low Heat type where applicable. B. All ballasts shall be high power factor type and shall bear the U.L. label and CBM label showing certification by the Electrical Testing Laboratories . C. All ballasts shall be suitable for supply voltage and capacity as required and shown. 1.08 CONTROL: A. Interior Fixtures : On/Off control of interior fixtures to be as per Paragraph 1.0l.D.4 . B. Exterior Fixtures: 1 . On/Off control of exterior fixtures to be via photocell. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FIXTURE TYPES : See fixture schedule on the plans . 2.02 FLEXIBLE WIRING SYSTEM: A. The flexible wiring shall consist of flexible - metallic covered cable sets complete with "plugs" on each end , Lithonia "Reloc system" or approved equal . B. "Plugs" at end of cable sets shall be color coded as to voltage and shall have a plug configuration so designed that it will be impossible to plug into an outlet other than the one intended . SECTION 16500 LIGHTING C. Furnish the lighting fixture manufacturer with necessary receptacles for his installation into the lighting fixtures . D. The flexible wiring system used shall carry a U.L. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3 .01 GENERAL A. Coordination 1. All fixture locations must be coordinated with the ceiling system or structural grid and be installed in a symmetrical pattern within the given grid . variations shall be coordinated with the Owner . B. Fixture Support 1. Surface or pendant mounted fixtures shall be supported from fixture straps or auxiliary anchors mounted directly to the outlet box or structural members . All pendant mounted fixtures shall be capable of supporting 150 pounds at each support point . 2. Recessed fixtures shall have frames compatible with the ceiling system and shall be furnished with clips to prevent fixtures from dropping out of the suspended ceiling framing in the event of fire or earthquake . END OF SECTION AS 51 H1aON r�`Jlvi�z Hn o- S£ 0 E 1 o Nolylsrv�e?11 .� 7��sr-�.i vac mod - 7 7 a /o O '� J 2I bNllS x� T+ ibW oy 9 Jo-ESall j b e L d TJ a9n� S r+9� do C ... 1 0'2 0l n a s' a`a ono- r /S•�zlo /O b b+o� Sa oZ annozb -eras ss�dnb .;Lae do of ied^ r;oys�^dat '.. 4 It j A 00 0 _ r�I" ^ al t +.z YI t Ir E y ijrs 1 3 dr��ld 1 ✓ t� 4w ', �i � i �, 1 � g � � z I`J I-JVybTiS ,�t�•YiSr21O .`;Fld�d j„yti=,� � ,�, � 3 l t �_. Y �'`„ G yoiHl IV ''. § � � r`- � � C7 C7CJ _ _ C7 c - C7 CJ C? '7rL [Z C,7 _ �.. �• _ - �_._..�__ j a: I 1 je r � j t 319 � � t �k r/. 9 y� .J ............ k v'Y �a p x i E iti ..d4L q sadE >41. ZI — I CI � �.r. _ t�_vm I� #try w oHS H } 7 b� M I v d 9Zn7 I-b � iCl. Gan> oM 6` 3 �i1. -# 0 d -`[ a---;-fs A � _ _ (d�(y) 4vn� •ter,o-r Merry - 31�d�9 Ials 42NiN'ado l £ d /M pano ��JI'IIN-4 '7J19,�JZ C� u 8 68'Z# _ Cool( 3 1 h7M91 p.._s £5 es "I ' 1 l _-- y � L k ' arr E `+�.,+'� � .• / 11b7JQN�bH /M N � ` z �"3� �InbM -,} /ix { � �.._,. �_A., R V•^- � 1'321 7NO7 i33?h� �"�IV f.71'1 TJ 15N o� �_......_. tE � f 1308 S.W. Bertha Blvd. C O N L E E Portland,Oregon 972119 t Bus.(503)244-0579 ENGINEERS, INC. FAX(503)244-7023 TRANSMITTAL DATE: October 17, 1989 TO: Western Engineers ATTN: Bob Stochosky RE: Trident - Phase I Cold Storage Pipe Bridge COPIES DATE ITEM 6 9/21/89 Pipe Bridge Details (9) and Structural Calculations (1) . NOTES: For submittal to Building Official . FROM: Charles J . Con ee Conlee Engineers, Inc. ftECEIV . OCT I 11989 Client W E ' Sbeet 'C� CONLEE ProjectTiO� �'S• Date ENGINEERS INC. Subject ��/ By G� A wit✓� 9 1574 O <v STER NAL� �J 4 2-�Cv 4 za J ` Zz �✓/!� )C 9 9 �� vv/zx ao Cam' TZ 5C�Z�s 28��/�zf = 2G�/•� Wla X -3 0 C� ) LX 2B 7�K 20 6�a) = 2n?-F 4C6 ' 20 Client 'lW E �572�i✓E Sheet ICE ' CON LEE project T/O��T ors' '_• Date y-2- B9 ENGINEERS INC. Subject gy G1G 74 �.�/.rl1E _' i /✓Ew /p.C�OGEss 3. Jr: Ll � I �PQ�ES J. � he of Hip oFF i . ll5 w /�/o>EC G.EL?iw.0 Foot E�✓, /9.90� O�FSS��N a��y�,��� . Client `�E `57L3�✓E Sheet .4F2 - C� ONLEE Project /��-N> �-S -�- Date 2�•B9 ENGINEERS INC. Subject �P� �r/ E '`��� By 2TG•, -VIC 65 1--I LyiBX.3s th G to B B GS//�aC�S 7 Iry tiQ oip FG1S eff', \�<v 2 �ioE ,B2i®G,E �L.9� 32 % y 1-O•• Client E STONE Sheet .45',3 °E CONLEE project 7�iOENT �5� —Z� Date 9 2l 8p ENGINEERS INC. F,y.., G✓ Subject /�i.G'.E �� W E By G io= 32 � i �Gv>b 1 V �F FG 4 ass/ON L�-NC'\ v P O Client pyE �_>U^l� Sheet � r, CON LEE project �2/dEwr C S• Z� Date ENGINEERS INC. Subject,'�,,:w c�6'iOG� ��/• By �/L, i�LidfJV.c FAG. As .CEOO /ii/>O ., 7�--4 may. 6 • , r A x, F ��v� .Beira o E �i vtE Ti✓G �°` 0 4 1S15' `�ssioIN L�N�. Client GY�� �S7�t✓E Sheet 4gs CON LEE Project 7����^�7 S —2' Date ENGINEERS INC. Subject /�� ?/OGE . ,pIJ By G�G ti .< 9FGIST7 ass/ON L E��'\ UCO CON LEE E Client r Sheet Project p Date ENGINEERS INC. Subject ��/�'E .e3` .t'/dGg By G✓G 1/ �'O FL.� SLAB o � /UdnlFT2.4>/OAS /L e .BOL/S 4 .�c3xs � �/�E ,B2idG�� �i✓- T �20G6ss .�� �e o GIs 4P�0 �4r �tss/O L�N�\ Client Sheet B7 CONLEE' j �. ,�1> c .s I Date— ENGINEERS yz��9 E I Pro'ect INC. Subject��.E B2/OGE 4Nn! By G✓C 1y24 IV �C3x3 i 1 4 �aPR� �✓l c� FG 11 S ERF'�G�C L'' ssio L • Client ��� STO^�.E Sheet -451:3 � r, CONLEE Project ENGINEERS INC. �P�- B.2iOGE F.9r.�.f Y L✓c Subject g A* Eis>. Tyo �� �Mv W.gLL ,:5y If 11 T �>a 1 -- ��-� II �I w>o � i / h f GIST' `�ssioN L��'�' SC���LL DAjjE ' ANDERSEN•BJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. PROJECT JrW(�j- 10 /(J COItlYLTNO ENO�NEER9 BV4,rr SEATTEE.WA ANCHORAGE.AN SUBJECT Eohm -T2A T I6M.- SHT.NO. I SU!!-�CF 4f . C-7 4 yIffXeyL '5:7 u1Z7641rI'SS �` Z b�sic�n/ A/O f�0� cieccx i9�. .mac-?�.NtTt.ry�'�M S F � , • -_ �/ ICJ TE ANDERSEN•BJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. PROJECT �-reI oeN r S�lrTx-)pS �0�Q CONEUlTKO EK HEEAE BY SEATTLE,WA ANCHORAGE,AK �Q (].� Y��p T ' t,n SHT.NO. 'f SUBJECT 1 >t j FtJ `.1 F-J"7 1 �LT 1 C'7UI Z •l #� zo akc - /40 p93 �cx sMwI&? Ades O / o a j2cvr! END D/c 61MVeR . 7D - Z rLIX ,4ZL /*68S rngiaT*iAJ G�' 41AAMUM .�lt 3 /1,10 //ohs smie,, /,� Zzx rre4 4INoe;e .� LOCAQr-lo&) ol/rdcr'y L auT .4 T,CA+vsv(�as d1 cvL.' NO 600"� lPtWnlTtet- aA - //o/-es To zw 44no--7-ez) L/Loy g //tpem E t5 . T�uv p,, /y/�,QE*- cCosec� SPAcc�a DPBN/�i 5 '� 0Pe-lV1467 //&VAF r 7F r wall- 6ve46 O n�n�liS t1s5 /3u/crJiN�j 100516+J 0'07'4 AGSc Qo7ldNS 'to ? ..57E�d'G '56", . G✓�f(� w68 ho�lS• Notation Figure 2. Maximum Allowable Design Stresses cfv/c emoz Plot 7 /9,0 fb _ the bending sss in Circular Holes beam without trea hole fbg s the bending stress computed at the location of a hole, assuming there is no bole i f v s the shear stress in a beam without a hole I fug m the shear stress computed at the _ location of a hole, assuming there is no hole t web thickness Af >: area of one flange g (flange thickness x flange width) Aw . area of web(web thickness x beam depth) AISC ALLOWABLE STRESS CRITERIA D a beam depth FOR BEAMS WITHOUT HOLES Fb a RISC allowable bending stress 1.0 Fv = AISC allowable shear stress Fy m yield point of steel �. H :Q depth of rectangular y bole;diameter of ! 0.8 circular hole M . bending moment Mp . plastic bending moment V : shear force ' 0.6 VP ultimategrow onshear on a V oq5 Vp,ultimate rrk n shear strength per the c ' AISC Specification V o.4 - H/Dan0.6 0 0.4 0.3 0.2 0 1 O 0.2 j 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 ' fvg/Fv I i 19 9 µ ANDERSEN•BJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. PROJECT TR�OE.VT-' S� rj DATE / g9, SEATRE.WA • COMLL EM EERS B•'r/qq yy roc..ANCHORAGE.AK SUBJECT �N pp;-( 1(0 1 SHT.NO. 2 ^ J � 41.5 41.5 41-5 445 41fS I I J L103E"7S io s /�7= G50 kk—fr 1—L 2m X I ), 73. 2 .20.75K, --r— I 0.78 I i 2-0.7: A 3 17P9(.57� 44 (50 j= 20k5i 4� /Irv= O. 0107 M 4 B/77.21 * 0.21-z 1 ,34 6. ' I n &�£� = 044 H /p -- s�2?• i = . �3 • i I ANDERSEN•SJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. PROJECT r 2/O GTE ,$L7`'9/*��O DATE4-72 e Cp1AU1.TK6 EMGIMEEN4 e SEANCHORAGE.E,WA ANCHORAGE.AK -Z-?7 it SUBJECT 1 7 EA.4 &T�pA rJ.M,a SHT.NO. r` �c �4X55 I` /,®1 sVr9i2 5 ao �lvtc G"aL 9C� 3d•5' v/ Qx= toy 2 (4 i ® l I >r /4'A S t h 53�S i 0, 077 Zb H�D S p . 2/2 eA4 13 S7 I • ANDERSEN•BJORNSTAD•KANE•JACOBS,INC. PROJECT T,,�,�/NT S- 5 DATE_3, CONSULTING ENGINEERS BY • SEATTLE.WA ANCHORAGE,AN SUBJECT _,•/��TirnS SHT.NO. r h c ll� hcp/a x z /, o k/ /7-2 z lesIL tYq z //• 25 /. L/ k5i t�°J �•ZI . O• CXo► d 03.S7X,-? .F t , s� • tSS �C �— x =e x = /7 P, P 74- tZY O C ANACORTES PLANNING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEBT. (INCLUDING BUILDING AND PERSONNEL DEPARTMENTS) P.O. BOX 547, ANACOATES,WA 98221 IAN MUNCE, DIRECTOR ICOg` November 29, 1989 Mr. W. T. Swanson W. G. Clark Construction Co. 408 Aurora Ave. No. Seattle, WA 98109 Dear Mr. Swanson: The following comments are offered in response to our meeting of November 14, 1989. 1) Please advise this office when you will be ready for inspection of the block wall. Also, please, keep us informed of progress and the need for any in- spections that are required on this project. 2) The energy analysis summary prepared for the meeting does not provide the calculations required to support the summary. Be careful to show how the F-factor for slab premor insulation calculates. This information has not been forwarded to this office to date. The ceramic spray-on submittal has been provided. There is no indication of any relative R-value to this coating in the data submitted. 3) Laboratory/storage area on the process floor: Para. A (Insulation) - As insulated this area does not meet the requirements for the Energy Code unless the entire building envelope qualifies per Wash. State Energy Code and the space surrounding this area is heated; Para. B - the kitchen. layout is yet to be submitted for review; Para. C - fire protection re- visions and corrections have been submitted to ICBO for review. 4) The battery room information submitted by Mr. Clonce is acceptable. Will the review the plans to see how you have complied with the venti- lation requirements. 5) I have reviewed the special inspection reports for structural steel. I am concerned that no inspections were made of the shop fabricated welds after August 17, 1989. Note that Carlson Testing, Inc. was advised by Cascade Testing to discontinue further shop visits until the test re- quirements were confirmed and clarified by Cascade Testing and the structural engineer. It appears that the on-site welding after August 18 was inspected for connection of prefabricated members and not inspection of the prefabri- cated members themselves. I am requesting that a representative of Cascade Testing meet with me to clarify these discrepancies and arrangments be made to follow-up on any necessary inspections. Mr. W. T. Swanson Page two November 29, 1989 6) I have discussed the possibility of adding another inspector with our Plan- ning Director. It was assumed at our meeting that arrangements might be made through Cascade Testing to supply to the City an inspector temporarily at the expense of the owner. In conversation with Mr. Munce, it was de- termined that such an arrangement may not be appropriate. We are at this time attempting to locate an individual that would be qualified and would be under the employment of the City of Anacortes. If you have any further comments or questions on these items or any of the other items concerning this project, please contact me. Sincerely, CITY OF ANACORTES Edwin A. Frank Building Official cc: Dan Sherman, Trident Seafoods JoHnson consu�-IanTs.mc 2911 BOND Date August 23, 1989 SUITE 201 EVERETT, WA 98201 Job # 890044.01 (206) 259-6071 (Everett) (206) 362-6884 (Seattle) Job Title: Trident Seafoods Location: Anacortes, WA To: Mr. Ed Frank Mr. Ralph Scott City of Anacortes 904 6th Street Anacortes, WA 98221 We are sending herewith: Copies Description 2 sets Site Development Drawings & Specifications Sheets Cl - C12 Permit Review Set (100%) 2 Retaining Wall Calculations xx _ For Approval Take Appropriate Action For Your File As Requested Remarks: LEE NSON CONSU ANTS, INC. RECENED ej Ryan L. Sass, P.E. AUG 2 1989 Project Manager BUILDING UEPT. .k�nson i UU� o swc i U -I-- 1 I � I U--- r 1 � I 1 I I I I 1 iF6 t� EI'VEn 1chiAL --coo 1 1 I AUG,2-5 s85 I � I Oulu JOB NAME : -Tc�-.ter S [)E,-=rVcL-oP =kn- JOB f PcC0044-41 BY : `nj CHECKED: IZ�-5 DATE : /A°l SHEET I. OF ' � ��OIit'150� r , l00 IT t i 101 ; i , • : � I j I I JOB NAME : I t rfl - JOB t0 RC(oo 4 . h t BY : Tu3 CHECKED: DATE : R 71F1q SHEET z_ OF I LEE joHnson ar&x-mnTs rc Ir -7,7-S--r0-� 1300 0_4� (S) 6_o 0��_ �X�_ 67- -5. V_ t'4 I -4- *i- I nr- FI JOB NAME : JOB # c5 644-n I BY : CHECKED: DATE : I_71A9 SHEET 3 OF ' 1o�nson 1 1 i 1 ; -7 1- - --, - - , 1 ly --- 1 , r7L -� JOB NAME : JOB 4890C)41 n1 BY : ..-_-_CHECKED:_ ___DATE : SHEET __4-_OF. -� —_ `"nson „gym 0,9 - __ Lo ; I i j i I r - ' I 1 I j I I i i i i I 1 i JOB NAME : JOB # R9 44-, n( BY : CHECKED: DATE : SHEET 5 OF 8 J&Hnson UAnTs nc, r- 7 on___ 0 --4-4---- vr�- r--T -7 --4 Le .; 1 1 ov-tju I L .0 F 'Rf.�Id ir, A TT JOB NAME : JOB i BY : CHECKED: DATE : R 1 -7.1 Aq SHEET 6 OF �aoHnson Ll -k--L o-c., rti-L7 + T ---- ---- -- -T - t _Tl JOB NAME : JOB 0 igCX74tf fC) By : L") CHECKED: DATE : S;� H/Rq SHEET�OF INPUT DATA : CAE FFICIEwT OF ACTIVE P AESSUnE= .�`J_ � C0FFFICIENT OF PASSIVE PQESSUPE= 2 . 5 UNIT WEIGHT OF SOIL= 100 PcF DEPTH OF FILL BEHIND WALL, DF= 6 . 67 FT , WEIGHT OF WALL, HT . = 6 . 67 FT. TOE COVER , TC= 1 . 5 PT . RASE LENGTH, BL= 2 . 833 FT . HEEi LEN�TH , HL= 1 _5 FT WALL THICKNESS, WT= 8 INCHES BASE THICKNESS, DT= 12 INCHES SUPERIMPOSED LOAD ON WALL, EW= O PLF (OCATION OF SUPERIMPOSED LOAD FROM TOE = O FT . STRENGTH OF CPNCAETE= 2500 PSI OUTPUT DATA : FACTOR OF SAFETY AGAINST OVERTURNING:::: 1 .50 FACTOR OF SAFETY AGAINST SLIDINCmt 1 .75 MAXIMUM SOIL BEAQINC= ' 2527 . PSF MINIMUM SOIL BEAAINC= 0 . PSI::, MAXIMUM CONCAETE MOMENT, MU= 2 . 1 FT-K | / | | ! / - �' ^ � ��`�{} (J4-,:� .01 � YRIDENT SEAFOODS SETE DEVELOPMENT DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER PUMP STATION No. 1 (SSPS 1 ) f h', J , Y r �3 /}� 8 l HYDROMATIC I Q Bulletin S-401 PUMPS -. A Marley Pump Company T' NON-CLOG SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS 1.01 GENERAL: Contractor shall furnish all labor,materials,equipment and incidentals required to provide 2 non-clog submersible centrifugal sewage pump(s) as specified herein. 2.01 OPERATING CONDITIONS: Each pump shall be rated .75 H.P., y6 D volts 3 phase, 60 hertz, ISO R.P.M. The unit shall produce 6.9' U.S.GPM at 11.0 feet TDH,with a minimum pump efficiency of 3O r %and maximum input KW of ©.8 KW. The pump shall be capable of handling a 3"spherical solid. The pump shall be non-overloading throughout the entire range of operation without employing service factor. The pump shall reserve a minimum service factor of 1.15. The performance curve submitted for approval shall state in addition to head and capacity performance,the pump efficiency,solid handling capacity,and reflect motor service factor. 3.01 CONSTRUCTION: Each pump shall be of the sealed submersible type,model S y F as manufactured by Hydromatic Pumps,a division of the Marley Pump Company. The pump volute,motor and seal housing shall be high quality gray cast iron,ASTM A-48,Class 25. The pump discharge shall be fitted with a 4"standard ASA 125 lb.flange,faced and drilled. All external mating parts shall be machined and Buna N Rubber O-ring sealed on a beveled edge. Gaskets shall not be acceptable. All fasteners exposed to the pumped liquids shall be 300 series stainless steel. 4.01 ELECTRICAL POWER CORD: Electrical power cord shall be STW-A,water resistant 600V,600C.,UL and CSA approved and applied dependent on amp draw for size. 4.02 The pump shall be triple protected with a compression fitting and two epoxy potted areas at the power cord entry to the pump. A separation between the junction box area of the pump and the motor by a stator lead sealing gland or terminal board shall not be acceptable. 4.03 The power cable entry into the cord cap assembly shall first be made with a compression fitting. Each individual lead shall be stripped down to bare wire,at staggered intervals,and each strand shall be individually separated. This area of the cord cap shall then be filled with an epoxy compound potting which will prevent water contamination to gain entry even in the event of wicking or capillary attraction. 4.04 The power cord leads shall then be connected to the motor leads with extra heavy connectors having brass inserts with a screwed wire to wire connection,rather than a terminal board that allows for possible leaks. 4.05 The connection box wiring shall be separated from the motor housing wiring by stripping each lead sown to bare wire,at staggered intervals,and separating each strand. This area shall be filled with an epoxy - compound potting. Fiberglass terminal boards which are subject to heat fatigue and cracking,and which may lead to possible leaks shall not be acceptable. 4.06 The cord cap assembly where bolted to the connection box assembly and the connection box assembly where bolted to the motor housing shall each be sealed with a Buna N Rubber O-ring on a beveled edge to assure proper sealing. 5.01 MOTOR: The stator,rotor and bearings shall be mounted in a sealed submersible type housing. The statorwindings shall have Class F insulation,(1550C or311°C),and a dielectric oil filled motor,NEMA B design. Further protection shall be provided by on winding thermal sensors. Because air-filled motors do not dissipate heat a efficiently as oil-filled motors,they shall not be acceptable. 5.02 The pump and motor shall be specifically designed do that they may be operated partially or completely submerged in the liquid being pumped. The pump shall not require cooling water jackets. Dependence upon,or use of,water jackets for supplemental cooling shall not be acceptable. 5.03 Stators shall be securely held in place with a removable end ring and threaded fasteners so they maybe easily removed in the field without the use of heat or a press. Stators held by a heat shrink fit shall not be acceptable. Stators must be capable of being repaired or rewound by local motor service station. Units which require service only by the factory shall not be acceptable. No special tools shall be required for pump and motor disassembly. 5.04 Pump shall be equipped with heat sensors. The heat sensor shall be low resistance,bi-metal disc that is temperature sensitive. It shall be mounted directly on the stator windings and sized to open at 1200C and automatically reset at 30-35*C.differential. The sensors shall be connected in series with motor starter coil so that the starter shall be equipped with 3leg overload heaters so all normal overloads are protected by the starter. 6.01 BEARINGS AND SHAFT: An upper radial bearing and a lowerthrust bearing shall be required. These _ shall be heavy-duty single row ball bearings which are permanently lubricated by the dielectric oil which fills the motor housing. Double row,sealed grease packed bearings shall not be acceptable. Bearings which require lubrication according to a prescribed schedule shall not be acceptable. The upper radial bearing shall have a minimum B-10life at the specified condition of ?o,non hours and the lower thrust bearing shall have a minimum B-10 life at the specified condition of 20.000 hours. Bearings shall be locally available. 6.02 The shaft shall be machined from a solid 303 stainless steel forging and be a design which is of large diameterwith minimum overhang to reduce shaft deflection and prolong bearing fife. 7.01 SEALS: The pump shall have two mechanical seals,mounted in tandem,with an oil chamber between the seals. John Crane Type 21,BF1 C1,seals shall be used with the rotating seal faces being carbon and the stationary seal faces to be ceramic. The lower seal shall be replaceable without disassembly of the seal chamber and without the use of special tools. Pump-out vanes shall be present on the backside of the impellerto keep contaminates out of the seal area. Units which require the use of tungsten-carbide seals orforeign manufactured seals shall not be acceptable. Seals shall be locally available. 7.02 The pump shall be equipped with a seal leak detection probe and warning system. This shall be designed i to alert maintenance personnel of lower seal failure without having to take the unit out of service for inspection or requiring access forchecking seal chamber oil level and consistency. 7.03 There shall be an electric probe or seal failure sensor installed in the seal chamber between the two tandem mechanical seals. If the lower seal fails,contaminants which enter the seal chamber shall be detected by the sensor and send a signal to operate the specified warning device. 7.04 Units equipped with opposed mechanical seals shall not be acceptable. 8.01 IMPELLER: Impeller shall be of the two-vane,enclosed non-clogging design and have pump-out vanes on the front and backside of the impellerto prevent grit and other materials from collecting in the seal area.Single vane design impellers which cannot be easily trimmed and which do not maintain balance with wear causing shaft deflections and reducing seal and bearing fife are not acceptable. Impeller shall not require coating. Because most impeller coatings do not remain beyond the very early life of the impeller, efficiency and other performance data submitted shall be based on performance with an uncoated impeller. Attempts to improve efficiency by coating impeller shall not be acceptable. 8.02 Impellers shall be dynamically balanced. The tolerance values shall be listed below according to the -- International Standard Organization grade 6.3 for rotors in rigid frames. The tolerance is to be split equally between the two balance planes which are the two impeller shrouds. RPM Tolerance 3500 .01 in.-ozAb.of impellerweight 1750 .02 in.-ozJlb.of impellerweight _ 1150 .026 in.-ozJlb.ofimpellerweight 870 .03 in.-ozJlb.of impellerweight 2 8.03 The impeller shall be slip fit to a tapered shaft and key driven. A 300 series stainless steel washer and impeller bolt shall be used to fasten the impeller to the shaft. Straight end shafts and/or threaded shafts for attachment of the impeller shall not be acceptable. { 8.04 A volute case wearing ring shall be provided to minimize impeller wear. The wear ring shall alloy 230 brass, ASTMB-43 and held by 300 series stainless steel fasteners. The wear ring shall be easily replaceable in the f ield. Wear rings of any other material shall not be acceptable. 9.01 PAINTING: The pump shall be painted after assembly,but before testing with a zinc chromate base enamel. The paint shall be applied in one coat with minimum mil thickness of 3 to 4 mils. The paint shall be air dried prior to testing. 10.01 SERVICEABILITY: The complete rotating assembly shall be capable of being removed from the volute without disturbing the suction piping,discharge piping,and volute. The motor housing,seal housing with seal plate and impeller still attached to the shaft shall be capable of being lifted out of the volute case from the top as one assembly. 11.01 SUPPORT: Though the pump may not require feet to support the unit while installed,the pump volute must have f eet to support the unit when removed for service. Units which do not have feet upon which the unit can be supported when removed for service shall not be acceptable. 12.01 TESTING: Commercial testing shall be required and include the following: The pump shall be visually inspected to confirm that it is built in accordance with the specification as to HP,voltage,phase and hertz. The motor seal and housing chambers shall be meggered for infinity to test for moisture content or insulation defects. Pump shal be allowed to run dry to check for proper rotation. Discharge piping shall be attached,the pump submerged in water and amp readings shall be taken in each leg to check for an imbalanced stator winding. If there is a significant difference in readings,the stator windings shall be checked with a bridge to determine if an unbalanced resistance exists. If so,the stator shall be replaced. The pump shall be removed from the water,meggered again,dried and the motor housing -- filled with dielectric oil. 12.02 In addition to the above commercial testing,a special meggertest shall be performed and include the following: - The pump shall be submerged in water and allowed to run at maximum bad for 30 minutes. -- - Awritten report on the above shall be prepared by the test engineer,certified and submitted to the engineer. 12.03 A hydrostatic test shall also be performed on the pump. The hydrostatic test shall require that the volute and impeller be removed and afixture installed to hold the spring and tower mechanical seal in place. A double plate,gasket and through-bolt shall be installed on the pump. A discharge mating flange,gasket and pressure fitting shall be installed. The inlet port,volute and discharge nozzle shall then be pressurized with water to 150%of the maximum pump shut off pressure. This hydro-static pressure shall be maintained for at least 5 minutes and the housing checked for leaks and/or loss of pressure. 12.04 . A non-witnessed Hydraulic Institute performance test shall be performed. This shall include the following. - The pump shall be tested at the design point as well as at least 4 other points to develop a curve. Data shall be collected to plot the head-capacity curve as well as a KW input and amperage curve. i In making these tests,no minus tolerance or margin shall be allowed with respect to capacity,total head or efficiency at the specified design condition. Pump shall be hell within a tolerance of 10%of _ rated capacity or at rated capacity with a tolerance of 5'/a of rated head. The pump shall be tested at shutoff but not be plotted and only used as a reference point when plotting the performance curve. 3 Complete records shall be kept of all information relevant to the test as well as the manufacturers serial. number,type and size of pump as well as any impeller modifications made to meet the design conditions. A written test report shall be prepared,signed and dated by the test engineer incorporating 3 curves (head-capacity,KW input,and amperage)along with the pump serial number,test number,date, speed,volts,phase,impeller diameter,and certification number. This report shall then be submitted to the engineer. 13.01 WARRANTY: The pump unit or any part thereof shall be warranted against defects in material or workmanship within one yearfrom date of installation or 18 months from date of manufacture,whichever comes first,and shall be replaced at no charge with a new or manufactured part, F.O.B.factory or authorized warranty service station. The warranty shall not assume responsibility for removal,reinstallation or freight,nor shall it assume responsibility of incidental damages resulting from the failure of the pump to perform. The warranty shall not apply to damage resulting from accident,alteration,design,misuse or abuse. 4 HYDROMA"C I Bulletin S 405 PUMPS ur,?0 A Marley Pump Company HYDR-O-RAIL, DUAL RAIL, ON-SITE CONCRETE SEWAGE SYSTEM (For use with 3", 6", S" and 12" Submersible Non-Clog Sewage Pumps, including the S4F) 1.01 GENERAL: Contractor shall furnish all labor,materials,equipment and incidentals required to provide a complete pumping system as specified herein. 1.02 The system shall include 2 (Qty.)submersible non-clog sewage pump(s)with hydraulic sealing diaphragm,discharge base elbow with base plate,pump carrier assembly,guide rail,piping,access frame and hatch cover,float mounting bracket,lifting chain or cable,and control equipment. 1.03 Ref erto separate specifications for pump(s)and for control equipment. 2.01 HYDRAULIC SEALING FLANGE: A hydraulically operated sealing flange,complete with Buna N rubber diaphragm type sealing gasket,shall be mounted on each pump discharge. The diaphragm shall be held in place by a 300 series stainless steel ring with stainless steel fasteners. 2.02 When pump is activated,the resulting discharge pressure shall force the diaphragm seal against the flange face of the discharge elbow providing a leak proof seal. When pressure is removed,the diaphragm shall relax so that there is no mechanical connection to the discharge,and pump with hydraulic sealing flange may be easily removed. Units utilizing metal-to-metal connection which could corrode together shall not be acceptable. 3.01 GUIDE RAIL: The guide rails used to direcithe pump in proper alignment with the stationary discharge piping shall be of a dual rail design. The rail shall be a 2"corrosion resistant pipe and positioned on the centerline of the pump to each side so that no weight of the pump bears on either of the two guide rails at any time. The guide rails shall serve truly as a guide rail. Units which do not have the guiderails positioned on the centerline of the pump with off-centered weight distribution shall not be considered as equal nor acceptable as a binding action on the guide rails is possible,making r emovaPl and/or re-installation much more difficult. �e- r4l sla\! be 2�r d 0.• s \�<.:feA sea e 3.02 The pump shall be automatically connected to the discharge connection elbow when lowered into place, and shall be easily removed for inspection or service. There shall be no need for personnel to enter pump well. Sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection elbow shall be accomplished by a simple linear downward motion of the pump. 4.01 CARRIER GUIDE BRACKET:A sliding guide bracket shall be attached to the pump.The sliding carrier guide bracket shall be fabricated from steel&protected with a corrosion resistant coating. The carrier shall _ be mounted on the pump so lifting is done from the carrier and no strain is placed on the pump or guide rails. Fasteners shall be 300 series stainless steel. Carrier shall be designed to lift from centered loop. 5.01 DISCHARGE BASE ELBOW WITH BASE PLATE: Adischarge elbow shall be furnished for each pump. The discharge base elbow shall be attached to a flat steel fabricated base plate which rests squarely on the wet-well floor. The flat base plate shall assure the pump has a smooth surface on which to rest when lowered into position, The base plate shall include a leveling bolt adjustment as well as adjustable guide rail supports which hold the guide rail pipes at the bottom. The pump discharge with hydraulic sealing flange shall align with the base elbow of the base plate assembly. The sealing face of the base discharge --� elbow shall be smooth and shall be heavily coated with zinc spray to provide a smooth corrosion resistant and abrasion resistant surface. All fasteners shall be 300 series stainless steel. 5.02 When pump is lowered into place,it shall rest squarely on the base plate,supported only by the feet on the pump. Units which hang from the discharge elbow shall not be acceptable as undue stress may occur on the volute case casting of the pump or on the base elbow of the base plate assembly. 6.01 ACCESS FRAME AND HATCH: An access frame assembly shall be supplied with separate hinged cover for removal of each pump. Access frame and hatch shall be either corrosion resistant or coated with a corrosion resistant coating. Upper rail guide brackets shall be attached to the access frame as well as the float switch holding bracket. Cover shall be provided with lifting handle,safety latch to hold cover in open position and locking hasp. 7.01 FLOAT MOUNTING BRACKET: Afloat mounting bracket shall be provided. Float mounting bracket shall provide cord grips to hold the level control cords and allow adjustment of level controls to desired pumping alarm levels..Continuous cords are to run from pump(s)and level controls to control panel. No splices shall be made in wiring. Float mounting bracket shall be fabricated from steel and coated with a corrosion resistant coating. Float mounting bracket shall attach to access frame with 300 series stainless steel fasteners. 8.01 LIFTING CHAIN/CABLE: Each pumping unit shall be provided with a lifting chain or cable. The lifting chain or cable shall be of sufficient length to extend from the pumping unit at one end to the top of thewet well at the other end. The access frame shall provide a hook to attach the lifting chain or cable when not in use. _ The lifting chain or lifting cable shall be sized according to the pump weight. two vate valves 9.01 PIPING Piping shall include GAO tTswing check valve with outside lever and spring,andoae�401ueg -vahre�rmfadmed byDezutfek-eF-e�. Piping shall include all necessary elbows and tees.-Al4piging �Haµbeeeateeiwit#�soaf4at epoxyegt�aftercorwsicuuesrstaaoe. Where piping passes through a wall, welding or sealing concrete shall be used to make awater-tight joint. Refer to plan sheet C-7 for siveit�c pesifiepiping arrangement and details. 10.01 SUM P LEVEL CONTROLS: Float switches shall be supplied to control sump level and alarm signal,if furnished. The switches shall be sealed in a solid polypropylene float for corrosion and shock resistance. The support wire shall have a heavy Neoprene jacket. Aweight shall be attached to cord above the float to hold switch in place in sump and efficiently prevent sharp bends in the cord when the float operates. A quantity of 3 floats shall be provided to control level. An additional switch shall be provided with optional alarm. Float switches shall be Model No.3900 as provided by Hydromatic Pumps. - 11.01 OPERATION OF SYSTEM: (SIMPLEX) On sump level rise lower switch shall first be energized,then upper level switch shall next be energized and start pump. With pump operating,sump level shall lowerto low switch turn-off setting and pump shall stop. If level continues to rise when pump is operating,alarm switch shall energize and signal the alarm,where used. All level switches shall be adjustable for level setting,from the surface. (DUPLEX) On sump level rise lower switch shall first be energized,then upper level switch shall next energize and start lead pump. With lead pump operating,sump level shall lowerto low switch tum-off setting and pump shall stop. Alternating relay shall index on stopping of pump so that lag pump will start first on next operation and become lead pump, If sump level continues to rise when lead pump is _ operating,override switch shall energize and start lag pump. Both lead and lag pump shall operate together until low level switch turns off both pumps. If level continues to rise when both pumps are operating,alarm switch shall energize and signal the alarm,where used. If one pump shall fall forany reason,the second pump shall operate on the override control and if level rises above override control, alarm shall signal,where used. All level switches shall be adjustable for level setting,from the surface. 12.01 WARRANTY: In addition to the manufacturers standard warranty,afive-yearwarranty shall also be provided. The warranty period shall be five years from date of shipment on all equipment except forthe control equipment which will carry the manufacturers standard warranty and except that the following parts will be replaced within five years of date of shipment upon payment of the applicable percentage of the list price of each part in effect at the time of replacement. MONTHS AFTER SHIPMENT 0-18 19-31 32-45 46-60 Mechanical Seal o'/, 25% 50% 75% Impeller 0% 30% 50°/, 80% Pump Housing 00/6 3M%6 50%< 80% Wear Ring 0'/, 50% 800/6 - 100% - Ball Bearings - 0°/, 50°/, 80% 100% Rotor and Stator 0% 400/. 80% 100% _ 12.02 Months after shipment shall be determined by date of receipt of defective product by authorized service station representing manufacturer. Purchaser shall assume all responsibility and expense for removal, reinstallation,and freight. HYDROMATIC I �y g Bulletin S-502 PUMPS �nC�C�Ih�S'llC� J MUI A Marley Pump Company c MODEL: S4F; 60Hz 1150 RPM MOTOR ELECTRICAL DATA NEC START RUN RUN START RUN CODE SERVICE HP PHASE RPM VOLTS AMPS AMPS KW KVA KVA LETTER FACTOR 7 I 1 N 1.2 .75 1 115 2 7. 7.4 1.1 .7 1.7 N 1.2 .75 3 1150 200 20.7 3.7 0.8 7.2 1.3 L 1.2 11 7 1 1 -� .75 3 1150 460 9 1.6 0.8 7.2 1.3 L 1.2CZ 1 1 1150 200 43.5 9.2 1.3 8.7 1.8 K 1.2 1 1 1150 230 37.8 8 1.3 8.7 1.8 K 1.2 1 3 1150 200 20.7 5. 1. 7.2 1. J 1.2 1 3 1150 230 18 4.6 1 1.3 7.2 ( 1.8 J 1.2 1 1 1 1. 1 1 3 1150 :j230 7.2g2. 1.3 7.2 1 1.8 J 1.2 1 1 1 4 4 K 1.2 1.5 1 1150 56 2.1 12.9 I 3.4 K 1.2 1 1 2 1 4 1.5 3 1150 32.21.5 12.8 I 2.4 K 1.2 1.5 3 1150 161.5 12.8 1 2.4 K 1.2 1.5 115 57 12. 1. 12.8 2.4 K 1.2 2 1 1150 230 56 2.5 12.9 3.7 H 1.2 2 3 1150 200 371.912.8 28 H 1.2 2 115 46 16 . 1. 12.8 2.8 H 1.2 I MOTOR EFFICIENCIES AND POWER FACTOR MOTOR EFFICIENCY POWER FA OR 100°/a 7596 W/o 1004/0 75% 500/0 HP PHASE RPM LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD --� 7 .48 1 1 1150 .56 .52 .43 .70 .65 .54 - 1 3 1150 .70 .68 .61 .71 .64 .54 1.5 1 1150 .41 .52 .44 -� 1.5 3 1150 .72 .70 .61 .62 .57 .45 2 1 1150 .59 .55 .47 .68 .60 .50 2 3 1 1150 .74 .72 .67 .69 .62 1 .51 Run Amperes,Run KW and Run KVA are based on 1000%bad; values will be higher when operated on service factor. HYDROMATIC Bulletin 5-601 PUMPS (� �n {� A Marley Pump CompanyI? H u O ly IRRM 'onoo Submersible Sewage Pump with hydraulic sealing flange, base plate, and rails �K -- I Heavy agm il Rubber Hydraulic Sealing Diaphragm will Y g seal with Hydraulic • Flange pressure L • j - ' Pump Not Pump T • • • Pump Discharge Running Running _ J Sealing Flange Discharge 1j1 Elbow - D—►F- B I C %d' Recommended Clearance To Align—Before bolting the base plate to concrete H sump, adjust level with base plate leveling bolt and locknut.Use shims, as necessary, under each mounting pad.Adjust the horizontal position of the pump on the base plate to obtain the A"clearance. This is done by moving the adjustable lower guide rails. E I Pump Model A B C D i E F G H I I J K L S4F 13-15/16 21-7/16 34-15/16 9 28-5/8 3 N/A 4"125 Flg. 18-13/16 11-21/32 15-25/32 23-5116 O �O op � OC'I • ow _ � lo wo •tee a� q J .. AL C\AL — a ry z �•,,� �� -,err ��' _ T ,�. z W s _ HYDROMATIC Bulletin Q-102 PUMPS NO (yeU((/�L�vIJ� OU'l mMoma A Marley Pump Company Tnomt (0(wz Lsil0@QMDDR7 NEMA 4X THERMOPLASTIC JUNCTION BOX AND FLOAT CORD EXTRUSION ASSEMBLY KNOCK-OUTS FOR POWER/SEAL FAILURE CORDS(SEE CHART) 1 I I. + AREA AVAILABLE I FOR FIELD INSTALLED CORD NUT IF(5)FIVE FLOAT CORDS REQUIRED I I SUPPORT STAND ALLOWABLE CORD LENGTHS FT. TYP SIZE SOW S 40 SJOW SJTW 18/2 40 40 40 400 EH 18/3 40 40 40 40 16/2 40 40 E� 40 40 1 16/3 40 40 40 40 16/4 40 40 40 40 -- 14/2 40 40 40 AN/AA 4 4 4 4 14/4 39 40 40 12/2 40 40 N/A 12/4 28 31 N/A 10/2 33 36 N/A 10/3 27 30 N/A - 10/4 22 1 24 N/A I N/A NOTES: 1. Junction box designed foruse with float tree only. 2. Maximum length of float tree is16feet. _ 3. Float tree accepts 16/2 SJOW cord. Cords with similar jacket diameters(.310) may also be used. 4 cords maximum. 4, Use only plastic,3/4"NPT hub,cord nuts with integral knock-out of j-box. 5. Maximum capacity is(2)10/4,(2) 12/4,and(5)16/2 cords. Use only one 10/4 cable per side. 6. Use 2"NPSL locking conduit nut for mounting assembly. 7. Acceptable cord ranges from 0.125"to 0.750"diameter. Maximum weight of 0.34 lbs./foot(ref.table)for use with knockouts. 3/87 Bulletin Q-102 HYDROMATIC is nomt om'tal PUMPS 10 TIA&Y(O ( T)MgU 0R A Marley Pump Company FLOAT SWITCH LEVEL CONTROL MODEL 3900 Most trouble-free control ever designed. • For use in sewage and practically all chemical solutions. • Designed es gned for over 250,000 cycles of operation. • Weight outside float holds switch at any desired height in sump. • Weighted cords prevent the floats from hanging up on rails, ladders and other obstructions under turbulent wet well conditions. 3900 Specifications GENERAL: Designed for operating sewage pumps SWITCH SPECIFICATION: Switch has a recom- to control liquid level in sumps. Can also be used to mended operating temperature range of 320F to 160OF operate alarms to indicate high waterconditions in and has a rating of 13 AMPS at 115 or 230 Volts,A.C. sumps or tanks. POWER CORD: Is 2-conductor#16 flexible cord TYPES: 3900 Controls can be supplied with type SJOW oil-resistant,300-Volt. normally closed contacts. FLOAT: The switch is sealed in a solid polypropy- Two normally open controls are used to control lene float that is leakproof,shockproof and corrosion operation of a single pump. One control is set forturn resistant to sewage and most chemicals. Consult off level and one control is set forturn on level. A factory for use with chemicals. magnetic starter/contactor with a holding contact holds the circuit in after level drops below turn on control. WEIGHT: The lead weight holds switch in sump at desired height. Height can be easily adjusted from the surface by raising or lowering the cord in the cord For two-pump operation 3 controls are used;one for snubber. Weights of special materials can be supplied turn off,one for turn on one pump,and one forturn on for use in chemicals. two pumps. An electric alternator is supplied to alternate pumps. SUPPORT BRACKET: A special support bracket J is bolted to the junction box(if used),otherwise it bolts Normally closed switches can be supplied for pump up to the discharge pipe.Bracket has plastic cord snubber applications such as filling surface or elevated tanks. that holds the switches at the required height. Cords Normally closed switches are 3900-1. are spaced apart to prevent tangling. HYDROMATIC IL Q Bulletin Q-402 PUMPS �\q r . A Marley Pump Company ZSJS `V�(�SUr')IVJMAU DUPLEX "Q" CONTROL PANEL 1.01 GENERAL: Contractor shall furnish all labor,materials,equipment and incidentals required to provide duplex motor control panel as specified herein. 1.02 The motor control panel shall be assembled and tested by a shop meeting U.L.Standard 508 for industrial controls. The motor control panel shall be assembled and tested by the same manufacturer supplying the pump so as to insure suitability and assurance of experience in matching controls to motors and to insure single source responsibility for the equipment. 2.01 CONSTRUCTION: The controls forthe pump shall be contained in a non-corrosive enclosure meeting NEMA4X and U.L.94 V-O requirements. 2.02 The enclosure shall be thermal formed from an engineered thermoplastic material. The enclosure shall be steel gray in colorand chemically induced. Painting of the enclosure shall not be acceptable. The enclosure shall have provisions for padlocking. A nameplate shall be permanently affixed to the panel and include the model number,voltage,phase,hertz,ampere rating and horsepower rating. A warning label against electric shock shall be permanently affixed to the outer door. All fasteners shall be 300 series stainless steel ortype 6063T5 aluminum,or thermoplastic. The outerdoor shall be attached to the { enclosure using captured,quartertumthermoplastic screws and a non-corrosive lift off hinge. The hinge shall permit the outer door to be separated fromthe main enclosure,when opened,by a simple upward motion. A hinge arrangement which requires unbolting for removal of the outer door is not acceptable. 2.03 A steel back panel with electroplated bright zinc and clearchromate finish shall be provided. A painted steel back panel shall not be acceptable. The back panel shall be mounted on stainless steel bolts using - stainless steel nuts and lockwashers to maintain enclosure integrity and shall be used as the means for mounting the components in the enclosure. 3.01 For each pump a run light and a hand-off-auto switch shall be provided. Run lights and hand-off-auto switches shall be mounted on an electroplated bright zinc with Gear chromate finish steel bracket. The run lights and hand-off-auto switches shall be properly labeled as to function. The hand-off-auto switches shall be rocker type with an electrical life of 50,000 operations. The run lights shall match the hand-off- auto switches in appearance and have an electrical life of 50,000 hours. Run fights shall be red. 4.01 The incoming power shall be Gbh volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz service. Thermal blocks with box type lugs shall be supplied to terminate all wiring for floats and heat and seal sensors for the pump,H required. The pump leads shall be terminated at the overload relay or at box type terminal blocks. The terminal blocks for the float connections shall be on the pump controller,as described in paragraphs 9.03 and 9.04. _ 5.01 Acircuit breaker shall be used to protect from line faults and to disconnect the pump from the incoming power. Circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic and sized to meet NEC requirements for motor _ controls. 6.01 The magnetic starter shall include a contactorwith a minimum mechanical life of 3,000,000 operations and a minimum contact life of 1,000,000 operations. Definite purpose contactors shall not be acceptable. The magnetic starter shall include an overload relaywhich is ambient temperature compensated and bimetallic. The overload relay shall be capable of being set in either a manual or automatic reset mode. In the manual mode,reset shall be accomplished only by the operator. At 6 times full load amps the overload relay shall trip within 10 seconds or Class 10 rated overload relays shall be required. 3/87 7.01 Control voltage shall be 120 VAC and maybe accomplished by the means of a transformer or available line voltage. A control fuse and on/off switch shall protect and isolate the control voltage from the line. 8.01 Wire ties shall be used to maintain panel wiring in neat bundles doe maintenance and to prevent interference with operating devices. All wiring shall be color coded to facilitate maintenance and repair of the control panel. Where a color is repeated,number coding shall be added. A schematic and a chart indicating a legend for wire color abbreviations as used on the schematic shall be permanently attached to the inside surface of the front door. 8.02 All ground connections shall be made with ring tongue terminals and star washers to assure proper ground. 9.01 A duplex pump controller shall be provided for control logic. Pump controller shall be solid state utilizing a printed circuit board to avoid conventional wiring. The printed circuit board of the pump controller shall be made of U.L. listed materials. 9.02 The pump controller shall indicate float circuit operations utilizing red amber LED indicator lights. LED indicator lights shall provide adequate information so that they can be used for diagnosis in troubleshooting problems located in the float circuits. Each LED shall be permanently labeled on the pump controller as to function. 9.03 Pump controller shall have provisions for connecting float level controls and heat sensor monitors,where applicable,to box type lug connectors. 9.04 Box type lug connectors shall be made of polyamide thermoplastic to exclude aging due to heat i influences. Phenolic type terminal blocks on the pump controller shall not be acceptable. Eachterminal block shall be properly and permanently labeled on the pump controller as to its purpose. 9.05 Pump controller shall include alternating circuit of the low voltage type and be operational from a transformer mounted on the pump controller board. The alternator shall consist of an alternating relay which alternately switches when voltage is removed from its circuit. Alternating circuit shall have atotally isolated ground. 9.06 Wiring of hand-off-auto switches,run lights,contactors,and overloads to the pump controllershall be accomplished by means of plug connectors. The pump controller shall have male header assemblies from the corresponding devices on the pump controller for that male header assembly. Header assemblies shall be constructed of a corrosion-resistant thermoplastic material having a temperature range of-550C to 1050C and copper alloy,bright acid tin over nickel plating contacts. 9.07 The control panel shall be equipped with the following options: Visual High—water Alarm Event Counter Seal Failure Indication Bulletin S-704 Models: S4F, S4HX,S4HRC, S3HRC HYDROMATIC PUMPS - I L? A Marley Pump Company rl CONTENTS Page General Information . . . . . . . . . 2 WARNING: Before handling these pumps and controls,always Installation Instructions . . . . . . 2 disconnect the power first. operation . . . . . 4 Do not smoke or use sparkable electrical devices or flames Ina Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 septic (gaseous)or possible septic sump. Trouble Check List . . . . . . . . . . 5 Before operation— Read the following instructions carefully. Servicing Instructions. . . . . . . . 6 Reasonable care and safe methods should be practiced. Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10 Check local codes and requirements before installation. Limited Warranty 12 GENERAL INFORMATION ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL SHIPPING It is recommended that the HYDROMATIC control panel be used with all pumps as proper starter heaters and connections for When unpacking unit check for concealed damage.CLAIM FOR heat sensor wires are furnished. DAMAGE MUST BE MADE AT THE RECEIVING END THROUGH THE DELIVERING CARRIER. DAMAGE CANNOT BE PRO- IMPORTANT CESSED FROM THE FACTORY. If HYDROMATIC electrical controls are not used and the motor SEAL FAILURE - OPTIONAL fails because of improper components or if the heat sensors are not properly connected the motor guarantee is void. An electrode probe is installed in the seal chamber so if any HYDROMATIC electrical equipment is installed in a weather- water enters the chamber through the first seal the electrode proof NEMA 3R enclosure.The electrical equipment Includes a will be energized and a signal will be transmitted to the sensing main circuit breaker for each pump, a magnetic starter with unit at ground surface causing an alarm function to energize. overload protection for each pump,a H-O-A switch and run light In operation the seal failure unit indicates only that there is for each pump, an electric alternator and a transformer to pro- some water in the seal chamber.The pump will continue to oper- vide appropriate control for control circuit and alarms. ate without damage but the seal should be checked within 30 days after failure is indicated. OVERLOAD HEATERS PUMP If the HYDROMATIC electrical panel is not used,starters with 3 leg overload protection must be supplied.On 3 phase pumps the The S,SH,S3HRC and S4HRC submersible pumps are supplied heaters must be sized in accordance with the nameplate amps - for 1 and 3 phase and for 206,230,460 or 575 volts.Pump is sup- on the motor housing. The amp draw on these submersible plied with 15 feet of power cord and/or 15 feet of auxiliary con- motors is slightly higher than a corresponding horsepower sur- trol cord. Longer cable lengths can be furnished but must be face motor so heaters must be sized by the nameplate rating. specified at time of order. Power cable is 4 wire with the green Single phase pumps with capacitor start have a run and a start wire for ground. Be sure green wire is connected to a good winding each drawing a different current.To adequately protect ground such as a water pipe or ground stake.The auxiliary cable these windings with the appropriate heaters consult the factory. for seal failure and heat sensors is also 4 wire color coded. IMPORTANT HEAT SENSORS - OPTIONAL All motors have heat sensor units embedded in the motor wind- s other than HYDROMATICacted starters are used ar sure the heat ing to detect excessive heat.The heat sensors are set to trip at sensor wires are connected i i series with the starter coil circuit. 105" C. so will operate if dangerous heat occurs. The sensors Typical wiring diagrams are included. automatically reset when motor cools to safe temperature. HYDR-O-RAIL The sensors are connected in series with the motor starter coil If the pump or pumps are to be used with HYDR-O-RAIL system so that the starter is tripped if heat sensor opens. The motor the pumps will be equipped with guide brackets and hydraulic starter is equipped with overload heaters so all normal over- seating flange. loads are protected by the starter. IMPORTANT SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS If Hydromatic electrical starting equipment is not supplied the heat sensor circuit must be connected in series with the starter IMPORTANT—READ ALL DIRECTIONS BEFORE REPLACING coil or warranty on motor is void.Connection diagram is includ- ANY PARTS. ed in this manual. WARNING: BEFORE HANDLING THESE PUMPS AND CON. SUMP LEVEL CONTROL TROLS,ALWAYS DISCONNECT THE POWER FIRST. Sump level is controlled by Hydromatic 3900 mercury switch DO NOT SMOKE OR USE SPARKABLE ELECTRICAL DEVICES controls.The 3900 control is a mercury tube switch sealed in a OR FLAMES IN A SEPTIC (GASEOUS) OR POSSIBLE SEPTIC solid polyurethane float.The float is held in position in the sump SUMP. by a weight attached to the power cord above the float.The cord FIELD SERVICE ON MOTOR supports the float and is adjusted for height from the surface. Typical duplex systems use.three controls:one set at turn-off, All submersible motors can serviced(out of warranty)in the field by any reliable motor service ice shop.Any pump(in warranty) one set at turn-on for one pump,and one set for turn-on for two must be returned to the factory for service or repaired in an auth- -- pumps.Pumps alternate operation on each successive cycle. orized HYDROMATIC service shop.Charges will not be allowed Two pumps operate together only if sump level rises to the third if(in warranty)pump is taken to a motor repair shop that is not -- or override control.The override control also brings on the se- authorized. cond pump in case of failure of the first pump.Extra floats with When field service is performed on a pump these instructions appropriate controls can be supplied for alarm functions. Tri- should be carefully followed. plex systems use four controls: one set at turnoff,one set at turn-on for one pump,one set at turn-on for two pumps,and one REPLACING STATOR set at turn-on for three pumps. Pumps alternate each succes- If motor winding is burned or shortened it can be rewound or re- sive cycle. placed with new factory wound stator. Refer to sectional draw- Three pumps operate together only if sump level rises to the ing of pump and motor and use following steps to remove and fourth control(second override).This control also brings on the replace stator. third pump in case of failure of either or both of the first two 1. If stator only is damaged it may not be necessary to com- pumps. pletely dismantle pump as stator and housing can be lifted ALARM CONTROLS from pump without disturbing seals or bearings. -- The alarm level is usually set above the override level so the 2. Drain all oil from upper housing,remove from upper housing, alarm will signal only if the override level is exceeded.However, remove drain plug in bottom of stator housing and remove some engineers prefer to have the alarm level set below the plug in top of housing to allow air to enter. override level as it is possible for one pump to fail and the other 3. After chamber is drained,remove hold down bolts and lift off. _. pump to operate on the override level with the sump level never Use care in lifting as the seal failure connecting wire must be reaching the alarm level.This is particularly true in cases of low disconnected before housing is completely removed. See inflow capacity. sectional drawing. —2— 4. Set assembly on bench and remove connection box.When 8. To remove seal housing, take out socket head bolts and box is lifted off connection wires to motor will be exposed. using bolts In back of holes,pry plates loose.This will force These wires will probably be burned but each wire is tagged out lower seal if not already removed. with a metal marker giving wire number.Cut the wires. 9. Remove snap ring that holds upper seal.Pull seal if it is free. If the leads to the connection box are burned, a complete If not free,it can be forced off when shaft is removed. new connection box with new wire must be used.The wires 10. Remove 4 bolts that hold bearing housing in place. Set as- are potted in with sealing compound and a new unit must be sembly in upright position and bump end of shaft on hard- C obtained from the factory. wood block.This will push the bearing from housing and will _ 5. The stator is held in the housing with a bolted-in clamp ring. force upper seal from shaft. 6. After ring is removed turn housing upright and bump on 11. Use bearing puller to remove bearings. Replace with new hardwood blocks.This should jar the stator loose and allow bearings. Press only on inner race of bearing when replac- it to drop out. ing. Pressing on outer race candamage the bearing. Bear- 7. Thoroughly clean housing before replacing new stator. Re- ings are standard size that can be obtained from any bear- place stator and make all wire connections to connection ing supply house or can be obtained from HYDROMATIC box before replacing housing on pump.This is important as factory. leads must be tucked behind the windings by using hands 12. IMPORTANT — DO NOT USE ANY OF THE OLD SEAL up through rotor core. PARTS. REPLACE WITH ALL NEW SEALS. 13. Thoroughly clean all castings before replacing seals. One IMPORTANT grain of dirt between the seal faces can cause failure. Use only compression type insulated connectors on the wires. 14. Be sure seal washers are replaced under heads of 4 bolts DO NOT TAPE LEADS AS OIL WILL DETERIORATE THE TAPE that hold bearing cap In place.Examine all 0-rings for nicks AND CAUSE DAMAGE TO STATOR AND BEARINGS. before reusing. 8. Drain oil from seal chamber. If oil is clean and no water is 15. Be sure key is in place in notch of shaft sleeve to prevent present,seals can be considered satisfactory to reuse. sleeve from turning. 9. Check top bearing. If clean and does not turn rough,bear- 16. Use Locktite on socket head locking screw in end of shaft. ings can be reused and it is not necessary to completely dis- 17. Before refilling chamber with oil,air test as described above. mantle pump to change bearings. If bearings are damaged 18 Refill both chambers with oil as described above. with dirt or heat they must be replaced. See additional in- structions on replacing seals and bearings.Remember to re- 19. Always check all leads with high voltage or with megger for install the upper bearing load spring. grounds before operating the pump. 10. Replace stator housing onto seal chamber and bolt in place. BE SURE SEAL FAILURE ED IRE IS CONNECTED BEFORE IS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Be sure O-ring seal has been replaced.If 0-ring is nicked or INSTALLING PUMP IN SUMP cut replace with new rings.This applies to all 0-rings used in assembly. Before installing pump in sump lay it on side and turn impeller 11. After all leads are reconnected in the connection box make with fingers. Impeller may be slightly stuck due to factory test a high voltage ground test on each wire.The only wire that water so it must be broken loose with small bar or screw driver should show ground is the green power lead and the ground in edge of vanes.The impeller should turn freely. �s> lead in the auxiliary control cable. Clean all trash and sticks from sump and connect pump to piping. 12. For safety, complete pump should be air checked under A check valve must be installed on each pump.A gate or plug water for leaks. if seals were O.K. refill seal chamber with valve in each pump discharge line is also recommended.This oil. Lay pump on side for this oil filling with oil fill hole up- valve should be installed on the discharge side of the check right. Do not completely fill, leave oil about 1 inch below valve so if necessary to service the checkvalve the line pressure plug hole.Use only#10 Non-detergent automobile oil or reg- can be cut off. Single pump systems are sometimes installed ular HYDROMATIC submersible oil in this chamber.Replace without a check valve where it is desirable to self-drain the dis- -plug, use permatex on threads. Install air valve in top plug charge line to prevent freezing.This can be done only with short opening of motor housing and charge housing with about 10 discharge lines otherwise water will return to the sump and PSI of air.Be sure air is dry.Do not use air line where water cause short cycling of the pump. may be trapped in the line.Submerge complete unit under water and check for leaks. POWER CORD -- 13. Refill motor chamber with oil. Use high grade transformer If power cord and auxiliary control cord are not long enough due oil or HYDROMATIC special submersible oil. Fill chamber to an error in ordering,the cords can be spliced.If a spliced joint -- until oil covers top of windings.Leave air space in top for ex- is made all connections must be thoroughly taped to make a pansion.Use permatex on plug threads. waterproof connection.Splicing is only a last resort in an emer- gency.We recommend that proper cable length be ordered from REPLACING SEALS AND BEARINGS the factory.The cords are potted into the connection box cap 1. Drain all oil from motor chamber and seal chamber as de- with sealing compound so if longer cord is necessary,the con- scribed. nection box cap must be furnished.The original connection box 2. Remove motor housing as described. cap and cord can be returned to the factory for credit. 3. Remove bolts that hold seal chamber to pumphousing.Use NEMA 4 JUNCTION BOX back off screws to break loose.With hard wood block,tap If electrical control panel is to be set remote from the pump end of impeller to loosen from shaft.When free,remove im- sump a NEMA 4 junction box should be used to make power and peller from shaft. control connections.The HYDROMATIC Nema 4 junction box is 4. Lift rotating assembly(rotor,shaft and impeller)from pump provided with compression connectors for sealing all wires.No case and place horizontally on bench. sealing compound is needed to make connections waterproof.A 5. Impeller removal terminal block is provided giving numbers for all power and con- Hold motor and remove bolt and washer from impeller end trol wires. of shaft.Impeller is threaded to the shaft so tap face of im- Wiring diagrams are provided with panel for making con- peller with hard wood block to free threads. Holding rotor, nections.An extra set of diagrams are included so that one set -- turn impeller counterclockwise as thread is right hand. can be used in the sump when making connections.The size 6. Shaft sleeves are not used. wire to use from panel to sump depends on motor size and dis- 7. Remove lower seal spring and pry out seal with screwdriver. tance in feet. —3— Be sure each wire is checked out so that wrong connection will not be made.An ohmmeter or Megger can be used to check wire NEMA IV JUNCTION BOX - continuity.Attach one side of meter to ground and other side to THROUGH 12hp one side at control panel then have man in sump touch one wire to ground. If wire is correct meter will show reading. If some distance exists between sump and panel a Walkie-Talkie radio is .� (BUTT TYPE) HEAT useful. (See Fig. 1) SPLICE INSTALLING 3900 MERCURY SWITCH SHRINK TUBING GROUND SENSOR r__ CONNECTION 1 CONTROLS 2"CONDUIT(MAX.) WHITE The controls are supported by a mounting bracket that is ox DIA-CORD BLACK attached to sump wall or cover or to the NEMA 4 junction box. Cord snubbers are used to hold the cord in place.Control lever can be changed at any time by loosening the snubber and re- adjusting cord length. 4-- RED In either simplex or duplex system the lowerorturn-off control is To MAIN - GREEN o. set just above the top of volute so the the volute will always be PAANE ROL submerged during the pumping cycle. The second or turn-on POV.`ER LEADS I—J control is set about 24 inches above the lower turn-off control. CONTROL SEAL -_ LEADS DANGER FAILURE More distance between turn-on and turn-off controlscan be used HOT but sewage may became septic and excessive solids may collect LEADS for the pump to handle. A frequent pumping cycle is LEVEL recommended for best operation. - - - CONTROL e CONNECTIONS If an alarm system is used this control is usually set about 6 mcbes above the override control. PUMP GROUND Some engineers as described previously prefer to have the alarm control set below the override control. PUMP CONNECTIONS MAKING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS All electrical wiring must be in accordance with local code,and only competent electricians should make the installations.Aset of prints is included for use in making the installation.All wires PUMP CORD CONTROL CORD should be checked for grounds with an ohmmeter or Megger _ after the connections are made. THIS IS IMPORTANT,AS ONE GROUNDED WIRE CAN CAUSE CONSIDERABLE TROUBLE. (See Fig. 2) Fig. 1 WIRE SIZE TABLE -- FOR REMOTE LOCATION OF CONTROL PANEL LENGTHS ARE BASED ON A VOLTAGE DROP OF TWO PERCENT Maximum length in feet from NEMA 4 Junction Box to control panel. For 3 phase only and for power lines only.All control wires can be = 14-16 or 18 gage wire. If power lines are for 460 or 575 volts insulation of control wires must be for this voltage if used in conduit with power lines. Volts 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 Wire Motor _i St.. HP 3 3 3 5 5 5 714 71h 71h 10 10 10 15 15 15 20 20 20 25 25 25 30 30 30 35 35 35 12 110 450 700 90 370 580 -' 10 180 720 1120 140 550 370 90 360 5W 50 220 340 8 270 11W 1650 220 900 14M 175 700 1100 105 420 650 320 500 230 360 180 280 6 400 1Boo 2500 350 1400 2200 220 9D0 14M 150 600 930 105 420 650 90 370 570 360 560 320 MO 230 360 4 370 1500 2300 230 950 1450 175 700 1'1M 140 550 850 125 500 800 100 400 620 90 3W 560 p 11370 1500 230 270 1100 1700 220 900 1400 210 820 1250 200 800 12W 150 600 930 >pecial Junction Box required for wire sizes larger than a4. NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS HEAT SENSOR REQUIRED BETWEEN System Number of Number of Number of &SEAL FAILURE CONTROL PANEL AND Type Control Wires Power Lines Ground Wires NEMA 4 JUNCTION BOX as Number of Number of Sensor Wires Ground Wires Simplex 3 3 1 3 1 Simplex 5 3 1 3 1 With Alarm Duplex 5 6 1 6 2 Duplex 7 6 t 6 2 With Alarm —4— - CONNECTION DIAGRAM FOR LEADS IN OPERATION MOTOR AND CONNECTION BOX. STARTING SYSTEM - (Y)WYE MOTOR CONNECTIONS 1. Turn H-O-A switch to off-position then turn on main circuit 230 VOLTS 460 VOLTS breakers. 1 L 6 5 4 - _ 61 51 41 2. Open all discharge valves and allow water to rise in sump •I pump. 9 6 71( 9 8 7 3. Turn H-O-A switch to Hand position on one pump and 3� 2; 1/ GREEN 2 t 1 GREEN notice operation. If pump is noisy and vibrates rotation is LI L2 L3 Lt L2 L3 wrong.To change rotation interchange any two line leads to motor.DO NOT INTERCHANGE MAIN INCOMING LINES. Fig.2 If duplex system,check second pump in same manner. _ IMPORTANT 4. Now set both H-O-A switches to Auto position and allow If equipment is not properly wired and protected as water to rise in sump until one.pump starts.Allow pump to recommended,the motor guarantee is void. operate until level drops to turh-oft point. HEAT SENSORS AND SEAL FAILURE _5. Allow sump level to rise to start other pump. Notice run lights on panel,pumps should alternate on each successive CONNECTIONS cycle of operation. Be sure that heat sensor wires are connected in series with the 6. Turn both H-O-A switches to off position and allow sump to starter coil.Connections are provided on the terminal strip;see fill to the override control level. wiring diagram. If seal failure unit is used, connect as shown with seal failure 7. Turn both switches to Auto position and both pumps should system. If seal failure unit is not used,the two seal failure wires start and operate together until level drops to turn-off point. are left open.DO NOT CONNECT POWERTO THESE LINESAT 6_ Repeat this operation cycle several timesbefore leavingjob. ANY TIME.(See Figure 3 and 4) -- 9. Check voltage when pumps are operating and check the amp draw of each pump. Check amps on each wire as HEAT SENSORS AND SEAL FAILURE CONNECTIONS sometimes a high leg will exist. One leg can be somewhat FOR ANY VOLTAGE MOTOR higher 5 to without causing trouble.For excessive amp draw on onee leg the Power Company should be consulted. ELECTR E II HEAT SENSORS N 0TOR WINDINGS RED DARK MAINTENANCE BLACK WHITE GREEN HEAT SENSORS SEAL FAILURE As the motors are oil filled no lubrication or other maintenance is required. Fig.3 If a seal failure unit is used no attention is necessary as long WARNING as the seal shows satisfactory operation. WARRANTY IS VOID IF HEAT SENSORS ARE NOT If seal failure is not used the pump should be lifted once _ CONNECTED AS SHOWN(IN SERIES WITH CONTACTOR OIL) everytwo yearsand the oil be drained from the seal chamber DESIGNATION FOR OPTIONAL to check for water. SEAL FAILURE&HEAT SENSOR CORD If the pump is used on a HYDR-O-RAIL system it should be COLOR PURPOSE lifted once every six months and checked for corrosion and _ DARKGREEN SEALFAILURE See Wiring Diagram of seal failure wear. unit #4673 or 4674 for connecting RED SEAL FAILURE dark green and red wires.If seal fail- Generally these pumps give very reliable service and can be BLACK HEAT SENSOR ie ve unit r#46een and 74 is of used, expected to operate for years on normal sewage pumping WHITE HEAT SENSOR 9 P without failure. TWO WIRE CONTROL OFFERING AUTOMATIC RESET LIGHTNING -- LI ON-OFF THERMOSTATS L2 In some areas where considerable lightning occurs, it is I swITCH colt IN SERIES recommended that a lightning arrestor be installed at the BLACK WHITE control panel. THREE WIRE CONTROL OFFERING MANUAL RESET Complete data On lightning arrestors and cost is available THERMOSTATS L2 from the factory. Lightning arrestors are good insurance LI 1 START CpIL Ol OL::: IN SERIES against damage to an expensive motor. - - ::IN CERTAIN APPLICATIONS THE NEC MAY REQUIRE THREE OVERLOAD RELAYS Fig.4 —5_ WARNING: Before handling these pumps and controls, always disconnect the power first. Do not smoke or use sparkable electrical devices or flames in a septic (gaseous)or possible septic sump. TROUBLE CHECK LIST Below is a list of common problems and the probable causes: CAUSE PROBABLE CAUSE Pump will not start 1. No power to the motor.Check for blown fuse or open circuit breaker. 2. Selector switch may be in the off position. 3. Control circuit transformer fuse may be blown. 4. Overload heater on starter may be tripped.Push to reset. Pump will not start and overload 1. Turn off power and check motor leads with megger or ohmmeter for possible ground. -- heaters trip 2. Check resistance of motor windings. All 3 phases should show the same reading. 3. If no grounds exist and the motor windings check O.K.remove pump from sump and check -- for clogged or blocked impeller. Pump operates with selector 1. This indicates trouble in the float level control or the alternator relay. switch in hand position but will 2. To check for defective float control put selectorswitch in auto-position and turn off main - not operate in auto position power.Put a jumper wire on terminal strip.Turn on power and if pump starts trouble is in float control.Replace control. Pump runs but will not shut-off 1. Pump may be air locked.Turn pump off and let set for several minutes then restart. 2. Lower float control may be hung-up in the closed position. Check in sump to be sure control is free. 3. Selector switch may be in the Hand Position. Pump does not deliver proper 1. Discharge gate valve may be partially closed or partially clogged. capacity 2. Check valve may be partially clogged. Raise level up and down to clear. 3. Pump may be running in wrong direction. Low speed pumps can operate in reverse direction without much noise or vibration. 4. Discharge head may be too high. Check total head with gage when pump is operating. Total head is discharge gage pressure converted to feel plus vertical height from water level in sump to center line of pressure gage installed in discharge line.Gage should be installed on pump side of all valves. Multiply gage pressure in pounds by 2.31 to get head in feet. 5. If pump has been in service for some time and capacity falls off,remove pump and check for wear -- or clogged impeller. -- Motor stops and then restarts 1. This indicates heat sensors in the motor are tripping due to excessive heat.Impeller may after short period but overload be partially clogged giving a sustained overload but not high enough to trip overload - heaters in starter do not trip heater switch. 2. Motor may be operating out of liquid due to a failed level control.All Hydr-O-Matic S.SH, -- S3HRC and S4HRC submersible motors can operate for extended periods out of water without burning up the winding but the heat sensors give motor prolonged life by controlling winding temperature. 3. Pump may be operating on a short cycle due to sump being too small or from water returning to sump due to a leaking check valve. -6- S Series(1150 and 1750 RPM]Bel S Series No. Description 1 Lilting Handle 1 2 Card Cap Assy.(Single) 1 ` 2 Cord Cap Assy.(Dual) 1 3 0-Ring 1 2 30 4 Wire Connector 230/3/60 4 \\—� 5 Wire Connector 460/3/60 6 l Wire Conn all td S.200/57513/60 3 3 6 Pipe Plug 5 4. 7 Conn.Box 200/575V 30 8 all 1d 7 Conn.Box 2301460V 3d 7 Conn.Box Assy.220V to or 1 6 550V 36(3-wire) i 7 III 47 '7 Conn.Box Assy,220V 1d or 1 550V 30(4-wire)w/Seal Failure .9� 6, "7 Conn.Box Assy.220V id or 1 SSOV 3d(6-wire)w/Seal Failure _ and Heat Sensor -\ �46 - "7 Conn.Box Assy.34 only(9-wire) 1 '7 Conn.Box Assy.34 only(10-wire) 1 t0 45 _ w/Seal Failure - '7 Conn.Box Assy.30 only(12-wire) 1 6 -\ I .\ -N w/Seal Failure and Heat Sensors 11i anal a3 8 Nameplate 1 12 9 Drive Screw 3 42 _ 10 Bolt 2 13 41 "It Load Spring 1 14 1 '40 12 Bearing(upper) 1 13 Heat Sensor Wiring Assy.(optional) 1 SI i36 14 Motor Housing(1150 RPM) i 15 'hHP-1HP 200/230/460/57513160 IS, 1 -37 14 Motor Housing(1150 RPM) 1 ` 'hHP-iHP 200/230/1/60 14 Motor Housing(1750 RPM) 1 17 36 1HP 200/230/1160 18 IHP-3HP 20012301460157513160 19 6 35 34 14 Motor Housing(1750 RPM) 1 20 ) 7 I1bHP-3HP 200123011160 15 Stator Bolt(2HP 2D0/230/l/60 4 - --- ' n 1(11 /J 1150 RPM only) 21 33 15 Stator Bolt all others 4 16 Lockwasher 4 22 17 Bolt 4 32 - i �.. 18 Seal 1 19 0-Ping 1 %, 31 20 Snap Ring 1 - 21 0-fling 3 / - 22 0-Ring I t '30 23 Bolt 3 24 Seal Plate 1 - -_-- ( 1 25 Impeller IPA" 1 23 25 Impeller 61A" 1 24/ 25 Impeller 5-15116" 1 '\ 25 Impeller 5'A" 1 25 \ 25 Impeler 5%" 1 25 Impeller 5-1/16" 1 26 Impeller Washer 1 " I 26 27 28 29 27 Impeller Bolt I Del. 28 Seal I No. Description 01Y. -- 28 Seat(Carbide optional) 1 29 Bolt 1 42 Stator i'hHP-3HP 200111601750 RPM 1 30 Bolt 10 42 Stator I'hHp-3HP M1160 1750 RPM 1 31 Suction Base w/Wear fling 1 42 Stator 11hHP-3HP 200/31601750 RPM 1 32 Volute - 1 42 Stator 1'GHP-3HP 2301460131601750 RPM 1 -- 33 Gasket 1 42 Stator 1'bHP-3HP 575131601750 RPM 1 34 Disc.Fig.3" 1 43 Rotor&Shalt WHP-IHP 1 34 Disc.Fig.4" 1 200123011/60 1150 RPM 35 Bolt 2 43 Rotor 8 Shaft'IMP 1 36 Seal Failure Probe Assy.(optional) 1 2001230/460/575/3t6O 1150 RPM 37 Stator Holding Ring 1 43 Rotor 8 Shalt rr.HPAHP 1 38 Roll Pin 20012301460/57513/60 1150 RPM 40 Bearing 1 43 Rotor 8 Shaft'AHP-1HP 1 41 Spacer Ring lb" 1 2001230111601750 RPM 41 Spacer Ring 1" 1 43 Rotor 8 Shaft'AHP-1HP 1 42 State,'hHP-IHP 20011/601150 RPM 1 2001230/4601575131601750 RPM 42 Stator WHP-lHP 230/1/60 1150 RPM 1 43 Rotor 8 Shaft 14HP-311P 1 42 Stator VHP 20013/601150 RPM 1 2001230/1160 1750 RPM - 42 Stator'kHP 230/460/3/60 1150 RPM 1 43 Rotor B Shall(hHP-3HP 1 42 Stator Y.HP-IHP 200/3/60 1150 RPM 1 2DO1230/460157513/601750 RPM ` 42 Stator^AHP-1HP 2301460/31601150 RPM 1 44 Wire Connector 230146013160 12 -� 42 Stator'AHP-IHP 575131601150 RPM i All Others 6 42 Stator'vHP 575131601150 RPM 1 45 0-Ring 1 42 Stator'AHP-IHP 2DO11/60 1750 RPM 1 46 Wire Connector(Single Corot 1 42 Stator'/HP-IHP 23011/601750 RPM 1 (Dual Cord) 3 42 Stator YHP-IHP 20013160175D RPM 1 47 Boll 2 42 State,YHP-iHP 230/46013160 1750 RPM 1 'Far pumps manufactured prior to May 12.1969 42 Stator'LHP.1HP 575/3/60 1750 RPM 1 "For pumps manufactured after Nov.2.1973. —7— l LIMITED WARRANTY THE MARLEY PUMP COMPANY LIMITED WARRANTY. The reason of the fact that such material does not conform to Marley Pump Company,A Marley Company,warrants to the this contract or to any express written warranty. original purchaser of each of The Marley Pump Company's product(s)that any part thereof which proves to be defective WARRANTY DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATION OR LIABILITY. In material or workmanship within one year from date of in- :[HE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER stallation or 18 months from manufacture date, whichever WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, .AND ALL 1W comes first, will be replaced at no charge with a new or PLIED WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY AND remanufactured part, F.O.B. factory. Purchaser shall FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHICH EXCEED assume all responsibility and expense for removal, THEAFORESAID EXPRESSED WARRANTIESARE HEREBY reinstallation and freight. Any item(s) designated as DISCLAIMED AND EXCLUDED FROM THIS AGREEMENT. manufactured by others shall be covered only by the ex- press warranty of the manufacturer thereof. This warranty MANUFACTURER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EX- does not apply to damage resulting from accident, altera- CLUDES ANY LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR IN- tion, design, misuse or abuse. CIDENTAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH BUYER'S REMEDIES. If the material furnished to the Buyer THIS PRODUCT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, shall fall to conform to this contract or to any express writ- WHETHER IN TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY ten warranty,The Marley Pump Company shall replace such CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE. nonconforming material at the original point of delivery and shall furnish instructions for its disposition.Any transporta- tion charges involved in such disposition shall be for the Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of in- Buyer's account.The Buyer's exclusive and sole remedy on cidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation account or in respect of the furnishing of material that does or exclusion may not apply to you.Some states do not allow - not conform to this contract, or to any express written war- limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the ranty, shall be to secure replacement thereof as aforesaid. above limitation may not apply to you. The Marley Pump Company shall not in any event be liable for the cost of any labor expended on any such material or This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may for any incidental or consequential damages to anyone by also have other rights which vary from state to state. THE MARLEY PUMP COMPANY 110 HYDROMATIC PUMPS �1 S-704 5800 Canada — 0c,Mission,KS Brampton, 1-800-HOT Printed In Canada—1al East is Brampton,Ontario L6T138 MA L Ul(93)242 831 Printed in U.S.A. y8, Intematlonal Sales—Mission,KS Telex 4630138 MARL UI(913)631-5700 -i Bulletin Q-701 RD � a333y � swee«eese Y 41't - STANDARD ELECTRICAL"Q"PANELS e a �i°w+�wruudtr r-F ww sasses HYDROMATIC PUMPS A Marley Pump Company WARNING: Before handling these pumps and controls, always disconnect the power first. Do not smoke or use sparkabie electrical devices or flames in a septic(gaseous) or possible septic sump. CONTENTS Page Installation Instructions .................... 2 PANEL PREPARATION: Prior to installing the Maintenance................................... 3 control panel,tighten all screws and nuts. Make sure Parts List ........................................ 3 that all electrical connections are secure. Trouble Check List ........................... 3-5 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS The contractor must conform to the latest require merits of the National Electrical Code. All conduit and cables shall be in accordance with NEC code NFPA#70. Prior to conducting any installation,repair or service with regard to the control panel,refer to the schematic appropriate for that panel. The schematic will provide guidance with regard to the terminal block connections. Make the Following Electrical Connections: a. Connect the pump hear sensor and seal failure leads(if available on the pump)to the appropriate terminal blocks in the control panel. If the heat sensor lead from the pump is wired as indicated, remove jumpers as defined by the schematic. b. Connect all the float control leads to the appropriate panel terminal blocks. Contractor must be very careful in locating the floats at the proper elevations. The maximum distance I rom the control panel and the floats is the lesser of 100 feet or the maximum distance recommended for the pump. c. Connect the pump leads to the control panel. When connecting the pump leads it is very critical that the proper sequence be maintained. On single phase pumps,connect the color coded pump leads to the appropriate terminals as directed by the control schematic. d. BEFORE CONNECTING POWER TO TH E CONTROL PAN EL,MAKE SU RE ALL CONTROL SWITCHES(e.g.H-O-A SWITCH)AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES(e.g. BREAKERS)ARE IN THE OFF POSITION. NOW CONNECT POWER TO THE TERMINAL BLOCK OR THE CIRCUIT BREAKER AS DIRECTED BY TH E SCHEMATIC. e. CONTROL PANEL MUST BE GROUNDED PROPERLY PER NEC AND/OR LOCAL CODES. TO FACILITATE THIS A GROUND LUG IS PROVIDED ON THE CONTROL PANEL. START UP CHECK LIST WARNING: Before handling these pumps and controls, always disconnect power first. Do not smoke or use sparkabie electrical devices or flames in a septic (gaseous) or possible septic sump. Check List: 1. Check junction box for moisture. Moisture may cause chattering of relays/contactors. 2. Check wiring of capacitor pack for single phase applications. 3. Energize control panel. (Turn on power to panel.) 4. Check overload relay and verify reset mode(if overload is supplied). - 5. WARNING! LIVE VOLTAGE CAN KILL! Check voltage to the panel and at secondary of control transformer using a voltmeter. If no transformer is supplied,check voltage at the circuit breakers. 6. Check float operation and response of control panel to the float operation. For sequence of operation refer to design specification. 7. Check full load current with amprobe and compare itwiththe nameplate rating. (Clamp amprobe -- around one phase.) 8. With pump running,check discharge to verify the pump is running. Checkforflow. 9. Check voltage with voltmeter and amperage with amprobe at overhead. _ 10. Check operation of start relay if supplied on single phase panels per procedure in item#7 of Maintenance Instructions below. 11. Make sure H-O-A switch is left in the"Auto"position after start-up is completed. Pump Start Up: Check the pump manuals. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE l WARNING: Before handling these pumps and controls, aiways.disconnect the power first. Do ) not smoke or use sparkable electrical devices or flames in a septic (gaseous) or possible J septic sump. 2 The perodicity of the maintenance schedule will vary with operating and environmental conditions. Itwill also vary with the specific type of control supplied. The list herein is a guide only. 1. Exercise breakerthrough two cycles. Be careful not to over-exercise as the breaker is not a switching device. Excessive operations tend to affect the trip curve of the breaker. C2. Check contactors and relays for excessive humming. This can be accomplished by turning pumps on and off in the hand and off modes with the H-O-A switch. 3. Check bulbs in all fixtures. 4. Check continuity through control fuses. 5. Check voltage at primary and secondary of control transformer. 8. Check the pump full bad amps. 7. Check the start relay(if supplied)by using an amprobe around the red wire(start winding). Amprobe should display a very brisk action from zero to locked rotor and back to operating load. This action occurs on pump start and the action must show no lazy movement. 8. Check junction boxes for moisture. Moisture may cause chattering of relays and contactors. 9. Check door gasket for integrity. This can be a visual inspection. 10. Check labels to verify they have not been damaged. 11. Lubricate enclosure hinges. 12. Pull floats and checkfor proper operation and insure there is no foreign build up on them. SPARE PARTS LIST The following is a list of recommended spare parts;however conditions of service vary significantly and a general list may not in its entirety be applicable to a given installation. The user should exercise judgement in defining his specific requirements based on this guide. 1. Fuses for control transformer primary and secondary. 2. Contactor. 3. Bulbs for lights. 4. Corrosion inhibitor. 5. Control transformer. 6. Duplex or simplex pump controller. -- TROUBLESHOOTING CHART 1. WARNING: Before handling these pumps and controls, always disconnect the power first. Do not smoke or use sparkable electrical devices or flames in a septic (gaseous)or possible septic sump. 2. Pump does not run in hand position. a. Check pump circuit breaker,control circuit breaker and control fuses fortripping or blown condition. b. Check overload relay to see H it is tripped. Reset relay if tripped. -. c. Check heat sensor reset to verify thermal overload of motor has not tripped. d. Check wiring of pump to control panel. It should agree with the schematic. 3. Pump does not run in auto position. _ a. Check items a.through d.per item#2 above. b. Floats may be miswired to control panel. Check float type(N.O.or N.C.)and hook-up by referring to the schematic. If the start and stop floats are hooked in reverse,pump will short cycle and will not pump the level down. c. Check pump controller indicating lights. DUPLEX SIMPLEX OFOLT O CALFF ML 1 O OFF FLT O FLTD O CALM PUMP 2 No Lights ON ON FLT (No call from the floats) 1. Make sure there is power to the controller. (.. 2. Is water level in the system high enough to activate the floats? 3. If#1 and#2 checkout,shut power off to the panel. Remove the off float wires and run a jumper between the"OFF FLOAT"connections. if"OFF FLOAT"light comes on,the float is stuck or the wiring connections are loose. 3 DUPLEX SIMPLEX O CAU F L 1 OFF OFF FLT OCAUL 2 O FLTD O ON FLT OFF Light ON 1. Is water level in the system high enough to activate the lead(ON)float? 2. If#1 checks out,shut off-powerto the panel. Remove the lead(ON)float wires and run ajumper between the"LEAD FLOAT'("ON FLOAT')connections. if one or two pumps start,check the lead(ON)float for hang up or loose wiring connections. DUPLEX ONLY O PUMP 1 4D OFF CALL FLT "OFF FLOAT'light"ON","LEAD FLOAT'light ON,and either"PUMP 1" PUMP 2 or"PUMP 2"light ON tells you the lead LEAD float is calling forpump. CALL FLT OR PUMP 1 OFF CALL FLT All lightsONon pump controller tells you all float circuits are good and the problem PUMP 2 LEAD lies elsewhere. CALL FLT 1. Check hand-off-auto(H-O-A)switch forcorrect position. 2. Check heat sensortrip in pump with a jumper between"HEAT SENSOR 1"and"HEAT SENSOR 2"terminals. 3. Reset overioad(s)it tripped. 4. Reset circuit breakers if tripped. 4. Pump runs but run light does not energize. a. Check the bulb. b. Check for loose wire at light or in panel. 5. Pump runs but does not pump down the wet well. a. Pump rotation may be wrong. Wiring of pump to control panel may be reverse sequenced. b. Impeller maybe dragging involute due to solids. High ampere draw would identify this. c. Referto the pump manual for other possibilities such as closed discharge gate valve,etc. 6. Severe humming/chattering of contactors and control relays. a. There may be low voltage. Check voltage at primary and secondary of control transformer using a voltmeter. This low voltage condition may even cause severe chattering and bum-out of relays. - b. Contactor may have dust around magnet of coil structure. Dry or clean as required. c. Check voltage to the control panel. Contactors require a minimum of 85%of full voltage to pull in without chatter. If the problem is a cronic one,measure voltage with recorder on a 24 hour basis. d. Make sure the floats are located away from any turbulence. e. Dry out the junction box(if fu mished);moisture in the junction box may tend to cause relays to energize intermittently. 7. Nuisance tripping of overload on motor starters or circuit breakers. a. Check all reset buttons and tripped breakers. b. Check pump and draw with amprobe and compare to name-plate amps on pump. c. The impeller may be locked up due to excessive debris or solids. d. Possible motorfailure(fault on windings.) e. Pump may be miswired to terminal block. 4 I. Voltage and current unbalance. 1 hree phase only. Voltage unbalance on three-phase power sources can cause motor current to become unbalanced and excessive heating will result. Tripping of the overload protectors and premature r motor failures can be expected if the current unbalance exceeds live percent. Maximum Current Difference Percent Current = From Average Current x 100 Unbalance Average Current To determine if motorcurrent unbalance is afunction of the motoror the power supply: 1. Label the leads and the terminals 1,2,and 3 respectively 2. Record the amperage for each lead. 3. Move each lead to the text terminal(1 to 2,2 to 3,3 to 1) - 4. Again read the amperage of each lead. 5. Move each lead to the next terminal(1 to 3,2 to 1,3 to 2) 6. Again read the amperage of each lead. 7. If the unbalance moves with the motor leads,the unbalance is caused by the motor. If the unbalance remains with the terminals,the unbalance is in the power supply. - 8. If the current unbalance exceeds five percent,nuisance tripping or excessive heating will result. 9. Connect leads for the lowest percent of current unbalance. g. Connections and start components. Single phase only. 1. DISCONNECT ALL POWER FROM THE PANEL BEFORE MAKING THESE CHECKS. _ 2. Motor winding resistance readings. a. Disconnect all three motor leads. b. Using a volt-ohm meter,with the scale set on RXi,measure the resistance between the leads with the chart below. WINDING TYPICAL MOTOR LEADS RESISTANCE READING Main Blackto White Lowest Start Blackto Red Next Lowest(middle) Both White to Red Highest 3. Capacitorcheck. a. Make sure the capacitor is discharged. Use extreme caution as a spark might occur. b. Disconnect the capacitor leads and connect a volt-ohm meter to the capacitor terminals. c. The meter should indicate-low ohms when it is first connected,but as the capacitor becomes charged(by the meter)it will return to a reading of infinity(open circuit). NOTE: Set the meter on the RX10,000 scale to check the run capacitor. Set the meter on the RX1,000 scale to check the start capacitor. 4. Start relay check. a. Check the coil resistance. It should be 3,000 to 7,000 ohms. b. Install a'clamp on amp meter around the start winding lead. _ C. Set the ampmeter scale to at least 2 times the pump motor full load current. d. Place the HOA switch in the hand position to start the pump. -- e. The meter should read approximately 2 times full load current during starting. I. After the motor has started(within one second)the current should drop to a valve much less than full bad current. 5. Motor voltage check. TYPICAL VOLTAGE COMPONENT MOTOR LEAD MODE READING Main Winding Blackto White Start Line Voltage Main Winding Black to White Run Line Voltage Start Winding Blackto Red Start Line Voltage Start Winding Blackto Red Run 120%Line Voltage 8. Short cycling pump. Check float controls. 9. Runlightstayson Selector switch maybe in the hand position. 10. Test for blown fuse. _ Check for continuity with a V-O-M set on OHM scale. 5 a — LIMITED WARRANTY THE MARLEY PUMP COMPANY LIMITED WARRANTY. - of the fact that such material does not conform to this The Marley Pump Company, a Marley Company,warrants contract orto any express written warranty. to the original purchaser of each of The Marley Pump _ Company's product(s) that any part thereof which proves WARRANTY DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATION OR to be defective in material or workmanship within one year LIABILITY. THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE IN _ from date of installation or 18 months from manufature LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR date, whichever comes first, will be replaced at no charge MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A with a new or remanufactured part, F.O.B. factory. PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHICH EXCEED THE Purchaser shall assume all responsibility and expense for AFORESAID EXPRESSED WARRANTIES ARE ti removal, reinstallation and freight. Any Rem(s)designated HEREBY DISCLAIMED AND EXCLUDED FROM J as manufactured by others shall be covered only by the THIS AGREEMENT. express warranty of the manufacturer thereof. This warranty does not apply to damage resulting from MANUFACTURER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND accident,alteration,design,misuse or abuse. EXCLUDES ANY LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUEN- TIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH BUYER'S REMEDIES. R the material furnished to the OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY Buyer shall fail to conform to this contract or to any ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS PRO- express written warranty,The Marley Pump Company shall DUCT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, replace such nonconforming material at the original point WHETHER IN TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT of delivery and shall furnish instructions for its disposition. LIABILITY CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE. Any transportation charges involved in such disposition shall be for the Buyer's account. The Buyer's exclusive Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of and sole remedy on account or in respect of the furnishing incidental or .consequential damages, so the above of material that does not conform to this contract, or to limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Some states any express written warranty, shall be to secure do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty replacement thereof as aforesaid. The Marley Pump lasts,so the above limitation may not apply to you. Company shall not in any event be liable for the cost of any labor expended on any such material or for any This warranty gives.you specific legal rights, and you may incidental or consequential damages to anyone by reason also have other right which varyfrom from state to state. M�rtLer THE MARLEY PUMP COMPANY HYDROMATIC PUMPS _ 5800 Foxridge Or.,Mission,KS 66202 1-800-HOT-PUMP OJ01 In Canada-126 East Dr.,Bramion,Ontario L6T 1C2-(416)799-824? 3187 International Sales-Mission,KS Telex 4630138 MARLY UW-(913)831-5700 TRIDENT SEAFOODS SITE DEVELOPMENT DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS FOR STORM DRAINAGE PUMP STATION No. 1 SMH 1 ) F , HYDROMATIC I Q 55��5� BuRefii55n�� S-401 A Marley P MPS pang �pQ�JSL'1S�C:S INJSO� u r� 4 ' NON-CLOG SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS 1.01 GENERAL: Contractor shall furnish all labor,materials,equipment and insidentals required to provide 2 non-clog submersible centrifugal sewage pump(s)as specified herein. 2.01 OPERATING CONDITIONS: Each pump shall berated 2 H.P., L/ D volts 3 phase,6_hertz, I I S-0 R.P.M. The unit shall produce 3Z5 U.S.GPM at feet TDH,with a minimum pump efficiency of S %and maximum input KW of-_'a _KW. The pump shall be capable of handling a 3"spherical sold. The pump shall be non-overloading throughout the entire range of operation without employing service factor. The pump shall reserve a minimum service factor of 1.15. The performance curve submitted for approval shall state in addition to head and capacity performance,the pump efficiency,solid handling capacity,and reflect motor service factor. 3.01 CONSTRUCTION: Each pump shall be of the sealed submersible type,model SyMN as manufactured by Hydromatic Pumps,a division of the Marley Pump Company. The pump volute,motor and seal housing shall be high quality gray cast iron,ASTM A-48,Class 25. The pump discharge shall be fitted with a 4"standard ASA 125 lb.flange,faced and drilled. All external mating parts shall be machined and Buna N Rubber O-ring sealed on a beveled edge. Gaskets shall not be acceptable. All fasteners exposed to the pumped liquids shall be 300 series stainless steel. 4.01 ELECTRICAL POWER CORD: Electrical power cord shall be STW-A,water resistant 600V,600C.,UL and CSA approved and applied dependent on amp draw for size. 4.02 The pump shall be triple protected with a compression fitting and two epoxy potted areas at the power _ cord entry to the pump. A separation between the junction box area of the pump and the motor by a stator lead sealing gland orterminal board shall not be acceptable. 4.03 The power cable entry into the cord cap assembly shall first be made with a compression Ming. Each individual lead shall be stripped down to bare wire,at staggered intervals,and each strand shall be individually separated. This area of the cord cap shall then be filled with an epoxy compound potting which will prevent water contamination to gain entry even in the event of wicking or capillary attraction. 4.04 The power cord leads shall then be connected to the motor leads with extra heavy connectors having brass inserts with a screwed wire to wire connection,rather than a terminal board that allows for possible leaks. 4.05 The connection box wiring shall be separated fromthe motor housing wiring by stripping each lead sown to bare wire,at staggered intervals,and separating each strand. This area shall be filled with an epoxy compound potting. Fiberglass terminal boards which are subject to heat fatigue and cracking,and which may lead to possible leaks shall not be acceptable. 4.06 The cord cap assembly where bolted to the connection box assembly and the connection box assembly where bolted to the motor housing shall each be sealed with a Buna N Rubber O-ring on a beveled edge to assure proper sealing. 5.01 MOTOR: The stator,rotor and bearings shall be mounted in a sealed submersible type housing. The statorwindings shall have Class F insulation,(1550C or 3110C),and a dielectric oil filled motor,NEMA B design. Further protection shall be provided by on winding thermal sensors. Because air-filled motors do not dissipate heat a efficiently as oil-filled motors,they shall not be acceptable. 5.02 The pump and motor shall be specifically designed do that they may be operated partially or completely submerged in the liquid being pumped. The pump shall not require cooling water jackets. Dependence upon,or use of,water jackets for supplemental cooling shall not be acceptable. 5.03 Stators shall be securely held in place with a removable end ring and threaded fasteners so they maybe easily removed in the field without the use of heat or a press. Stators held by a heat shrink fit shall not be acceptable. Stators most be capable of being repaired or rewound by local motor service station. Units which require service only by the factory shall not be acceptable. No special tools shall be required for pump and motor disassembly. 5.04 Pump shall be equipped with heat sensors. The heat sensor shall be low resistance,bi-metal disc that is temperature sensitive. It shall be mounted directly on the stator windings and sized to open at 1200C and automatically reset at 30-35°C.differential. The sensors shall be connected in series with motor starter coil so that the starter shall be equipped with 3 leg overload heaters so all normal overloads are protected by the starter. 6.01 BEARINGS AND SHAFT: An upper radial bearing and a lower thrust bearing shall be required. These shall be heavy-duty single row ball bearings which are permanently lubricated by the dielectric oil which fills the motor housing. Double row,sealed grease packed bearings shall not be acceptable. Bearings which require lubrication according to a prescribed schedule shall not be acceptable. The upper radial bearing shall have a minimum B-10 life at the specified condition of2n"nnn hours and the lower thrust bearing shall have a minimum B-10 frfe at the specified condition of 20,000 hours. Bearings shall be locally available. 6.02 The shaft shall be machined from a solid 303 stainless steel forging and be a design which is of large diameterwith minimum overhang to reduce shaft deflection and prolong bearing life. 7.01 SEALS: The pump shall have two mechanical seals, mounted in tandem,with an oil chamber between the seals. John Crane Type 21,BF1 C1,seals shall be used with the rotating seal faces being carbon and the stationary seal faces to be ceramic. The lower seal shall be replaceable without disassembly of the seal chamber and without the use of special tools. Pump-out vanes shall be present on the backside of the impeller to keep contaminates out of the seal area. Units which require the use of tungsten-carbide seals or foreign manufactured seals shall not be acceptable. Seals shall be locally available. - 7.02 The pump shall be equipped with a seal leak detection probe and warning system. This shall be designed l to alert maintenance personnel of lower seal failure without having to take the unit out of service for inspection or requiring access for checking seal chamber oil level and consistency. 7.03 There shall be an electric probe or seal failure sensor installed in the seal chamber between the two tandem mechanical seals. If the lower seal fails,contaminants which enter the seal chamber shall be detected by the sensor and send a signal to operate the specified warning device. 7.04 Units equipped with opposed mechanical seals shall not be acceptable. 8.01 IMPELLER: Impeller shall be of the two-vane,enclosed non-clogging design and have pump-out vanes on the front and backside of the impeller to prevent grit and other materials from collecting in the seal area.Single vane design impellers which cannot be easily trimmed and which do not maintain balance with wear causing shaft deflections and reducing seal and bearing frfe are not acceptable. Impeller shall not require coating. Because most impeller coatings do not remain beyond the very early life of the impeller, efficiency and other performance data submitted shall be based on performance with an uncoated impeller. Attempts to improve efficiency by coating impeller shall not be acceptable. 8.02 Impellers shall be dynamically balanced. The tolerance values shall be listed below according to the International Standard Organization grade 6.3 for rotors in rigid frames. The tolerance is to be split equally between the two balance planes which are the two impeller shrouds. RPM Tolerance C _ 3500 Olin.-ozAb.of impeller weight . 1750 .02 in.-ozJlb.of impeller weight 1150 .026 in.-ozAb.of impeller weight 870 .03 in.-ozJlb.of impeller weight 2 8.03 The impeller shall be slip fit to a tapered shaft and key driven. A 300 series stainless steel washer and impeller bolt shall be used to fasten the impeller to the shaft. Straight end shafts and/or threaded shafts for attachment of the impeller shall not be acceptable. 8.04 Avolute case wearing ring shall be provided to minimize impellerwear. The wear ring shall alloy 230 brass, ASTMB-43 and held by 300 series stainless steel fasteners. The wear ring shall be easily replaceable in the field. Wear rings of any other material shall not be acceptable. 9.01 PAINTING: The pump shall be painted after assembly,but before testing with a zinc chromate base enamel. The paint shall be applied in one coatwith minimum mil thickness of 3 to 4 mils. The paint shall be air dried pr'iorto testing. 10.01 SERVICEABILITY: The complete rotating assembly shall be capable of being removed from the volute without disturbing the suction piping,discharge piping,and volute. The motor housing,seal housing with seal plate and impeller still attached to the shaft shall be capable of being lifted out of the volute case from the top as one assembly. 11.01 SUPPORT: Though the pump may not require feet to support the unit while installed,the pump volute must have feet to support the unit when removed for service. Units which do not have feet upon which the unit can be supported when removed for service shall not be acceptable. 12.01 TESTING: Commercial testing shall be required and include the following: - The pump shall be visually inspected to confirm that it is built in accordance with the specification as to HP,voltage,phase and hertz. - The motor seal and housing chambers shall be meggered for infinity to test for moisture content or insulation defects. - Pump shal be allowed to run dry to check forproper rotation. - Discharge piping shall be attached,the pump submerged in water and amp readings shall be taken in each leg to check for an imbalanced stator winding. if there is a significant difference in readings,the stator windings shall be checked with a bridge to determine if an unbalanced resistance exists. If so,the statorshall be replaced. - The pump shall be removed from the water,meggered again,dried and the motor housing filled with dielectric oil. 12.02 In addition to the above commercial testing,a special megger test shall be performed and include the following: - The pump shall be submerged in water and allowed to run at maximum load for30 minutes. - Awritten report on the above shall be prepared by the test engineer,certified and submitted to the engineer. 12.03 A hydrostatic test shall also be performed on the pump. The hydrostatic test shall require that the volute and impeller be removed and a Picture installed to hold the spring and lower mechanical seal in place. A double plate,gasket and through-bolt shall be installed on the pump. Adischarge mating flange,gasket and pressure fitting shall be installed. The inlet port,volute and discharge nozzle shall then be pressurized with water to 150%of the maximum pump shut off pressure. This hydro-static pressure shall be maintained for at least 5 minutes and the housing checked for leaks and/or loss of pressure. 12.04 . A non-witnessed Hydraulic Institute performance test shall be performed. This shall include the following. The pump shall be tested at the design point as well as at least 4 other points to develop a curve. Data shall be collected to plot the head-capacity curve as well as a KW input and amperage curve. i In making these tests,no minus tolerance or margin shall be allowed with respect to capacity,total head or efficiency at the specified design condition. Pump shall be held within a tolerance of 10%of rated capacity or at rated capacity with a tolerance of 5%of rated head. The pump shall be tested at shut-off but not be plotted and only used as a reference point when plotting the performance curve. 3 complete records shall be kept of all information relevant to the test as well as the manufacturers serial number,type and size of pump as well as any impeller modifications made to meet the design conditions. Awritten test report shall be prepared,signed and dated by the test engineer incorporating 3 curves (head-capacity,KW input,and amperage)along with the pump serial number,test number,date, speed,volts,phase,impeller diameter,and certification number. This report shall then be submitted to the engineer. 13.01 WARRANTY: The pump unit or any part thereof shall be warranted against defects in material or workmanship within one year from date of installation or 18 months from date of manufacture,whichever comes first,and shall be replaced at no charge with a new or manufactured part, F.O.B.factory or authorized warranty service station. The warranty shall not assume responsibility for removal,reinstallation orfreight,nor shall it assume responsibility of incidental damages resulting f rom the failure of the pump to perform. The warranty shall not apply to damage resulting from accident,alteration,design,misuse or abuse. 4:. HYDROMATIC O Bulletin S-405 PUMPS I� 01poal hoffitImic A Marley Pump Company I YDR-O-R.AI0,, DUAL RAIL, ON-SITE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM 1.01 GENERAL: Contractor shall furnish all labor,materials,equipment and incidentals required to provide a complete pumping system as specified herein. 1.02 The system shall include 2 (Qty.)submersible non-clog sewage pump(s)with hydraulic sealing diaphragm,discharge base elbow with base plate,pump carrier assembly,guide rail,piping,access frame and hatch cover,float mounting bracket,lifting chain orcable,and control equipment. 1.03 Referto separate specifications for pump(s)and forcontrolequipment. 2.01 HYDRAULIC SEALING FLANGE: A hydraulically operated sealing flange,complete with Buna N rubber diaphragm type sealing gasket,shall be mounted on each pump discharge. The diaphragm shall be held in place by a 300 series stainless steel ring with stainless steel fasteners. . 2.02 When pump is activated,the resulting discharge pressure shall force the diaphragm seal against the flange face of the discharge elbow providing a leak proof seal. When pressure is removed,the diaphragm shall relax so that there is no mechanical connection to the discharge,and pump with hydraulic sealing flange maybe easily removed. Units utilizing metal-to-metal connection which could corrode together shall not be acceptable. 3.01 GUIDE RAIL: The guide rails used to direct the pump in proper alignment with the stationary discharge piping shall be of a dual rail design. The rail shall be a 2"corrosion resistant pipe and positioned on the centerline of the pump to each side so that no weight of the pump bears on either of the two guide rails at anytime. The guide rails shall serve truly as a guide rail. Units which do not have the guiderafls positioned on the centerline of the pump with off-centered weight distribution shall not be considered as equal nor acceptable as a Finding action on the guide rails is possible,making removal arid/or re-Installation much moredifficult. The rail shall be 2" galvanized steel pipe. 3.02 The pump shall be automatically connected to the discharge connection elbow when lowered into place, and shall be easily removed for inspection or service. There shall be no need for personnel to enter pump well. Sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection elbow shall be accomplished by a simple - linear downward motion of the pump. 4.01 CARRIER GUIDE BRACKET:A sliding guide bracket shall be attached to the pump.The sliding carrier guide bracket shall be fabricated from steel&protected with a corrosion resistant coating. The carrier shall be mounted on the pump so lifting is done from the carrier and no strain is placed on the pump or guide rails. Fasteners shall be 300 series stainless steel. Carrier shall be designed to lift from centered loop. 5.01 DISCHARGE BASE ELBOW WITH BASE PLATE: Adischarge elbow shall be furnished for each pump. The discharge base elbow shall be attached to a flat steel fabricated base plate which rests squarely on the wet-well floor. The flat base plate shall assure the pump has a smooth surface on which to rest when lowered into position, The base plate shall include a leveling bolt adjustment as well as adjustable guide rail supports which hold the guide rail pipes at the bottom. The pump discharge with hydraulic sealing flange shall align with the base elbow of the base plate assembly. The sealing face of the base discharge elbow shall be smooth and shall be heavily coated with zinc spray to provide a smooth corrosion resistant and abrasion resistant surface. All fasteners shall be 300 series stainless steel. 5.02 When pump is lowered into place,it shall rest squarely on the base plate,supported only by the feet on _ the pump. Units which hang from the discharge elbow shall not be acceptable as undue stress may occur on the volute case casting of the pump or on the base elbow of the base plate assembly. 6.01 ACCESS FRAME AND HATCH: An access frame assembly shall be supplied with separate hinged cover _ for removal of each pump. Access frame and hatch shall be either corrosion resistant or coated with a corrosion resistant coating. Upper rail guide brackets shall be attached to the access frame as well as the float switch holding bracket. Cover shall be provided with lifting handle,safety latch to hold cover in open position and locking hasp. _ 7.01 FLOAT MOUNTING BRACKET: A float mounting bracket shall be provided. Float mounting bracket shall provide cord grips to hold the level control cords and allow adjustment of level controls to desired pumping alarm levels..Continuous cords are to run from pump(s)and level controls to control panel. No splices shall be made in wiring. Float mounting bracket shall be fabricated from steel and coated with a corrosion resistant coating. Float mounting bracket shall attach to access frame with 300 series stainless steel fasteners. 8.01 LIFTING CHAIN/CABLE: Each pumping unit shall be provided with a lifting chain or cable. The lifting chain or cable shall be of sufficient length to extend from the pumping unit atone end to the top of the wet well at the other end. The access frame shall provide a hook to attach the lifting chain or cable when not in use. The lifting chain or lifting cable shall be sized according to the pump weight. two ate valves 9.01 PIPING Piping shall includeaastiloswing check valvewith outside lever and spring,andone.(.,= yfl{ve asr�anetaetured�pfleztrrieleer ial. Piping shall include all necessary elbows and tees.-All. 'ping- sfial+beeea�al ep i es�sfaFfierrorw�ortr� +x Where piping passes through for ill, lgr welding or searing concrete shall be used to make awater-tight joint. Referto plan sheet specific piping arrangement and details. 10.01 SUMP LEVEL CONTROLS: Float switches shall be supplied to control sump level and alarm signal,if furnished. The switches shall be sealed in a solid polypropylene f loat for corrosion and shock resistance. The support wire shall have a heavy Neoprene jacket. Aweight shall be attached to cord above the float to hold switch in place in sump and efficiently prevent sharp bends in the cord when the float operates. A quantity of 3 floats shall be provided to control level. An additional switch shall be provided with optional alarm. Float switches shall be Model No.3900 as provided by Hydromatic Pumps. - 11.01 OPERATION OF SYSTEM: (SIMPLEX) On sump level rise lower switch shall first be energized,then upper level switch shall next be energized and start pump. With pump operating,sump level shall lowerto low switch tum-off setting and pump shall stop. If level continues to rise when pump is operating,alarm switch shall energize and signal the alarm,where used. All level switches shall be adjustable for level setting,from the surface. (DUPLEX) On sump level rise lower switch shall first be energized,then upper level switch shall next energize and start lead pump. With lead pump operating,sump level shall lowerto low switch tum-off setting and pump shall stop. Alternating relay shall index on stopping of pump so that lag pump will start - first on next operation and become lead pump. If sump level continues to rise when lead pump is operating,override switch shall energize and start lag pump. Both lead and lag pump shall operate together until low level switch turns off both pumps. If level continues to rise when both pumps are operating,alarm switch shall energize and signal the alarm,where used. If one pump shall fail for any reason,the second pump shall operate on the override control and if level rises above override control, - alarm shall signal,where used. All level switches shall be adjustable for level setting,from the surface. - 12.01 WARRANTY: In addition to the manufacturers standard warranty,a five-year warranty shall also be provided. The warranty period shall be five years from date of shipment on all equipment except for the control equipment which will carry the manufacturers standard warranty and except that the following parts will be replaced within five years of date of shipment upon payment of the applicable percentage of the list price of each part in effect at the time of replacement. -- MONTHS AFTER SHIPMENT 0-18 19-31 32-45 46-60 Mechanical Seal 0% 25% 50% 75% Impeller 0% 30% 50% 80% - - Pump Housing 00% 30% 50% 80% Wear Ring 01% 500/6 80% 100% Ball Bearings 00% 50% 80% 100% _ Rotor and Stator 0`% 401/6 80% 100% 12.02 Months after shipment shall be determined by date of receipt of defective product by authorized service station representing manufacturer. Purchaser shall assume all responsibility and expenseforremovai, reinstallation,and freight. HYDROMATIC I Buulleltli�lnlr�S�-(5;0881 AMarle PUMPSmpanY ��vvl9dS1S `V�C:S�S Ltt�.SU�W ri MODEL: S4MN; 60Hz MOTOR ELECTRICAL DATA NEC START RUN RUN START RUN CODE SERVICE HP PHASE RPM VOLTS AMPS AMPS KW KVA KVA LETTER FACTOR 1156 200 64.4 16.8 2.1 12.9 1 3.4 K 1.2 1.5 1 1150 230 56 14.6 2.1 12.9 3.4 K 1.2 1.5 3 1150 200 37 7 1.5 12.8 2.4 K 1.2 1.5 3 1150 230 32.2 6 .1.5 12.8 2.4 K 1.2 1.5 3 1150 1 460 1 16 3 1 1.5 12.8 1 2.4 K 1.2 2 1 1150 200 64.4 18.5 1 2.3 12.9 1 3.7 H 1.2 2 1 1150 230 56 16.1 1 2.3 12.9 3.7 H 1.2 2 3 1150 200 37 8 2 12.8 2.8 H 1.2 -� 2 3 1150 460 16 3.5 2k28. 2.8 H 1.2 2 3 1150 575 12.9 2.8 2 2.8 H 1.2 5 1 1750 2 12 2 6.27.4 1.2 5 3 1750 200 108 17 4.6 5.9 J 1.2 5 3 1750 230 94 14.8 4.6 5.9 J 1.2 7 7 4 5.9 12 7.5 3 110 230 168 25.5 7.3 66.9 10.2 K 1.2 7. 1750 4 102 K 1. MOTOR EFFICIENCIES AND POWER FACTOR MOTOR EFFICIENCY POWER A R I W-/6 1 75% 50% 100% 75% 50% HP PHASE RPM LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD 1.5 3 1150 .72 J .7 .60 .62 .57 .45 2 1 1150 .59 1 .55 .47 .68 .60 .50 -:> 2 3 1150 .74 1 .72 .67 .69 .62 .51 5 1 1750 .65 .:1 .60 .84 .77 .64 -78 2 7.5 3 1750 .7 .7 .70 .71 .66 .55 Run Amperes.Run KW and Run KVA are based on 100*/<bad;values will be higher when operated on service factor. Bulletin S-602 HYDROMATIC I O �ap PUMPS 1I� IlI1��Il©� dJIl' 4�WIl1�1t� A Marley Pump Company Submersible Sewage Pump with hydraulic sealing flange, base plate, and rails K 0 0 E 0 0 H L O o 0 o 0 AS F I _ D B I C —. Pump Model A B C D E F G H I J K I L S3HRC 9-3116 15-5/16 25-1/16 6 26 2-3/16 4-1/4 3"125 Fig. 9-7/8 6-3/4 11 13-12 S4HRC 13-15/16 21-7/16 34-15/16 9 32-11/16 3-12 6-12 4"125Fig. 12-1/8 11-21/32 153/4 23-5/16 S41VIN 13-15/16 21-7/16 34-15/16 9 29-1/8 3-5/16 6-12 4"125Fig. 12-1/8 11-21/32 153/4 23-5/16 _ S4NRC 13-15/16 21-7/16 34-15/16 9 28-15/16 3-11/16 6-12 4"125 Fig. 12-1/8 11-21/32 15-3/4 23-5116 S4M 13-15/16 21-7/16 34-15/16 9 32-3/8 3-5/16 6-12 4"125Fig 12-1/8 11-21/32 153/4 23-5/16 S4MRC 13-15/16 21-7/8 34-15/16 9 33-3/4 3-1/4 6-12 4"125Fig. 12-1/8 11-21/32 15-3/4 23-5/16 'S41- 13-15/16 21-7/16 34-15/16 9 37-7/8 4-11/16 7-3/4 4"125 Fig. 133/8 11-21/32 15-3/4 23-5/16 42-5/8 S4LRC 13-15/16 21-7/8 34-15/16 9 39-1/4 4-11/16 7-3/4 4"125 Fig. 13-3/8 11-21/32 15-3/4 23-5/16 44 'S61- 16-25/32 28-13/16 45-6 ,9i/ 37-3/8 4-11/16 7-3/4 6"125 Fig. 15-21/32 14-27/32 18-15/16 29-11/1 _ 3 42-5/8 'S8F 21-5/16 35-12 54-3/4 12-12 40-5116 6 11 8"125 Rg. 20-7/8 14-27/32 24-1/16 29-11/1 45-1/16 S8L 21-5116 35-12 54-3/4 12-12 54-7/16 5-3/16 11 8"125 Fig. 20-7/8 14-27/32 24-1/16 29-11/1 S12L 25.17/32 41-23/32 64-21/32 8 693/8 9-5/8 25-5/16 12.125 Flg. 38-3/16 1 18-1/32 28-12 36-1/16 'Upto 20 HP -Column E 25-30 HP HYDROMATIC Bulletin Q-102 PUMPS IL Q ZmMo�ISM MOB{ & • A Marley Pump Company TIlQffij �0)�Ql °-�O��E41���I NEMAAX THERMOPLASTIC JUNCTION BOX AND FLOAT CORD EXTRUSION ASSEMBLY 1 KNOCK-OUTS FOR POWERISEAL FAILURE CORDS(SEE CHART) T AREA AVAILABLE I 1 FOR FIELD INSTALLED J. - CORD NUT IF(5)FIVE FLOAT CORDS REQUIRED •I _ SUPPORT ( STAN D i ALLOWABLE CORD LENGTHS FT. SIZE SOW S 40 SJOW SJTW 18/2 40 40 40 400 18/3. 40 40 40 40 _ 1612 40 40 40 40 _O 16/3 40 40 40 40 - 16/4 40 40 40 40 14/2 40 40 40 40 40 4 14/4 39 40 40 40 12/2 40 40 N/A N/A 3� NIA ;_- 12/4 28 31 N/A N/A _ 1012 33 36 10/3 27 1 30 1 N/A I N/A 1014 22 24 N/A N/A NOTES: 1. Junction box designed for use with float tree only. 2. Maximum length of float tree is 16feet. 3. Float tree accepts 1612 SJOW cord. Cords with similar jacket diameters(.310)may also be used. 4 cords maximum. 4. Use only plastic,3/4"NPT hub,cord nuts with integral knock-out of j-box. 5. Maximum capacity is(2)10/4,(2)12/4,and(5) 16/2 cords. Use only one 10/4 cable per side. 6. Use 2"NPSL locking conduit nut for mounting assembly: 7. Acceptable cord ranges from0.125"to0.750"diameter. Maximum weight of0.34 lbs./foot(ref.table)for use with knock-outs. 3/87 Bulletin Q-102 HYDROMATIC Tlmm t Dm'llalh PUMPS 11 ID l aaw aaR (Comtron A Marley Pump Company r FLOAT SWITCH LEVEL CONTROL MODEL 3900 • Most trouble-free control ever designed. For use in sewage and practically all chemical solutions. • Designed for over 250,000 cycles of operation. • Weight outside float holds switch at any desired height in sump. • Weighted cords prevent the floats from hanging up on rails, ladders and other obstructions under turbulent wet well conditions. 3900 Specifications GENERAL: Designed for operating sewage pumps SWITCH SPECIFICATION: Switch has a recom- to control liquid level in sumps. Can also be used to mended operating temperature range of 320Fto 160OF operate alarms to indicate high water conditions in and has a rating of 13 AMPS at 115 or 230 Volts,A.C. sumps or tanks. POWER CORD: Is 2-conductor#16 flexible cord TYPES: 3900 Controls can be supplied with type SJOW oil-resistant,300-Volt. normally closed contacts. FLOAT: The switch is sealed in a solid polypropy- Two normally open controls are used to control lene float that is leakproof,shookproof and corrosion operation of a single pump. One control is set forturn resistant to sewage and most chemicals. Consult off level and one control is set for turn on level. A factory for use with chemicals. magnetic starter/contactor with a holding contact holds the circuit in after level drops below turn on control. WEIGHT: The lead weight holds switch in sump at desired height. Height can be easily adjusted from the surface by raising or lowering the cord in the cord For two-pump operation 3 controls are used;one for snubber. Weights of special materials can be supplied turn off,one for turn on one pump,and one for turn on for use in chemicals. two pumps. An electric alternator is supplied to alternate pumps. SUPPORT BRACKET: A special support bracket is bolted to the junction box(if used),otherwise it bolts 1 Normally closed switches can be supplied for pump up to the discharge pipe.Bracket has plastic cord snubber applications such as filling surface or elevated tanks. that holds the switches at the required height. Cords Normally closed switches are 3900-1. are spaced apart to prevent tangling. HYDROMATIC Bulletin Q-402 PUMPS I " 1 no1� AMarley Pump Company gps(K JA JS�Cns DUPLEX "q' CONTROL PANEL 1.01 GENERAL: Contractor shall furnish all labor,materials,equipment and incidentals required to provide duplex motor control panel as specified herein. 1.02 The motor control panel shall be assembled and tested by a shop meeting U.L.Standard 508 for industrial controls. The motorcontrol panel shall be assembled and tested by the same manufacturer supplying the pump so as to insure suitability and assurance of experience in matching controls to motors and to insure single source responsibility for the equipment. 2.01 CONSTRUCTION: The controls forthe pump shall be contained in a non-corrosive enclosure meeting NEMA4X and U.L.94 V-O requirements. 2.02 The enclosure shall be thermal formed from an engineered thermoplastic material. The enclosure shall be steel gray in color and chemically induced. Painting of the enclosure shall not be acceptable. The enclosure shall have provisions for padlocking. A nameplate shall be permanently affixed to the panel and include the model number,voltage,phase,hertz,ampere rating and horsepower rating. A warning label . against electric shock shall be permanently affixed to the outer door. All fasteners shall be 300 series _ stainless steel or type 6063T5 aluminum,or thermoplastic. The outer door shall be attached to the enclosure using captured,quarter turn thermoplastic screws and a non-corrosive liftoff hinge. The hinge shall permit the outer doorto be separated from the main enclosure,when opened,by a simple upward motion. A hinge arrangement which requires unbolting for removal of the outer door is not acceptable. 2.03 A steel back panel with electroplated bright zinc and clearchromate finish shall be provided. A painted steel back panel shall not be acceptable. The back panel shall be mounted on stainless steel bolts using stainless steel nuts and lockwashers to maintain enclosure integrity and shall be used as the means for mounting the components in the enclosure. 3.01 For each pump a run light and a hand-off-auto switch shall be provided. Run lights and hand-off-auto switches shall be mounted on an electroplated bright zincwith clearchromate finish steel bracket. The run _ lights and hand-off-auto switches shall be properly labeled as to function. The hand-off-auto switches shall be rockertype with an electrical life of 50,000 operations. The run lights shall match the hand-off- auto switches in appearance and have an electrical life of 50,000 hours. Run lights shall be red. 4.01 The incoming power shall be 46o volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz service. Thermal blocks with box type lugs shall be supplied to terminate all wiring for floats and heat and seal sensors for the pump,H required. The pump leads shall be terminated at the overload relay or at box type terminal _ blocks. The terminal blocks for the float connections shall be on the pump controller,as described in paragraphs 9.03 and 9.04. 5.01 A circuit breaker shall be used to protect from line faults and to disconnect the pump from the incoming power. Circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic and sized to meet NEC requirements for motor controls. 6.01 The magnetic starter shall include a contactorwith a minimum mechanical life of 3,000,000 operations and a minimum contact life of 1,000,000 operations. Definite purpose contactors shall not be acceptable. The magnetic starter shall include an overload relaywhich is ambient temperature compensated and bimetallic. The overload relay shall be capable of being set in either a manual or automatic reset mode. In the manual mode,reset shall be accomplished only by the operator. At 6 times full load amps the overload relay shall trip within 10 seconds or Class 10 rated overload relays shall be required. 3/87 7.01 Control voltage shall be 120 VAC and maybe accomplished by the means of a transformer or available line voltage. A control fuse and on/off switch shall protect and isolate the control voltage from the line. 8.01 Wire ties shall be used to maintain panel wiring in neat bundles doe maintenance and to prevent interference with operating devices. All wiring shall be color coded to facilitate maintenance and repair of the control panel. Where a color is repeated,number coding shall be added. A schematic and a chart indicating a legend for wire color abbreviations as used on the schematic shall be permanently attached to the inside surface of the front door. 8.02 All ground connections shall be made with ring tongue terminals and star washers to assure proper ground. 9.01 A duplex pump controller shall be provided for control logic. Pump controller shall be solid state utilizing a printed circuit board to avoid conventional wiring. The printed circuit board of the pump controller shall be made of U.L.listed materials. 9.02 The pump controller shall indicate float circuit operations utilizing red amber LED indicator lights. LED indicator lights shall provide adequate information so that they can be used for diagnosis in troubleshooting problems located in the float circuits. Each LED shall be permanently labeled on the pump controller as to function. 9.03 Pump controller shall have provisions for connecting float level controls and heat sensor monitors,where applicable,to box type lug connectors. 9.04 Boxtype lug connectors shall be made of polyamide thermoplastic to exclude aging due to heat i . influences. Phenolic type terminal blocks on the pump controller shall not be acceptable. Eachterminai block shall be properly and permanently labeled on the pump controller as to its purpose. 9.05 Pump controller shall include alternating circuit of the low voltage type and be operational from a transformer mounted on the pump controller board. The alternator shall consist of an alternating relay which alternately switches when voltage is removed from its circuit. Alternating circuit shall have a totally isolated ground. 9.06 Wiring of hand-off-auto switches,run lights,contactors,and overloads to the pump controller shall be accomplished by means of plug connectors. The pump controller shall have male header assemblies from the corresponding devices on the pump controller for that male header assembly. Header assemblies shall be constructed of a corrosion-resistant thermoplastic material having a temperature range of-550C to 1050C and copper alloy,bright acid tin over nickel plating contacts. 9.07 The control panel shall be equipped with the following options: Visual High-water Alarm Event Counter Seal Failure Indication Bulletin S-701 Models: S41A, S4MRC , S y M N a c i HY PUMPSTIC A Marley Pump Company WARNING:Before handling these pumps,always disconnect CONTENTS Page the power first. General Information 2 ........ ......... Do not smoke or use sparkable electrical devices or flames in � Installation Instructions.............. ....................................... 2 aseptic (gaseous)or possible septic sump. Operation q �- - Maintenance.............................................._a _ _ _ q . . .. Before operation Read the following instructions carefully. � Trouble .Check.Usl. .............................:........... 5 Reasonable care and safe s should be practiced. Servicing Instructions ...... ............................ - 5 Check local codes and requirements before installation. parts List N,2 GENERAL INFORMATION some engineers prefer have the alarm level set below the. override level as it is possible ble for one pump to fail and the other - pump to operate on the override level with the sump level never SHIPPING reaching the alarm level.This is particularly true in cases of low When unpacking unit check for concealed damage.CLAIM FOR inflow capacity. DAMAGE MUST BE MADE AT THE RECEIVING END THROUGH THE DELIVERING CARRIER.DAMAGE CANNOT BE PROCESSED ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL FROM THE FACTORY. It is recommended that the HYDR-O-MATIC control panel be used SEAL FAILURE-OPTIONAL with all pumps as properstarter heaters and connections for heat An electrode probe is installed in the seal chamber so if any water sensor wires are furnished. enters the chamber through the first seal the electrode will be IMPORTANT energized and a signal will be transmitted to the sensing unit at If HYDR-O-MATIC electrical controls are not used and the motor ground surface causing ared light to flash.The electrode probeis fails because of improper heaters or if the heat sensors are not installed in all units but the sensing unit is supplied at extracost properly connected the motor guarantee is void. and must be ordered. HYDR-O-MATIC electrical equipment is installed in a weather- In operation the seal failure unit indicates only that there is some proof NEMA 3 enclosure. The electrical equipment includes a .water in the seal chamber. The pump will continue to operate main circuit breaker for each pump,a magnetic starter with 3 leg without damage but the seal should be checked within 30 days overload protection for each pump, H-O-A switch and run light after failure is indicated. for each pump,an electric afternatorand a transformerto provide The sensing unit is recommended on all installations as good 115 volts for control circuit and alarms. insurance against motor failure.The large motors as used in.S4L and S6L are quite expensive if necessary to replace. OVERLOAD HEATERS 'PUMP - If the HYDR-O-MATIC electrical panel is not used starters with 3 leg overload protection must be supplied.The heaters must be The S4N, S4NRC, S4M and S4MRC submersible pumps are sized in accordance with the name plate amps on the motor.The supplied for l and 3phase and for208,230,460 or 575 volts.Pump amp draw on these submersible motors is slightly higher than is supplied with 15 feet of power cord and/or 15 feet of auxiliary corresponding horsepower surface motor so heaters must be 'control cord.Longer cable lengths can be furnished but must be sized by the name plate rating. specified at time of order. Power cable is 4 wire with the green -wire for ground. Be sure green wire is connected to a good IMPORTANT ground such as awater pipe or ground stake.The auxiliary cable If other than HYDR-O-MATIC starters are used be sure the heat for seal failure and heat sensors is also 4 wire dolor coded. sensor wires are connected in series with the starter coil circuit. _HEAT SENSORS-OPTIONAL Typical wiring diagrams are included. All motors have heat sensor units embedded in the motor wind- HYDR-O-RAIL - ing to detect excessive heat.The heat sensors are set to trip at If the pump or pumps are to be used with a HYDR-O-RAIL system 106°C.so will not operate unless dangerous heat occurs.The sen- the pumps will be equipped with guide brackets and hydraulic sors automatically reset when motor cools to safe temperature. sealing flange. The sensors are connected in series with the motor starter coil so that the starter is tripped if heat sensor opens.The motor starter is equipped with 3 leg overload heaters so all normal overloads are protected by the starter. IMPORTANT If HYDR-O-MATIC electrical starting equipment is not supplied INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS .the heat sensor circuit must be connected in series with the .starter coil or warranty on motor is void.Connection diagram is - included in this manual. INSTALLING PUMP IN SUMP SUMP LEVEL CONTROL Before installing pump in sump lay it on side and turn impeller with fingers. Impeller may be slightly stuck due to factory test Sump level is controlled by HYDR-O-MATIC 3900 mercury switch water so it must be broken loose with small bar or screw driver in controls.The 3900 control is a mercury tube switch sealed in a .edge of vanes.The impeller should turn freely. ' - -solid polyurethane float.The float is held in position in the sump Clean all trash and sticks from sump and connect pump to piping. by a weight attached to the power cord above the float.The cord supports the float and is adjusted for height from the surface. A check valve must be installed on each pump.A gate .This plug Duplex systems use three controls:one set at turn-off,one set at valve in each pump discharge line is also recommended. _turn-on for one pump, and one set for turn-on for two pumps. valveshould be installedonthe discharge side of the check valve Pumps alternate operation on each successive cycle. so if necessary to service the check valve the line pressure can be cut off.Single pump systems are sometimes installed without a Two pumps operate together only if sump level risestothethirdor checkvalvewhere it is desirable to self-drain thedischarge line to override control.The override control also brings on the second prevent freezing.This can bedone onlywi(h shortdischarge lines pump in case of failure of the first pump.The extra float is for otherwise water will return tothe sump and cause short cycling of alarm.Triplex systems use four controls:one set at turn-off,one the pump. - set at turn-on for one pump,one set at turn-on for two pumps,and one set at turn-on for three pumps. Pumps alternate on each POWER CORD successive cycle. If power cord and auxiliary control cord are not long enough due Three pumps operate together only if sump level rises to to an error in ordering,the cords can be spliced.If a spliced joint the fourth control(second override).This control also brings on is made all connections must.be thoroughly taped to make a - the third pump in case of failure of either or both of the first waterproof connection. Splicing is only a last resort in an two pumps: emergency.We recommend that proper cable length be ordered from the factory.The cords are potted into the connection box ALARM CONTROLS cap with sealing compound so if longer cord is necessary, the The alarm level is usually set above the override level so the connection box cap must be furnished.The original connection alarm will signal only if the override level is exceeded.However, box cap and cord can be returned to the factory for credit. NEMA)(JUNCTION BOX NEMAXJUNCTION BOX _. If electrical control panel is to be set remote from the pump sump THROUGH 12hp a NEMA 4 junction box should be used to make power and control connections. The HYDR-O-MATIC Name 4 junction box is pro- vided with compression connectors for sealing all,wires.No seal- ing compound is needed to make connections waterproof. A SPLICE block is provided giving numbers for all power and (BUTT TYPE) HEATcontrol wires. - S==NSOR Wiringdia ramsare rovidedwith anelformakin connections. SHRINK TUBING GROUND 8 p p 9 CONNECTION An extra set of-diagrams are included so that one set can be used - 2•CONDUIT(MAX.) WHITE, in the sump when making connections.The size wire to use from n DIA,ccRo BLACK P, panel to sump depends on motor size and distance in feet. O The following table can be used as a guide for wire size. Be sure each wire is checked out so that wrong connection will not be made.An ohmmeter or Megger can be used to check wire continuity.Attach one side of meter to ground and other side to TO MAIN --D - one side at control panel then have man in sump touch one wire CONTROL GREENI to ground- If wire is correct meter will show reading. If some PANEL distance exists between sump and panel a Walkie-Talkie radio CONTROL POWER LEADS SEA is useful. (See Fig. 1) LEADS DANGER FAILURE HOT INSTALLING 3900 MERCURY SWITCH CONTROLS LEADS The controls are supported by a mounting bracket that is at- - LEVEL tached to sump wall or cover or to the NEMA,B'junctioD box. - - - - CONTROL Cord snubbers are used to hold the cord in plAe.Control lever ° CONNECTIONS can be changed at any time by loosening the snubber_and re- adjusting cord length. PUMP GROUND In either simplex or duplex system the lower or turn-off control is set just above the top of volute so that the volute will always be PUMP CONNECTIONS submerged during the pumping cycle. The second or turn-on control is set about,24'inches above the lower turn-off control. _ A frequent pumping cycle is recom- mended for best operation. PUMP CORD CONTROL CORD _ If an alarm system is used this control is usuallyset about 6 inches above the override control. Some engineers as described previously prefer to have the alarm control set below the override control. Fig. 1 WIRE SIZE TABLE FOR REMOTE LOCATION OF CONTROL PANEL LENGTHS ARE BASED ON A VOLTAGE DROP OF TWO PERCENT Maximum length in feet from NEMA 4 Junction Box to control panel. For 3 phase only and for power lines only.All control wires can be=14-16 or 18 gage wire.If power lines are for 460 or 575 volts insulation of control wires must be for this voltage if used in conduit with power lines. Volts 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 4S0 575 Wire Size Motor 3 3 3 5 5 5 7% 7% 7Vz 10 10 10 15 15 15 20 20 20 25 25 25 30 30 30 35 35 35 HP 12 110 450 700 90 370 580 10 180 720 1120 140 550 370 90 360 560 50 220 340 8 270 1100 1650 220 900 14 175 700 1100 105 420 650 320 500 230 360 180 280 -- 6 400 1600 25M 350 1400 22 220 900 1400 150 600 930 105 420 650 90 370 670 360 660 320 500 230 36 4 370 1500 2300 230 950 1450 175 700 1100 140 550 B50 125 500 800 100 400 S. 90 360 560 '2 370 1500 230 270 1100 1700 220 900 1400 210 820 1250 200 800 1250 15 6600 930 "Special Junction Box required for wire sizes larger than#4. HEAT SENSOR System Number of Number of Number of &SEAL FAILURE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS Type Control Wires Power Lines Grou #8 fires Number of Number of REQUIRED BETWEEN Sensor Wires Ground Wires CONTROL PANEL AND Simplex 3 3 1 3 1 NEMA 4 JUNCTION BOX Simplex - With Alarm 5 3 1 3 1 -� POWER LINES AND CONTROL Duplex 5. 6 1 6 2 WIRES CAN BE CARRIED IN CONDUIT OR CAN BE UNDER- Duplex 7 6 1 6 - 2 GROUND BURIED CABLE. With Alarm Page 4 MAKING ELECTRICAL'CONNECTIONS OPERATION iAll electrical wiring must be in accordance with local code,and only competent electricians should make the installations.Com- STARTING SYSTEM -plate wiring diagrams are glued to the inside cover of the panel, and an additional set of prints is included for use in making the _ 1. Turn H-O-A switch to off-position then turn on main circuit installation. All wires should be checked for grounds with an breakers. ohmmeter or Megger after the connections aremade.THIS IS IMPORTANT,AS ONE GROUNDED WIRE CAN CAUSE CONSID- 2. Open all discharge valves and allow water to rise in sump ERABLE TROUBLE. (See Fig.2) pump. CONNECTION DIAGRAM FOR LEADS IN 3. Turn H-O-A switch to Hand position On one pump and notice MOTOR AND CONNECTION BOX operation. If pump is noisy and vibrates rotation is wrong. _ To change rotation Interchange any two line leads to motor. (Y)WYE MOTOR CONNECTIONS DO NOT INTERCHANGE MAIN INCOMING LINES. If duplex _ 230 VOLTS 460 VOLTS system, check second pump in same manner. 6 5 4 — 8 5 4 — 4. Now set both H-O-A switches to Auto position and allow T T water to rise in sump until one pump starts.Allow pump to 9 81 7T 9� 8 7� I operate until level drops to turn-off point. 3� p 1 5. Allowsump level to riseto start otherpump.Notice run lights L1 L2 L3 GREEN 3t 2L2 1 t GREEN on panel,pumps should alternate on each successive cycle -- of operation. Fig.2 IMPORTANT 6. Turn both H-O-A switches to off position and allow sump to fill to the override control level. ,f equipment is not properly wired and protected as recom- mended, 7, Turn both switches to Auto position and both pumps should the motor guarantee is void. start and operate together until level drops to turn-off point. --HEAT SENSORS AND SEAL FAILURE 8. Repeat this operation cycle several times before leaving job. CONNECTIONS 9. Check voltage When pumps are operating and check the Be sure heat sensor wires are connected in series with the amp draw of each pump.Check amps on each wire as some- starter coil.Connections are provided on the terminal strip;see times a high leg will exist.One leg can be somewhat higher 'wiring diagram. to 10%without causing trouble.For excessive amp draw on 'f seal failure unit is used, connect as shown with seal failure one leg the Power Company should be consulted. system.if seat failure u nit is not used,the two seat failure wires are left open.DO NOT CONNECT POWER TO THESE LINES AT ANY TIME.(See Figure 3 and 4) PHASE CONVERTERS HEAT SENSORS AND SEAL FAILURE CONNECTIONS Phase converters are generally not recommended but in cases FOR ANY VOLTAGE.MOTOR where only single phase current is available phase converter can - - be used.Be sure to size the phase converter large enough for the ELECTRODE amp draw specified on the motor name plate not necessarily by II motor horsepower.The warranty on all three phase submersible HEAT SENSORS motors is void if operated with single phase power through a WW MOTOR phase converter and 3 leg ambient compensated extra-quick trip - WINDINGS RED DARK overload protectors are not used. BLACK WHITE GREEN HEAT SENSORS SEAL FAILURE Fig.3 MAINTENANCE WARNING Asthe motors are oil filled no lubrication orother maintenance is WARRANTY IS VOID IF HEAT SENSORS ARE NOT required. CONNECTED AS SHOWN(IN SERIES WITH CONTACTOR OIL) DESIGNATION FOR OPTIONAL If a seal failure unit is used no attention is necessary as SEAL FAILURE&HEAT SENSOR CORD long as the seal shows satisfactory operation. COLOR PURPOSE If seal failure is not used the pump should be lifted once every 11 DARK GREEN SEAL FAILURE BeS Widng of 4674 of seal failure two ears and the oil be drained from the seal chamber to RED SEAL FAILURE unit green n 4674 for Connecting Y dark green and red wires.If seal tail• check for water. BLACK NEAT SENSOR ure unit #4673 or 4674 is not used, - leave dark green and redwires open. WHITE NEAT SENSOR If the pump is used on a HYDR-O-RAIL system it should be lifted once every six months and checked for corrosion and wear. TWO WIRE-CONTROL OFFERING AUTOMATIC RESET Generally these pumps give very reliable service and can be Li ON-OFF THERMOSTATS SWITCH TAIL IN SERIES expected to operate for years on normal sewage pumping with- /1 �. I I BLACK Y I �WHITE I Out failure. THREE WIRE CONTROLOFFERING MANUAL RESET - LIGHTNING L1 THERMOSTATS L2 1 $TART COIL OL OLr IN SERIES In some areas where considerable lightning occurs,it is recom- mended that a lightning arrestor be installed at the control panel. F _:IN CERTAIN APPLICATIONS THE NI EC MAY REOUIRETHREEOVEflLOADRELAYS Complete data on lightning arrestors and cost is availablefrom the factory.Lightning arrestors are good insurance against dam- Fig.4 age to an expensive motor. TROUBLE CHECK LIST Below is a list of common problems and the probable causes: CONDITION PROBABLE CAUSE Pump will not start 1. No power to the motor.Check for blown fuse or open circuit breaker. _ 2. Selector switch may be in the off position. 3. Control circuit transformer breaker may be tripped. Push to reset. 4. Overload heater on starter may be tripped. Push to reset. Pump will not start and over- 1. Turn off power and check motor leads with megger or ohmmeter for possible load heaters trip ground. 2. Check resistance of motorwindings.All 3 phases should show thesame reading. 3. If no grounds exist and the motor windings check O.K.remove pump from sump _ - and check for clogged or blocked impeller. -- Pump operates with selec- 1. This indicates trouble in the 3900 level control or the alternator relay. tor switch in hand position 2. To check for defective 3900 control put selectorswitch in auto-position and turn but will not operate in auto off main power. Put a jumper wire between 2 and 3 on terminal strip.Turn on position power and if pump starts trouble is in lower 3900 control. Replace control. If pump does not start turn off power, remove jumper from 2 and 3 and put jumper wire between 1 and 2 terminals. Turn on power and if pump starts trouble is in upper control.Replace control. If pump still does not start turn off power and put jumper between 2 and 3 and 1 and 2 and turn on power. If pump starts both lower and upper controls are defective.If pump still does not start trouble is in the alternating relay.Replace t with new relay, Pump runs but will not 1. Pump may be air locked. Turn pump off and let set for several minutes then shut-oft restart. 2. Lower 3900 control may be hung-up in the closed position.Check in sump to be sure control is free. 3. Selector switch may be in the Hand Position. Pump does not deliver prop- 1. Discharge gate valve may be partially closed or partially clogged. at capacity. 2. Check valve may be partially clogged. Raise level up and down to clear. 3. Pump may be running in wrong direction. Low speed pumps can operate in reverse direction without much noise or vibration. 4. Discharge head may be too high. Check total head with gage when pump is _ operating. - Total head is discharge gage pressure converted to feet plus vertical height from water level in sump to center line of pressure gage installed in discharge line. Gage should be installed on pump side of all valves. Multiply gage pressure in pounds by 2.31 to get head in feet. -- 5. If pump has been in service for some time and capacity falls off,remove pump and check for wear or clogged impeller. Motor stops and then re- 1. This indicates heat sensors in the motor are tripping due to excessive heat. starts after short period but Impeller may be partially clogged giving asustained overload but not high _. overload heaters in starter enough to trip overload heater switch. do not trip 2. Motor may be operating out of liquid due to a failed level control.All Hydr-0- Matic S4N and S4M submersible motors can operate for extended periods out of --� water without burning up the winding but the heat sensors give motor prolonged life by controlling winding temperature. _. 3. Pump may be operating on a short cycle due to sump being too small or from water returning to sump due to a leaking check valve. Page 6 SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS 11. After all leads are reconnected in the connection box make - -, high voltage ground test on each wire. The only wire that IMPORTANT-READ ALL DIRECTIONS BEFORE should show ground is the green power lead and the ground t lead in the auxiliary control cable- REPLACING ANY PARTS. 72. For safety,complete pump should be air checked underwater -- WARNING: BEFORE HANDLING THESE PUMPS, for leaks. If seals were O.K. refill seal chamber with oil. Lay ALWAYS DISCONNECT THE POWER FIRST. pump on side forthisoil filling with oil fill hole upright.Do not completely fill, leave oil about 1 inch below plug hole. Use "DO NOT SMOKE OR USE SPARKABLE ELECTRI- only#10 Non-detergent automobile oil or regular HYDRO- CAL DEVICES OR FLAMES IN A SEPTIC (GAS- MATIC submersible oil in this chamber. Replace plug, use EOUS) OR POSSIBLE SEPTIC SUMP. permatex on threads.Install air valve in top plug opening of - FIELD SERVICE ON MOTOR motor housing and charge housing with about 10 PSI of air. Be sure air is dry. Do not use air line where water may be All S4N, S4NRC, S4M and S4MRC submersible motors can be trapped in the line.Submerge complete unit underwater and ---.serviced(outofwarranty)inthefield by any reliable motor service check for leaks. shop.Any pump(in warranty)must be returned to the factory for .__service or repaired in an authorized HYDR-O-MATIC service 13. Refill motor chamber with oil..Use high grade transformer shop.Charges will notbe allowed if(inwarranty)pumpistakento oil or HYDR-O-MATIC special submersible oil. Fill chamber a motor repair shop that is not authorized. until oil covers top of windings. Leave air space in top for When field service is performed on a pump these instructions expansion.Use permatex on plug threads. _ should be carefully followed. REPLACING STATOR REPLACING SEALS AND BEARINGS If motor winding is burned or shorted it can be rewound or 1. Drain all oil from motor chamber and seal chamber as replaced with new factorywound stator.Refer to sectional draw- described. _ ping of pump and motor and use following steps to remove and replace stator. 2. Remove motor housing as described. - 1. If stator only is damaged it may not be necessary to com- 3. Remove bolts that hold seal chamber to pump housing.Use pletely dismantle pump as stator and housing can be lifted back off screws to break loose.With hard wood block, tap -. . from pump without disturbing seals or bearings. end of impeller to loosen from shaft. When free, remove 2. Drain all oil from upperhousing,remove drain plug in bottom impeller from shaft. of stator housing and remove plug in top of housing to allow 4. Lift rotating assembly(rotor,shaft and impeller)from pump air to enter. case and place horizontally on bench. 3. After chamber is drained,remove hold down bolts and lift off. 5. Impeller removal—S4M and S4MRC Use care in lifting as the seal failure connecting wire must be _ - disconnected before housing is completely removed. See Hold rotor and remove bolt and washer from impeller end of sectional drawing. shaft.then thread bolt back into shaft.The impeller is KEYED to the shaft, so by using a screwdriver on opposite sides 4. Set assembly on bench and remove connection box. When behind the impeller, apply force then tap on the end of box is lifted off connection wires to motor will be exposed. the bolt to break impeller loose from taper shaft. Remove These wires will probably be burned but each wire is tagged impeller. with a metal marker giving wire number. Cut the wires. IMPORTANT—The impeller is designed to be self-tighten- Ifthe leads to the connection boxare burned,a complete new Ing when running so impeller may be difficult to break connection box with new wire must be used.The wires are loose. If this is the case,use plastic or rubber hammer on potted in with sealing compound and a new unit must be impeller tip to free. Remove impeller. obtained from the factory. The old connection box can be returned to the factory for partial credit. 6. Shaft sleeves are not used. -- S. The stator is held in the housing with a bolted-in clamp ring. 7. Remove lower seal spring and pry out seal with screwdriver. _ 6. After ring is removed turn housing upright and bump on 8. To remove seal housing,take out socket head bolts and using hardwood blocks.The should jar the stator loose and allow it bolts in back of holes,pry plate loose.This will force out lower to drop out. seal if not already removed. 7. Thoroughly clean housing before replacing new stator. Re- 9. Removesnapring that holds upper seal.Pullseal ifitisfree.lf place statorand make all wire connections to connection box not free. it can be forced off when shaft is removed. - before replacing housing on pump.This is important as leads must be tucked behind the windings by using hands up 10. Remove 4 bolts that hold bearing housing in place. Set as through rotor core. sembly in upright position and bump end of shaft on hardwood block.This will push the bearing from housing and IMPORTANT will force upper seal from shaft. Use only compression type insulated connectors on the wires. 11. Use bearing DO NOT TAPE LEADS AS OIL WILL DETERIORATE THE TAPE g puller to remove bearings. Replace with new AND CAUSE DAMAGE TO STATOR AND BEARINGS. bearings.Press only on inner race of bearingwhen replacing. Pressing on outer race can damage the bearing.Bearings are 8. Drain oil from seal chamber. If oil is clean and no water is standard size that can be obtained from any bearing supply present,seals can be considered satisfactory to reuse. house or can be obtained from HYDR-O-MATIC factory. - 9. Check top bearing.if clean and does not turn rough,bearings 12. IMPORTANT—DO NOTUSEANYOFTHE OLOSEALPARTS. can be reused and itis not necessary to completely dismantle REPLACE WITH ALL NEW SEALS. pump to change bearings.If bearings are damaged with dirt or heat they must be replaced.See additional instructions on 13. Thoroughly clean all castings before replacing seals. One replacing seals and bearings. Remember to reinstall the grain of dirt between the seal faces can cause failure. upper bearing load spring. 14. Be sure seal washers are replaced under heads of 4 bolts that 10. Replace stator housing onto seal chamber and bolt in place. hold bearing cap in place. Examine all O-rings for nicks BE SURE SEAL FAILURE WIRE IS CONNECTED BEFORE before reusing. HOUSING IS ASSEMBLED. 15- Be sure key is in place in notch of shaft sleeve to prevent Be sure O-ring seal has been replaced.If O-ring is nicked or cut replace with new rings.This applies to all O-rings used in sleeve from turning. assembly. 16. Use Locktite on socket head locking screw in end of shaft. PARTS LIST _r SW and S4MRC SW (See Parts List 429.4/499.4) SW RC Ref No. Description Oty, 1 Single Cord &Cap Assy. 1 - 2 Pipe Plug - 3 3 Wire Connector 6 4 Drive Screw 3 - - 5 Br. Pipe Plug 1 6 Nameplate 1 - 7 Dual Cord &Cap Assy. 1 7 8 Wire Connector(Dual Cord) 3 8 Wire Connector (Single Cord)1 8 9 Eye Bolt YV - 2 10 - Jam Nut 2 - `11 Gal:Oil (Total Both Housings) 1.99 so *12 Ring Spacer 1 6 . 5 4 3 2 1 47 13 Soc.Hd.Cap Screw 2 14 Soc.Hd.Cap Screw 3 49 15 Clamp Ring 1 16 Hex Hd.Cap,Screw 4. .. 48 17 Instruction Plate 1 18 Seal 1 19 Seal 1 47 - 0 Snap ing 1 21 Washer 22 Wear Ring (S41vI Only) 1 10 23 Bolt 1 46 45 24 O-Ring 1 25 Seal Housing 1 26 -Impeller 1 44 - 27 Screw(S4M Only) 3 - 43 28 Key N" 1 - 29 Volute Case wMear Ring 1 42 30 Instruction Plate - 1 I 41 31 O-Ring 32 Pie g 2 •11 ' 33 Hex Hd. Bolt 2 40 34 Seal Ring 1 39 35 Seat Failure Assy. - 1 - •12 36 Bearing Housing 1 38 - 37 Lower Bearing 1 38 Wire w/Terminal 1 ' 39 Motor Housing 1 37 13 40 Stator 1 41 Rotor&Shaft Assy. 1 36 - 42 Upper Bearing 1 11 43 - Load Spring - 1 44 Wire Connector - 3 i .3 35 _ - 45 Wire Connector - 3 14 46 O-Ring - 1 15 ' - 33 -- 47 Hex Hd. Bolt 8 15 - 31 48 Wire Connector 3 49 Connection Box 1 - i�` , -_.�� \ ' 32 -- 50 O-Ring 1 31 Not Shown 17. i _ 30 29 j /r l ) 18 1419 20 21 2223 24 25 - 26 27 Ref.No.7075.2(S4M) - Ref.No.7181-3(S4MRC) LIMITED WARRANTY THE MARLEY PUMP COMPANY LIMITED WARRANTY. does not conform to this contract or to any express The Marley Pump Company, A Marley Company, war- written warranty. rants to the original purchaser of each of The Marley Pump Company's product(s)that any part thereof which WARRANTY DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATION OR proves to be defective in material or workmanship LIABILITY.THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF within one year from date of installation or 18 months ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, from manufacture date, whichever comes first, will be AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR MERCHANT• replaced at no charge with a new or remanufactured ABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - part, F.O.B.factory. Purchaser shall assume all respon- WHICH EXCEED THE AFORESAID EXPRESSED WAR- sibility and expense for removal, reinstallation and RANTIES ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED AND EXCLUDED freight. Any item(s) designated as manufactured by FROM THIS AGREEMENT. others shall be covered only by the express warranty of the manufacturer thereof.This warranty does not apply MANUFACTURER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EX. to damage resulting from accident, alteration, design, CLUDES ANY LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR IN- misuse or abuse. CIDENTAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY ARISING IN CONNECTION BUYER'S REMEDIES. if the material furnished to the WITH THIS PRODUCT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITA- Buyer shall fail to conform to this contract or to any ex- TION, WHETHER IN TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT - press written warranty, The Marley Pump Company LIABILITY CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE. shall replace such nonconforming material at the - original point of delivery and shall furnish instructions for Its disposition.Any transportation charges involved Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of _ in such disposition shall be for the Buyer's account.The incidental or consequential damages, so the above Buyer's exclusive and sole remedy on account or in limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Some respect of the furnishing of material that does not con- states do not allow limitations on how long an implied form to this contract, or to any express written warran- warranty lasts,so the above limitation may not apply to _ ty,shall be to secure replacement thereof as aforesaid. you. The Marley Pump Company shall not in any event be liable for the cost of any labor expended on any such This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you material or for any incidental or consequential damages may also have other rights which vary from state to to anyone by reason of the fact that such material state. MAaI ev THE MARLEY PUMP COMPANY HYDROMATIC PUMPS s-701 3167 5800 Foxridge Dr.,Mission,KS 66202149W�HOT.PUMP In Canada—126 East Dr.,Brampton,Ontario UT 1C2(416)723.8242 Printed In U.SA International Sales—Mission,KS Telex 4630138 MARL UI(913)831.5700 Bulletin Q-701 Tu re �, `�.T. ���...... _ eaeeeeesea Yy - STANDARD ELECTRICAL"Q"PANELS M _ HYDROMATIC PUMPS A Marley Pump Company rl WARNING: Before handling these pumps and controls, always disconnect the power first. Do not smoke or use sparkable electrical devices or flames in a septic (gaseous) or possible septic sump. CONTENTS Page Installation Instructions .................... 2 PANEL PREPARATION: Priorto installing the Maintenance................................... 3 control panel,tighten all screws and nuts. Make sure Parts List ........................................ 3 that all electrical connections are secure. Trouble Check List .......................... 3-5 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS _ ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS The contractor must conform to the latest requirements of the National Electrical Code. All conduit and cables shall be in accordance with NEC code NFPA#70. Prior to conducting any installation,repair or service with regard to the control panel,refer to the schematic appropriate for that panel. The schematic will provide guidance with regard to the terminal block connections. Make the Following Electrical Connections: a. Conned the pump hear sensor and seal failure leads(if available on the pump)to the appropriate terminal blocks in the control panel. If the heat sensor lead from the pump is wired as indicated, remove jumpers as defined by the schematic. b. Conned all the float control leads to the appropriate panel terminal blocks. Contractor must be very careful in locating the floats at the proper elevations. The maximum distance from the control panel and the floats is the lesserof 100 feet or the maximum distance recommended for the pump. c. Conned the pump leads to the control panel. When connecting the pump leads it is very critical that the proper sequence be maintained. On single phase pumps,conned the colorcoded pump leads to the appropriate terminals as directed bythe control schematic. d. BEFORE CONNECTING POWER TO THE CONTROL PANEL,MAKE SURE ALL CONTROL SWITCHES(e.g.H-O-A SWITCH)AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES(e.g. BREAKERS)ARE IN THE OFF POSITION. NOW CONNECT POWER TO THE TERMINAL BLOCK OR THE CIRCUIT BREAKER AS DIRECTED BY THE SCHEMATIC. e. CONTROL PANEL MUST BE GROUNDED PROPERLY PER NEC AND/OR LOCAL CODES. TO FACILITATE THIS A GROUND LUG IS PROVIDED ON THE CONTROL PANEL. START UP CHECK LIST WARNING: Before handling these pumps and controls,always disconnect power first. N Do not smoke or use sparkabie electrical devices or flames In a septic(gaseous)or possible septic sump. Check List: 1. Check µ unction box for moisture. Moisture may cause chattering of relays/contactors. 2. Check wiring of capacitor pack for single phase applications. 3. Energize control panel. (Turn on powerto panel.) 4. Check overload relay and verify reset mode(d overload is supplied). 5. WARNING! LIVE VOLTAGE CAN KILL! Check voltage to the panel and at secondary of control transformer using a voltmeter. If no transformer is supplied,check voltage at the circuit breakers: 6. Check float operation and response of control panel to the float operation. For sequence of operation refer to design specification. 7. Check full load current with amprobe and compare it with the nameplate rating. (Clamp amprobe around one phase.) 8. With pump running,check discharge to verify the pump is running. Checkforfiow. 9. Check voltage with voltmeter and amperage with amprobe At overhead. 10. Check operation of start relay if supplied on single phase panels per procedure in item#7 of Maintenance Instructions below. 11. Make sure H-O-A switch is left in the"Auto"position after start-up is completed. Pump Start Up: Check the pump manuals. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE WARNING: Before handling these pumps and controls,always.disconnect the power first. Do 1 not smoke or use sparkable electrical devices or flames in a septic (gaseous) or possible J _septic sump. 2 The perodicity of the maintenance schedule will vary with operating and environmental conditions. (twill also vary with the specific type of control supplied. The list herein is a guide only. 1. Exercise breaker through two cycles. Be careful not to over-exercise as the breaker is not a switching device. Excessive operations tend to affect the trip curve of the breaker. 2. Check contactors and relays for excessive humming. This can be accomplished by turning pumps on and off in the hand and off modes with the H-O-A switch. 3. Check bulbs in all fixtures. 4. Check continuity through control fuses. 5. Check voltage at primary and secondary of control transformer. 6. Check the pump full load amps. 7. Check the start relay(if supplied)by using an amprobe around the red wire(start winding). Amprobe should display a very brisk action from zero to locked rotor and back to operating load. This action occurs on pump start and the action must show no lazy movement. 8. Check junction boxes for moisture. Moisture may cause chattering of relays and contactors. 9. Check door gasket for integrity. This can be a visual inspection. 10. Check labels to verify they have not been damaged. 11. Lubricate enclosure hinges. 12. Pull Ibats and check for proper operation and insure there is no foreign build up on them. SPARE PARTS LIST The following is a list of recommended spare parts;however conditions of service vary significantly and a general list may not in its entirety be applicable to a given installation. The user should exercise judgement in defining his specific requirements based on this guide. 1. Fuses for control transformer primary and secondary. 2. Contactor. 3. Bulbsforlights. - 4. Corrosion inhibitor. 5. Control transformer. 6. Duplex or simplex pump controller. TROUBLESHOOTING CHART 1. WARNING: Before handling these pumps and controls,always disconnect the power first. Do not smoke or use sparkabte electrical devices or flames Ina septic (gaseous)or possible septic sump. 2. Pump does not run in hand position. a. Check pump circuit breaker,control circuit breaker and control fuses fortripping or blown condition. b. Check overload relay to see if it is tripped. Reset relay'rf tripped. c. Check heat sensor reset to verify thermal overload of motor has not tripped. d. Check wiring of pump to control panel. It should agree with the schematic. 3. Pump does not run in auto position. a. Check items a.through d.per item#2 above. b. Floats maybe miswired to control panel. Check float type(N.O.or N.C.)and hook-up by referring to the schematic. If the start and stop floats are hooked in reverse,pump will short cycle and will not pump the level down. - c. Check pump controller indicating lights. DUPLEX SIMPLEX OFOLFF T O CALL 1 O OFF FLT O FLTD O CALL 2 No Lights ON o ON FLT (No call from the floats) 1. Make sure there is power to the controller. `.. 2. Is water level in the system high enough to activate the floats? 3. If#1 and#2 check out,shut power off to the panel. Remove the off float wires and run ajumper between the"OFF FLOAT"connections. If"OFF FLOAT"light comes on,the float is stuck or the wiring connections are loose. 3 DUPLEX SIMPLEX O CALIL 1 Is FLFF T OFF FLT OCALIL 2 O FLT LEAD O ON FLT OFF Light ON 1. Is water level in the system high enough to activate the lead(ON)float? 2. If#1 checks out,shut off"powerto the panel. Remove the lead(ON)float wires and run a jumper between the"LEAD FLOAT,("ON FLOAT")connections. If one or two pumps start,check the lead(ON)float for hang up or loose wiring connections. _ DUPLEX ONLY OPUMP 1 OFF CALL FLT "OFF FLOAT'light"ON","LEAD FLOAT'light ON,and either"PUMP 1" PUMP 2 or"PUMP 2"light ON tells you the lead LEAD float is calling forpump. CALL FLT OR PUMP 140 OFF CALL FLT All lights ON on pump controllertelis you all float circuits are good and the problem PUMP 2 LEAD lies elsewhere. CALL FLT 1. Check hand-off-auto(H-O-A)switch for correct position. 2. Check heat sensor trip in pump with a jumper between"HEAT SENSOR V and"HEAT SENSOR 2"terminals. 3. Reset overload(s)if tripped. 4. Reset circuit breakers If tripped. 4. Pump runs but run light does not energize. a. Checkthebulb. b. Check for loose wire at light or in panel. -- 5. Pump runs but does not pump down the wet well. a. Pump rotation maybe wrong. Wiring of pump to control panel maybe reverse sequenced. b. Impeller maybe dragging involute due to solids. High ampere draw would identify this. c. Referto the pump manual for other possibilities such as closed discharge gate valve,etc. 6. Severe humming/chattering of contactors and control relays. a. There may be low voltage. Check voltage at primary and secondary of control transformer using a voltmeter. This low voltage condition may even cause severe chattering and bum-out of relays. b. Contactor may have dust around magnet of coil structure. Dry or clean as required. c. Check voltage to the control panel. Contactors require a minimum of 85%of full voltage to pull in without chatter. If the problem is a cronic one,measure voltage with recorder on a 24 hour basis. d. Make sure the floats are located away from any turbulence. e. Dry out the junction box(if furnished);moisture in the junction box may tend to cause relays to energize intermittently. 7.. Nuisance tripping of overload on motor starters orcircuit breakers. a. Check all reset buttons and tripped breakers. b. Check pump and draw with amprobe and compare to name-plate amps on pump. c. The impeller may be locked up due to excessive debris orsolids. d. Possible motorfailure(fault on windings.) e. Pump may be miswired to terminal block. 4 I. Voltage and current unbalance. 1 nree phase only. Voltage unbalance on three-phase power sources can cause motor current to become unbalanced and excessive heating will result. Tripping of the overload protectors and premature motor failures can be expected if the current unbalance exceeds five percent. Maximum Current Difference Percent Current = From Average Current x 100 Unbalance Average Current _ To determine U motorcurrent unbalance is afunction of the motororthe power supply: 1. Label the leads and the terminals 1,2,and 3 respectively 2. Record the amperage for each lead. 3. Move each lead to the text terminal(1 to 2,2 to 3,3 to 1) 4. Again read the amperage of each lead. 5. Move each lead to the next terminal(1 to 3,2 to 1 3 to 2) 6. Again read the amperage of each lead. 7. If the unbalance moves with the motor leads,the unbalance is caused by the motor. If the unbalance remains with the terminals,the unbalance is in the power supply. 8. If the current unbalance exceeds five percent,nuisance tripping or excessive heating will result. 9. Conned leads forthe lowest percent of current unbalance. g. Connections and start components. Single phase only. 1. DISCONNECT ALL POWER FROM THE PANEL BEFORE MAKING THESE CHECKS. 2. Motor winding resistance readings. a. Disconnect all three motor leads. b. Using avolt-ohm meter,with the scale set on RX1,measure the resistance between the leads with the chart below. WINDING TYPICAL MOTOR LEADS RESISTANCE READING Main Black to White Lowest Start Black to Red . Next Lowest(middle) Both White to Red Highest 3. Capacitorcheck. a. Make sure the capacitor is discharged. Use extreme caution as a spark might occur. b. Disconnect the capacitor leads and conned a volt-ohm meter to the capacitor terminals. c. The meter should indicate.low ohms when it is first connected,but as the capacitor becomes charged(by the meter)it will return to a reading of infinity(open circuit). NOTE: Set the meter on the RX10,000 scale to check the run capacitor. Set the meter on the RX1,000 scale to check the start capacitor. 4. Start relay check. a. Check the coil resistance. It should be 3,000 to 7.000 ohms. b. Install a-clamp on amp meter around the start winding lead. c. Set the ampmeter scale to at least 2 times the pump motorfull load cu rrent. d. Place the HOA switch in the hand position to start the pump. e. The meter should read approximately 2 times full load current during starting. I. After the motor has started(within one second)the current should drop to a valve much less than full bad current. _ 5. Motor voltage check. TYPICAL VOLTAGE COMPONENT MOTOR LEAD MODE READING Main Winding Black to White Start Line Voltage -- Main Winding Black to White Run Line Voltage Start Winding Black to Red Start Line Voltage - Start Winding Blackto Red Run 120%Line Voltage 8. Short cycling pump. Check float controls. 9. Run light stays on Selector switch may be in the hand position. 10. Test for blown fuse. Check for continuity with a V-O-M set on OHM Scale. 5 LIMITED WARRANTY THE MARLEY PUMP COMPANY LIMITED WARRANTY. of the fact that such material does not conform to this The Marley Pump Company, a Marley Company,warrants contract orto any express written warranty. to the original purchaser of each of The Marley Pump Company's product(s) that any part thereof which proves WARRANTY DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATION OR to be defective in material or workmanship within one year LIABILITY. THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE IN from date of installation or 18 months from manufature LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR date, whichever comes first, will be replaced at no charge MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A with a new or remanufactured part, F.O.B. factory. PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHICH EXCEED THE Purchaser shall assume all responsibility and expense for AFORESAID EXPRESSED WARRANTIES ARE ' removal, reinstallation and freight. Any item(s)designated HEREBY DISCLAIMED AND EXCLUDED FROM J as manufactured by others shall be covered only by the THIS AGREEMENT. express warranty of the manufacturer thereof. This warranty does not apply to damage resulting from MANUFACTURER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND accident,alteration,design,misuse or abuse. EXCLUDES ANY LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUEN- TIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH BUYER'S REMEDIES. If the material furnished to the OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY Buyer shall fail to conform to this contract or to any ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS PRO- express written warranty,The Marley Pump Company shall DUCT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, replace such nonconforming material at the original point WHETHER IN TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT of delivery and shall furnish instructions for its disposition. LIABILITY CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE. Any transportation charges involved in such disposition shall be for the Buyer's account. The Buyer's exclusive Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of and sole remedy on account or in respect of the furnishing incidental or consequential damages, so the above of material that does not conform to this contract, or to limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Some states any express written warranty, shall be to secure do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty replacement thereof as aforesaid. The Marley Pump lasts,so the above limitation may not apply to you. Company shall not in any event be liable for the cost of any labor expended on any such material or for any This warranty gives.you specific legal rights, and you may incidental or consequential damages to anyone by reason also have other rightwhich varyfrom from slate to state. n1�nt er THE MARLEY PUMP COMPANY �iir HYDROMATIC PUMPS 5800 Foxe Dr.,Mission,KS 66202 1-800-HOT-PUMP 0-701 In Canada-126 East Dr.,Branton,Ontario L6T 1C2-(416)M8242 3/87 International Sales-Mission,KS Telex 4630M MARLY UW-(913)831-5700 TRIDENT SEAFOODS SITE DEVELOPMENT DETAILS SPECIFICATIONS FOR STORM DRAINAGE PUMP STATION No. 2 (PSMH 2) aa 5 HYDROMATIC I Q Bulletin S-401 PUMPS A Marley Pump Company@C�IlIlC���IlO � - T' NON-CLOG SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS 1.01 GENERAL: Contractor shall furnish all labor,materials,equipment and insidentals required to provide 2 non-clog submersible centrifugal sewage pump(s) as specified herein. - 2.01 OPERATING CONDITIONS: Each pump shall be rated 2 H.P., 46o volts 3 phase, 60 hertz,1150 R.P.M. The unit shall produce 400 U.S.GPM at 11 feet TDH,with a minimum pump efficiency of 55 + - %and maximum input KW of 2 KW. The _ pump shall be capable of handling a 3"spherical solid. The pump shall be non-overloading throughout the entire range of operation without employing service factor. The pump shall reserve a minimum service factorof 1.15. The performance curve submitted for approval shall state in addition to head and capacity performance,the pump efficiency,solid handling capacity,and reflect motor service factor. 3.01 CONSTRUCTION: Each pump shall be of the sealed submersible type, model 541VIN as manufactured by Hydromatic Pumps,a division of the Marley Pump Company. The pump volute,motor and seal housing shall be high quality gray cast iron,ASTM A-48,Class 25. The pump discharge shall be fitted with a 4"standard ASA 125 lb.flange,faced and drilled. All external mating parts shall be machined and Buna N Rubber O-ring sealed on a beveled edge. Gaskets shall not be acceptable. All fasteners exposed to the pumped liquids shall be 300 series stainless steel. impeller shall be trimmed to 7.00" Dia. 4.01 ELECTRICAL POWER CORD: Electrical power cord shall be STW-A,water resistant 600V,600C., UL and CSA approved and applied dependent on amp draw for size. 4.02 The pump shall be triple protected with a compression fitting and two epoxy potted areas at the power cord entry to the pump. A separation between the junction box area of the pump and the motor by a stator lead sealing gland or terminal board shall not be acceptable. 4.03 The power cable entry into the cord cap assembly shall first be made with a compression fitting. Each individual lead shall be stripped down to bare wire,at staggered intervals,and each strand shall be _ individually separated. This area of the cord cap shall then be filled with an epoxy compound potting which will prevent water contamination to gain entry even in the event of wicking or capillary attraction. 4.04 The power cord leads shall then be connected to the motor leads with extra heavy connectors having brass inserts with a screwed wire to wire connection,rather than a terminal board that allows for possible leaks. 4.05 The connection box wiring shall be separated from the motor housing wiring by stripping each lead sown to bare wire,at staggered intervals,and separating each strand. This area shall be filled with an epoxy compound potting. Fiberglass terminal boards which are subject to heat fatigue and cracking,and which may lead to possible leaks shall not be acceptable. - 4.06 The cord cap assembly where bolted to the connection box assembly and the connection box assembly where bolted to the motor housing shall each be sealed with a Buna N Rubber O-ring on a beveled edge to assure proper sealing. 5.01 MOTOR: The stator,rotor and bearings shall be mounted in a sealed submersible type housing. The statorwindings shall have Class F insulation, (1550C or311°C),and a dielectric oil filled motor,NEMA B design. Further protection shall be provided byon winding thermal sensors. Because air-filled motors do not dissipate heat a efficiently as oil-filled motors,they shall not be acceptable. 5.02 The pump and motor shall be specifically designed do that they may be operated partially orcompletely submerged in the liquid being pumped. The pump shall not require cooling water jackets. Dependence upon,or use of,water jackets for supplemental cooling shall not be acceptable. 5.03 Stators shall be securely held in place with a removable end ring and threaded fasteners so they maybe easily removed in the field without the use of heat or a press. Stators held by a heat shrink fit shall not be acceptable. Stators must be capable of being repaired or rewound by local motor service station. Units which require service only by the factory shall not be acceptable. No special tools shall be required for pump and motor disassembly. 5.04 Pump shall be equipped with heat sensors. The heat sensor shall below resistance,bi-metal disc that is temperature sensitive. It shall be mounted directly on the stator windings and sized to open at 1200C and automatically reset at 30-35°C.differential. The sensors shall be connected in series with motor starter coil so that the starter shall be equipped with 3 leg overload heaters so all normal overloads are protected by the starter. 6.01 BEARINGS AND SHAFT: An upper radial bearing and a lowerthrust bearing shall be required. These shall be heavy-duty single row ball bearings which are permanently lubricated by the dielectric oil which fills the motor housing. Double row,sealed grease packed bearings shall not be acceptable. Bearings which require lubrication according to a prescribed schedule shall not be acceptable. The upper radial bearing shall have a minimum B-10life at the specified condition of 2n,9oo hours and the lower thrust bearing shall have a minimum B-10 life at the specified condition of 20,000 hours. Bearings shall be locally available. 6.02 The shaft shall be machined from a solid 303 stainless steel forging and be a design which is of large diameter with minimum overhang to reduce shaft deflection and prolong bearing life. 7.01 SEALS: The pump shall have two mechanical seals,mounted in tandem,with an oil chamber between the seals. John Crane Type 21,BF1 C1,seals shall be used with the rotating seal faces being carbon and the stationary seal faces to be ceramic. The lower seal shall be replaceable without disassembly of the seal chamber and without the use of special tools. Pump-out vanes shall be present on the backside of the impeller to keep contaminates out of the seal area. Units which require the use of tungsten-carbide seals orforeign manufactured seals shall not be acceptable. Seals shall be locally available. 7.02 The pump shall be equipped with a seal leak detection probe and warning system. This shall be designed i to alert maintenance personnel of lower seal failure without having to take the unit out of service for inspection or requiring access for checking seal chamber oil level and consistency. 7.03 There shall be an electric probe or seal failure sensor installed in the seal chamber between the two _ tandem mechanical seals. If the lower seal fails,contaminants which enter the seal chamber shall be detected by the sensor and send a signal to operate the specified warning device. 7.04 Units equipped with opposed mechanical seals shall not be acceptable. _ 8.01 IMPELLER: Impeller shall be of the two-vane,enclosed non-clogging design and have pump-out vanes on the front and backside of the impeller to prevent grit and other materials from collecting in the seal area.Single vane design impellers which cannot be easily trimmed and which do not maintain balance with wear causing shaft deflections and reducing seal and bearing fife are not acceptable. Impeller shall not require coating. Because most impeller coatings do rat remain beyond the very early life of the impeller, efficiency and other performance data submitted shall be based on performance with an uncoated impeller. Attempts to improve efficiency by coating impeller shall not be acceptable. 8.02 Impellers shall be dynamically balanced. The tolerance values shall be listed below according to the International Standard Organization grade 6.3 for rotors in rigid frames. The tolerance is to be split equally between the two balance planes which are the two impeller shrouds. RPM Tolerance 3500 .01 in.-oz./lb.ofimpellerweight 1750 .02 in.-oz./lb.of impellerweight 1150 .026 in.-ozJlb.ofimpellerweight 870 .03 in.-oz./lb.of impellerweight 2 8.03 The impeller shall be slip fit to a tapered shaft and key driven. A 300 series stainless steel washer and impeller boft shall be used to fasten the impeller to the shaft. Straight end shafts and/or threaded shafts for attachment of the impeller shall not be acceptable. 8.04 A volute case wearing ring shall be provided to minimize impeller wear. The wear ring shall alloy 230 brass, ASTMB-43 and held by 300 series stainless steel fasteners. The wear ring shall be easily replaceable in the field. Wear rings of any other material shall not be acceptable. 9.01 PAINTING: The pump shall be painted after assembly,but before testing with a zinc chromate base enamel. The paint shall be applied in one coat with minimum mil thickness of 3 to 4 mils. The paint shall be air dried priorto testing. 10.01 SERVICEABILITY: The complete rotating assembly shall be capable of being removed from the volute without disturbing the suction piping,discharge piping,and volute. The motor housing,seal housing with seal plate and impeller still attached to the shaft shall be capable of being lifted out of the volute case from the top as one assembly. 11.01 SUPPORT: Though the pump may not require feet to support the unit while installed,the pump volute must have feet to support the unit when removed for service. Units which do not have feet upon which the unit can be supported when removed for service shall not be acceptable. _ 12.01 TESTING: Commercial testing shall be required and include the following: - The pump shall be visually inspected to confirm that it is built in accordance with the specification as to HP,voltage,phase and hertz. - The motor seal and housing chambers shall be meggered for infinity to test for moisture content or insulation defects. - . - Pump shal be allowed to run dry to check for proper rotation. - Discharge piping shall be attached,the pump submerged in water and amp readings shall be taken in each leg to check for an imbalanced stator winding. If there is a significant difference in readings,the stator windings shall be checked with a bridge to determine if an unbalanced resistance exists. If so,the stator shall be replaced. - The pump shall be removed from the water,meggered again,dried and the motor housing filled with dielectric oil. 12.02 In addition to the above commercial testing,a special meggertest shall be performed and include the following: - The pump shall be submerged in water and allowed to run at maximum bad for30 minutes. L - A written report on the above shall be prepared by the test engineer,certified and submitted to the engineer. 12.03 A hydrostatic test shall also be performed on the pump. The hydrostatic test shall require that the volute and impeller be removed and a fixture installed to hold the spring and lower mechanical seal in place. A double plate,gasket and through-boft shall be installed on the pump. A discharge mating flange,gasket and pressure fitting shall be installed. The inlet port,volute and discharge nozzle shall then be pressurized with water to 150%of the maximum pump shut off pressure. This hydro-static pressure shall be maintained for at least 5 minutes and the housing checked for leaks and/or loss of pressure. 12.04 . A non-witnessed Hydraulic Institute performance test shall be performed. This shall include the following. - The pump shall be tested at the design point as well as at least 4 other points to develop a curve. Data shall be collected to plot the head-capacity curve as well as a KW input and amperage curve. In making these tests,no minus tolerance or margin shall be allowed with respect to capacity,total head or efficiency at the specified design condition. Pump shall be held within a tolerance of 10%of rated capacity or at rated capacity with a tolerance of 5%of rated head. The pump shall be tested at shut-off but not be plotted and only used as a reference point when plotting the performance curve. 3 Complete records shall be kept of ail information relevant to the test as well as the manufacturers serial: number,type and size of pump as well as any impeller modifications made to meet the design conditions. Awritten test report shall be prepared,signed and dated by the test engineer incorporating 3 curves (head-capacity,KW input,and amperage) along with the pump serial number,test number,date, speed,volts,phase,impeller diameter,and certification number. This report shall then be submitted _ to the engineer. 13.01 WARRANTY: The pump unit or any part thereof shall be warranted against defects in material or workmanship within one yearfrom date of installation or 18 months from date of manufacture,whichever comes first,and shall be replaced at no charge with a new or manufactured part, F.O.B.factory or authorized warranty service station. The warranty shall not assume responsibility for removal,reinstallation or freight,nor shall R assume responsibility of incidental damages resulting from the failure of the pump to perform. The warranty shall not apply to damage resulting from accident,alteration,design,misuse or abuse. l 4 HYDROMATIC D Bulletin. S-405 PUMPS I� � QC�Il�IlC���IlOO �41� l A Marley Pump Company HYDR-O-RAIL® DUAL RAIL, ON-SITE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM 1.01 GENERAL: Contractor shall furnish all labor,materials,equipment and incidentals required to provide a complete pumping system as specified herein. 1.02 The system shall include 2 (Qty.)submersible non-clog sewage pump(s)with hydraulic sealing diaphragm,discharge base elbow with base plate,pump carrier assembly,guide rail,piping,access frame and hatch cover,float mounting bracket,lifting chain or cable,and control equipment. 1.03 Referto separate specifications for pump(s)and forcontrolequipment. 2.01 HYDRAULIC SEALING FLANGE: A hydraulically operated sealing flange,complete with Buna N rubber diaphragm type sealing gasket,shall be mounted on each pump discharge. The diaphragm shall be held in place by a 300 series stainless steel ring with stainless steel fasteners. 2.02 When pump is activated,the resulting discharge pressure shall force the diaphragm seal against the flange face of the discharge elbow providing a leak proof seal. When pressure is removed,the diaphragm shall relax so that there is no mechanical connection to the discharge,and pump with hydraulic sealing flange maybe easily removed. Units utilizing metal-to-metal connection which could corrode together shall not be acceptable. 3.01 GUIDE RAIL: The guide rails used to direct the pump in proper alignment with the stationary discharge piping shall be of a dual rail design. The rail shall be a 2"corrosion resistant pipe and positioned on the centerline of the pump to each side so that no weight of the pump bears on either of the two guide rails at any time. The guide rails shall serve truly as a guide rail. Units which do not have the guiderails positioned on the centerline of the pump with off-centered weight distribution shall not be considered as equal nor acceptable as a binding action on the guide rails is possible,making removal and/or re-installation much moredifficult. The rail shall be 2" galvanized steel pipe. 3.02 The pump shall be automatically connected to the discharge connection elbow when lowered into place, and shall be easily removed for inspection or service. There shall be no need for personnel to enter pump well. Sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection elbow shall be accomplished by a simple linear downward motion of the pump. 4.01 CARRIER GU IDE BRACKET:A sliding guide bracket shall be attached to the pump.The sliding Carder guide bracket shall be fabricated from steel&protected with a corrosion resistant coating. The carrier shall be mounted on the pump so lifting is done from the carrier and no strain is placed on the pump or guide rails. Fasteners shall be 300 series stainless steel. Carrier shall be designed to lift from centered loop. 5.01 DISCHARGE BASE ELBOW WITH BASE PLATE: Adischarge elbow shall be furnished for each pump. The discharge base elbow shall be attached to a flat steel fabricated base plate which rests squarely on the wet-well floor. The flat base plate shall assure the pump has a smooth surface on which to rest when lowered into position, The base plate shall include a leveling bolt adjustment as well as adjustable guide rail supports which hold the guide rail pipes at the bottom. The pump discharge with hydraulic sealing flange shall align with the base elbow of the base plate assembly. The sealing face of the base discharge elbow shall be smooth and shall be heavily coated with zinc spray to provide a smooth corrosion resistant and abrasion resistant surface. All fasteners shall be 300 series stainless steel. 5.02 When pump is lowered into place,it shall rest squarely on the base plate,supported only by the feet on the pump. Units which hang from the discharge elbow shall not be acceptable as undue stress may occur on the volute case casting of the pump oron the base elbow of the base plate assembly. _ 6.01 ACCESS FRAME AND HATCH: An access frame assembly shall be supplied with separate hinged cover for removal of each pump. Access frame and hatch shall be either corrosion resistant or coated with a - corrosion resistant coating. Upper rail guide brackets shall be attached to the access frame as well as the float switch holding bracket. Cover shall be provided with lifting handle,safety latch to hold cover in open position and locking hasp. (, 7.01 FLOAT MOUNTING BRACKET: A float mounting bracket shall be provided. Float mounting bracket shall provide cord grips to hold the level control cords and allow adjustment of level controls to desired pumping alarm levels..Continuous cords are to run from pump(s)and level controls to control panel. No splices shall be made in wiring. Float mounting bracket shall be fabricated from steel and coated with a corrosion resistant coating. Float mounting bracket shall attach to access frame with 300 series stainless steel fasteners. 8.01 LIFTING CHAIN/CABLE: Each pumping unit shall be provided with a lifting chain or cable. The lifting chain or cable shall be of sufficient length to extend from the pumping unit atone end to the top of the wet well at the other end. The access frame shall provide a hook to attach the lifting chain or cable when not in use. The lifting chain or lifting cable shall be sized according to the pump weight. two ate valves 9.01 PIPING Piping shall includearaetEoswIng check valve withoutside]ever and spring,andonp_ i tug l�l�e asrttafjafaehxed�p flel�eFegin�l. Piping shall include all necessary elbows and tees.-Aµpo4lg- s#talFbeeaateEEwitf�soal4arcyoregdatfercorr©sion{esistan0e. Where piping passes through a wall, welding or sealing concrete shall be used to make awater-tight joint. Refer to plan sheet C-7 for specific piping arrangement and details. 10.01 SUMP LEVEL CONTROLS: Float switches shall be supplied to control sump level and alarm signal,if furnished. The switches shall be sealed in a solid polypropylene float for corrosion and shock resistance. The support wire shall have a heavy Neoprene jacket. Aweight shall be attached to cord above the float to hold switch in place in sump and efficiently prevent sharp bends in the cord when the float operates. A quantity of 3 floats shall be provided to control level. An additional switch shall be provided with optional alarm. Float switches shall be Model No.3900 as provided by Hydromatic Pumps. --- 11.01 OPERATION OF SYSTEM: (SIMPLEX) On sump level rise lower switch shall first be energized,then upper level switch shall next be energized and start pump. With pump operating,sump level shall lower to low switch tum-off setting and pump shall stop. If level continues to rise when pump is operating,alarm switch shall energize and signal the alarm,where used. All level switches shall be adjustable for level setting,from the surface. (DUPLEX) On sump level rise lower switch shall first be energized,then upper level switch shall next energize and start lead pump. With lead pump operating,sump level shall lowerto low switch turn-off setting and pump shall stop. Alternating relay shall index on stopping of pump so that lag pump will start first on next operation and become lead pump. if sump level continues to rise when lead pump is operating,override switch shall energize and start lag pump. Both lead and lag pump shall operate together until low level switch turns off both pumps. If level continuesto rise when both pumps are operating,alarm switch shall energize and signal the alarm,where used. If one pump shall fail for any reason,the second pump shall operate on the override control and if level rises above override control, alarm shall signal,where used. All level switches shall be adjustable for level setting,from the surface. 12.01 WARRANTY: In addition to the manufacturers standard warranty,a five-year warranty shall also be provided. The warranty period shall be five years from date of shipment on all equipment except forthe control equipment which will carry the manufacturers standard warranty and except that the following parts will be replaced within five years of date of shipment upon payment of the applicable percentage of the list price of each part in effect at the time of replacement. MONTHS AFTER SHIPMENT 0-18 1931 32-45 46-60 Mechanical Seal 0% 250/6 50% 75% Impeller 00% 30% 50% 80% Pump Housing 0%- 30% 50% 80% Wear Ring - 00% 50% 80% 100% Ball Bearings 0% 50% 80% 100% Rotor and Stator 00/6 40% 80% 100% 12.02 Months after shipment shall be determined by date of receipt of defective product by authorized service station representing manufacturer. Purchaser shall assume all responsibility and expense for removal, reinstallation,and freight. HYDROMATIC IL no {{�� 55�t�rt ��Buu�lletin�S-508 AMarle PUMPSmpany 1 M( atrllVCa.S�S D��a MODEL: S4MN; 60Hz MOTOR ELECTRICAL DATA TK _ START RUN RUN START RUNSERVICE HP PHASE RPM VOLTS AMP AMPS KW KVA KVA FACTOR 1. 1 11 .4 1 2.1 12. 4 1.2 1.5 1 1150 230 56 14.6 2.1 12.9 3.4 1.2 1.5 3 1150 200 37 7 1.5 12.8 2.4 1.2 1.5 3 1150 230 32.2 6 . 1.5 12.8 2.4 1.2 1.5 3 1150 460 16 3 1.5 12.8 2.4 1 K 1.2 2 1 1150 200 64.4 18.5 2.3 12.9 t28 H 1.2 2 1 1150 230 56 16.1 2.3 12.9 H 1.2 2 3 1150 200 37 8 2 12.8 H 1.2 -r 2 3 1150E2330 16 3.5 2 12.8 H 1.2 2 3 1150 12.9 2.8 2 12.8 H 1.2 5 1 175 125 2 6.2 28.8 G 1.2 5 3 1750 108 17 4.6 37.4 J 1.2 5 . 3 1750 94 14.8 4.6 37.4 J 1.2 7 47 7.4 4.6 37.4 5.9 1 1.2 7.5 3 1750 230 168 25.5 7.3 66.9 10.2 K 1.2 7, 10.2 K 1. - MOTOR EFFICIENCIES AND POWER FACTOR T R EFFICIENCY POWER FACT R - 100% 75% 500/0 100% 75% 509/6 HP PHASE RPM LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD 1 1 1 4 1.5 3 1150 .72 .7 .60 .62 .57 .45 2 1 1150 .59 .55 .47 .68 .60 .50 2 3 1150 .74 .72 .67 .69 .62 .51 5 1 1750 .65 .64 .60 .84 .77 .64 7.5 3 1 175 .78 7 .70 .71 .66 .55 Run Amperes.Run KW and Run KVA are based on 1000%bad;values will be higher when operated on service factor. Bulletin S-602 HYDROMATIC I PUMPS H � affit�orn DpmwnrnE A Marley Pump Company . Submersible Sewage Pump with hydraulic sealing flange, base plate, and rails K o 0 E _ o l o 0 0 L_ J � G I FA { j p B —I I =� C Pump G Model A B C D E F G H I J K L S3HRC 9-3/16 15-5116 25-1/16 6 26 2-3/16 4-1/4 3"125FIg. 9-7/8 6-3/4 11 13-1/2 S4HRC 13-15116 21-7/16 34-15/16 9 32-11/16 3-1/2 6-1/2 4"125FIg. 12-1/8 11-21132 15-3/4 23-5/16 S4MN 13-15/16 21-7/16 34-15/16 9 29-1/8 3-5/16 6-1/2 4"125Fig. 12-1/8 11-21/32 15-3/4 23-5/16 S4NRC 13-15/16 21-7/16 34-15/16 9 28-15/16 3-11/16 6-1/2 4"125Fig. 12-1/8 11-21/32 15-3/4 23-5116 S41VI 13-15/16 21-7116 34-15/16 9 32-3/8 3-5/16 6-1/2 4"125Fig 12-1/8 11-21/32 15-3/4 23-5/16 S4MRC 13-15/16 21-7/8 34-15/16 9 33-3/4 3-1/4 6-1/2 4"125 Fig. 12-1/8 11-21/32 15-3/4 23-5/16 'S41- 13-15/16 21-7/16 34-15/16 9 37-7/8 4-11116 7-3/4 4"125 Fig. 13-3/8 11-21/32 15-3/4 23-5116 42-5/8 'S4LRC 13-15/16 21-7/8 34-15/16 9 39-1/4 4-11/16 7-3/4 4"125 Fig. 13-3/8 11-21/32 15-3/4 23-5/16 44 "S6L 16-25/32 28-13/16 45-3/16 ,9,/ 37-3/8 4-11/16 7-3/4 6"125 Fig. 15-21/32 14-27/32 18-15/16 29-11/1 42-5/8 "S8F 21-5116 35-1/2 54-3/4 12-1/2 40-5/16 6 11 8"125 Fig. 20-7/8 14-27/32 24-1/16 29-11/1 45-1/16 S8L 21-5/16 35-1/2 54-3/4 12-1/2 54-7/16 5-3/16 11 8"125 Fig. 20-7/8 14-27/32 24-1/16 29-11/16 " S12L 25-17/32 41-23/32 64-21/32 8 69-3/8 9-5/8 25-5/16 12.125 Flg. 38-3/16 18-1/32 28-1/2 36-1/16 "Up to 20 HP -Column E 25-30 H P HYDROMATIC I Bulletin Q-102 PUMPS QU-0m �{�A m Mom A Marley Pump Company L?0 ]FIlQst Oar( °AcC MIR7 c�� NEA/IAALN THERMOPLASTIC JUNCTION SOX AND FLOAT CORD EXTRUSION ASSEMBLY I KNOCK-OUTS FOR POWER/SEAL FAILURE CORDS(SEE CHART) AREA AVAILABLE I I FOR FIELD INSTALLED CORD NUT IF(5)FIVE FLOAT CORDS REQUIRED I SUPPORT STAND ALLOWABLE CORD LENGTHS FT. TVPF SIZE I SOW STW I SJOW SJTW 18/2 40 40 40 40 18/3. 40 40 40 40 1814 40 40 0 40 16/2 40 40 40 40 O _O 16/3 40 40 40 - 40 16/4 40 40 40 q46 14/2 40 40 40 14/3 40 4 40 14/4 39 40 40 1212 40 40 N/A N/A 1214 28 31 N/A N/A 10/2 33 36 1 N/A N/A 10/3 27 30 N/A N/A 10/4 22 24 NOTES: 1. Junction box designed for use with float tree only. 2. Maximum length of float tree is 16 feet. _ 3. Float tree accepts 16/2 SJOW cord. Cords with similar jacket diameters(.310)may also be used. 4 cords maximum. ,_( 4. Use only plastic,3/4"NPT hub,cord nuts with integral knock-out of j-box. 5. Maximum capacity is(2)10/4,(2) 12/4,and(5) 16/2 cords. Use only one 10/4 cable per side. 6. Use 2"NPSL locking conduit nut for mounting assembly. 7. Acceptable cord ranges from 0.125"to 0.750"diameter. Maximum weight of 0.34 lbs./foot(ref.table)for use with knock-outs. 3/87 Bulletin Q-102 HYDROMPS ATIC IL Q PU A Marley Pump Company rl FLOAT SWITCH LEVEL CONTROL MODEL 3900 • Most trouble-free control ever designed. For use in sewage and practically all chemical solutions. • Designed for over 250,000 cycles of operation. • Weight outside float holds switch at any desired height in sump. • Weighted cords prevent the floats from hanging up on rails, ladders and other obstructions under turbulent wet well conditions. 3900 Specifications GENERAL: Designed for operating sewage pumps SWITCH SPECIFICATION: Switch has a recom- to control liquid level in sumps. Can also be used to mended operating temperature range of 320F to 160OF operate alarms to indicate high water conditions in and has a rating of 13 AMPS at 115 or 230 Volts,A.C. sumps or tanks. POWER CORD: Is 2-conductor#16 flexible cord TYPES: 3900 Controls can be supplied with type SJOW oil-resistant,300-Volt. normally closed contacts. FLOAT: The switch is sealed in a solid polypropy- Two normally open controls are used to control lene float that is leakproof,shookproof and corrosion operation of a single pump. One control is set forturn resistant to sewage and most chemicals. Consult off level and one control is set forturn on level. A factory for use with chemicals. magnetic starter/contactorwith a holding contact holds the circuit in after level drops below turn on control. WEIGHT: The lead weight holds switch in sump at desired height. Height can be easily adjusted from the surface by raising or lowering the cord in the cord For two-pump operation 3 controls are used;one for snubber. Weights of special materials can be supplied turn off,one for turn on one pump,and one for turn on for use in chemicals. two pumps. An electric alternator is supplied to alternate pumps. SUPPORT BRACKET: A special support bracket is bolted to the junction box(if used),otherwise it bolts Normally closed switches can be supplied for pump up to the discharge pipe.Bracket has plastic cord snubber applications such as filling surface or elevated tanks. that holds the switches at the required height. Cords Normally closed switches are 3900-1. are spaced apart to prevent tangling. =Company Bulletin -402 IL pump DUPLEX 'IQ ' CONTROL PANEL 1.01 GENERAL: Contractor shall furnish all labor,materials,equipment and incidentals required to provide duplex motor control panel as specified herein. 1.02 The motor control panel shall be assembled and tested by a shop meeting U.L.Standard 508 for industrial controls. The motorcontrol panel shall be assembled and tested by the same manufacturer supplying the pump so as to insure suitability and assurance of experience in matching controls to motors and to insure single source responsibility for the equipment. 2.01 CONSTRUCTION: The controls forthe pump shall be contained in a non-corrosive enclosure meeting NEMA0 and U.L.94 V-O requirements. 2.02 The enclosure shall be thermal formed from an engineered thermoplastic material. The enclosure shall be steel gray in color and chemically induced. Painting of the enclosure shall not be acceptable. The enclosure shall have provisions for padlocking. A nameplate shall be permanently affixed to the panel and include the model number,voltage,phase,hertz,ampere rating and horsepower rating. A warning label against electric shock shall be permanently aff ixed to the outer door. All fasteners shall be300series stainless steel or type 6063T5 aluminum,or thermoplastic. The outer door shall be attached to the enclosure using captured,quarter turn thermoplastic screws and a non-corrosive liftoff hinge. The hinge shall permit the outer door to be separated from the main enclosure,when opened,by a simple upward motion. A hinge arrangement which requires unbolting for removal of the outer door is not acceptable. 2.03 A steel back panel with electroplated bright zinc and clear chromate finish shall be provided. A painted steel back panel shall not be acceptable. The back panel shall be mounted on stainless steel bolts using stainless steel nuts and lockwashersto maintain enclosure integrity and shall be used as the means for mounting the components in the enclosure. 3.01 For each pump a run light and a hand-off-auto switch shall be provided. Run lights and hand-off-auto switches shall be mounted on an electroplated bright zinc with clear chromate finish steel bracket. The run lights and hand-off-auto switches shall be properly labeled as to function. The hand-off-auto switches shall be rockertype with an electrical fife of 50,000 operations. The run lights shall match the hand-off- auto switches in appearance and have an electrical life of 50,000 hours. Run lights shall be red. 4.01 The incoming power shall be 46n volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz service. Thermal blocks with box type lugs shall be supplied to terminate all wiring for floats and heat and seal sensors for the pump,if required. The pump leads shall be terminated at the overload relay or at box type terminal blocks. The terminal blocks for the float connections shall be on the pump controller,as described in paragraphs 9.03 and 9.04. 5.01 A circuit breaker shall be used to protect from line faults and to disconnect the pump from the incoming power. Circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic and sized to meet NEC requirements for motor controls. 6.01 The magnetic starter shall include a contactorwith a minimum mechanical life of 3,000,000 operations and _ a minimum contact life of 1,000,000 operations. Definite purpose contactors shall not be acceptable. The magnetic starter shall include an overload relaywhich is ambient temperature compensated and bimetallic. The overload relay shall be capable of being set in either a manual or automatic reset mode. In the manual mode,reset shall be accomplished only by the operator. At 6 times full load amps the overload relay shall trip within 10 seconds or Class 10 rated overload relays shall be required. 187 7.01 Control voltage shall be 120 VAC and maybe accomplished by the means of a transformer or available line voltage. A control fuse and on/off switch shall protect and isolate the control voltage from the line. 8.01 Wire ties shall be used to maintain panel wiring in neat bundles doe maintenance and to prevent interference with operating devices. All wiring shall be color coded to facilitate maintenance and repairof the control panel. Where a color is repeated,number coding shall be added. A schematic and a chart indicating a legend forwire color abbreviations as used on the schematic shall be permanently attached to the inside surface of the front door. C 8.02 All ground connections shall be made with ring tongue terminals and star washers to assure proper It ground. 9.01 A duplex pump controller shall be provided for control logic. Pump controller shall be solid state utilizing a printed circuit board to avoid conventional wiring. The printed circuit board of the pump controller shall be made of U.L.listed materials. jL 9.02 The pump controller shall indicate float circuit operations utilizing red amber LED indicator lights. LED indicator lights shall provide adequate information so that they can be used for diagnosis in troubleshooting problems located in the float circuits. Each LED shall be permanently labeled on the pump controller as to function. 9.03 Pump controller shall have provisions for connecting float level controls and heat sensor monitors,where applicable,to box type lug connectors. 9.04 Box type lug connectors shall be made of polyamide thermoplastic to exclude aging due to heat i - influences. Phenolic type terminal blocks on the pump controller shall not be acceptable. Eachterminal block shall be properly and permanently labeled on the pump controller as to its purpose. 9.05 Pump controller shall include alternating circuit of the low voltage type and be operational from a transformer mounted on the pump controller board. The alternator shall consist of an alternating relay which alternately switches when voltage is removed from its circuit. Alternating circuit shall have a totally isolated ground. 9.06 Wiring of hand-off-auto switches,run lights,contactors,and overloads to the pump controller shall be accomplished by means of plug connectors. The pump controller shall have male header assemblies from the corresponding devices on the pump controller for that male header assembly. Header assemblies shall be constructed of a corrosion-resistant thermoplastic material having a temperature range of-550C to 1050C and copper alloy,bright acid tin over nickel plating contacts. 9.07 The control panel shall be equipped with the following options: Visual High-water Alarm Event Counter Seal Failure Indication iat in uc 'sga 2 some engineers prefer to have the alarm level set below the GENERAL INFORMATION override level as it is possible for one pump to fail and the other pump to operate on the override level with the sump level never .;HIPPING reaching the alarm level.This is particularly true in cases of low When unpacking unit check for concealed damage.CLAIM FOR inflow capacity. DAMAGE MUST BE MADE AT THE RECEIVING END THROUGH 'HE DELIVERING CARRIER.DAMAGE CANNOT BE PROCESSED ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL 7ROM THE FACTORY. It is recommended that the HYDR-O-MATIC control panel be used SEAL FAILURE—OPTIONAL with all pumps as proper starter heaters and connections for heat _-ln electrode probe is installed in the seal chamber so if any water sensor wires are furnished. nters the chamber through the first seal the electrode will be IMPORTANT --nergized and a signal will be transmitted to the sensing unit at If HYDR-O-MATIC electrical controls are notused and the motor ground surfacecausing ared lightto flash.The electrode probeis fails because of improper heaters or if the heat sensors are not installed in all units but the sensing unit is supplied at extracost properly connected the motor guarantee is void. ind must be ordered. HYDR-O-MATIC electrical equipment is installed in a weather- n operation the seal failure unit indicates only that there is some proof NEMA 3 enclosure. The electrical equipment includes a water in the seal chamber. The pump will continue to operate main circuit breakerforeach pump,a magnetic starter with 3 leg without damage but the seal should be checked within 30 days overload protection for each pump, H-O-A switch and run light 'rfter failure is indicated. for each pump,an electric alternator and a transformer to provide the sensing unit is recommended on all installations as good 115 volts for control circuit and alarms. insurance against motor failure.The large motors as used in.S4L OVERLOAD HEATERS and S6L are quite expensive if necessary to replace. aUMP If the HYDR-O-MATIC electrical panel is not used starters with 3 leg overload protection must be supplied.The heaters must be - fhe S4N, S4NRC, S4M and S41ARC submersible pumps are sized in accordance with the name plate amps on the motor.The supplied fort and3 phase and for 208,230,460 or575 volts.Pump amp draw on these submersible motors is slightly higher than -s supplied with 15 feet of power cord and/or 15 feet of auxiliary corresponding horsepower surface motor so heaters must be :ontrol cord.Longercable lengths can be furnished but must be sized by the name plate rating. _;pecified at time of order. Power cable is 4 wire with the green wire for ground. Be sure green wire is connected to a good IMPORTANT ground such as awater pipe or ground stake.The auxiliary cable If other than HYDR-O-MATIC starters are used be sure the heat or seal failure and heat sensors is also 4 wire color coded. sensor wires are connected in series with the starter coil circuit. MEAT SENSORS—OPTIONAL Typical wiring diagrams are included. All motors have heat sensor units embedded in the motor wind- HYDRO-RAIL ng to detect excessive heat.The heat sensors are set to trip at If the pump or pumps are to be used with a HYDR-O-RAIL system W C.so will not operate unless dangerous heat occurs.The sen- the pumps will be equipped with guide brackets and hydraulic sors automatically reset when motor cools to safe temperature. sealing flange. _The sensors are connected in series with the motor starter coil so 'hat the starter is tripped if heat sensor opens.The motor starter is ;quipped with 3 leg overload heaters so all normal overloads are - protected by the starter. _IMPORTANT f HYDR-O-MATIC electrical starting equipment is not supplied INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS --:he heat sensor circuit must be connected in series with the .starter coil or warranty on motor is void.Connection diagram is included in this manual. INSTALLING PUMP IN SUMP SUMP LEVEL CONTROL Before installing pump in sump lay it on side and turn impeller with fingers.Impeller may be slightly stuck due to factory test Sump level is controlled by HYDR-O-MATIC 3900 mercury switch waterso it must be broken loose with small bar or screwdriver in controls.The 3900 control is a mercury tube switch sealed in a edge of vanes.The impeller should turn freely. - 'solid polyurethane float.The float is held in position in the sump Clean all trash and sticksfrom sump and connect pump to piping. ay aweight attached to the power cord above the float.The cord --supports the float and is adjusted for height from the surface. A check valve must installed on each pump.A gate d plug di Duplex systems use three controls:one set at turn-off,one set at valve in each pump discharge line is also recommended.. This --turn-on for one pump, and one set for turn-on for two pumps. valve should installed on the discharge side of the check valve Dumps alternate operation on each successive cycle. so if necessary to service the check valve the line pressure can be cut off. Single pump systems are sometimes installed without a -Two pumps operate together only if sump level risesto the third or check valve where it is desirable to self-drain the discharge line to override control.The override control also brings on the second prevent freezing.This canbe done onlywith short discharge lines pump in case of failure of the first pump.The extra float is for otherwise water will return tothesump and cause short cycling of alarm.Triplex systems use four controls:one set at turn-off,one the pump. . .set at turn-on for one pump,one set at turn-on fortwo pumps,and one set at turn-on for three pumps. Pumps alternate on each POWER CORD . .successive cycle. If power cord and auxiliary control cord are not long enough due Three pumps operate together only if sump level rises to to an error in ordering,the cords can be spliced.if aspliced joint :the fourth control (second override).This control also brings on is made all connections must-be thoroughly taped to make a the third pump in case of failure of either or both of the first waterproof connection. Splicing is only a last resort in an two pumps. emergency.We recommend that proper cable length be ordered from the factory.The cords are potted into the connection box ALARM CONTROLS cap with sealing compound so if longer cord is necessary, the The alarm level is usually set above the override level so the connection box cap must be furnished.The original connection alarm will signal only if the override level is exceeded. However, box cap and cord can be returned to the factory for credit. 6 � NEMA)(JUNCTION BOX NEMAXJUNCTION BOX If electrical control panel is to be set remote from the pump sump THROUGH 12hp a NEMA4junction boxshould be used to make power and control connections. The HYDR-O-MATIC Nema 4 junction box is pro- ` vided with compression connectors for sealing all wires.No seal- ing compound is needed to make connections waterproof. A SPLICE terminal block is provided giving numbers for all power and (BUTT TYPE) FEAT control wires. SeNsoR SHRINK TUBING GROUND Wiring diagrams are provided with panel for making connections. coNNEcrioN - An extra set of diagrams are included so that one set can be used 2-CONDUIT(MAX.) NHITE in the sump when making connections.The size wire to use from E DIA.CORD aL-.CK, panel to sump depends on motor size and distance in feet. The following table can be used as a guide for wire size. Be sure each wire is checked out so that wrong connection will not be made.An ohmmeter or Megger can be used to check wire AEG ll j, continuity.Attach one side of meter to ground and other side to TO MAIN one side at control panel then have man in sump touch one wire CONTROL sREEN -- to ground. If wire is correct meter will show reading. If some PANEL I� distance exists between sump and panel a Walkie-Talkie radio CONTROL Powell LEDs SEAL is useful. (See Fig. 1) LEADS DANGER FAILURE HOT INSTALLING 3900 MERCURY SWITCH CONTROLS LEADS The controls are supported by a mounting bracket that is at- LEVEL tached to sump wall or cover or to the NEMA,3'junction box. - — - - COWROL Cord snubbers are used to hold the cord in plAe.Control lever — ® CONNECTIONS can be changed at any time by loosening the snubber and re- adjusting cord length. PUMP GRDJND In either simplex or duplex system the lower or turn-off control is set just above the top of volute so that the volute will always be PUMP CONNECTIONS submerged during the pumping cycle. The second or turn-on control is set about-4'inches above the lower turn-off control. ""-�-^. ^^^ ^•:e&'Trrn nand turn-off -conirolssa�baused- s&Lve-&e4sia-Raq,°eHeef f8F the PU p te hand e. A frequent pumping cycle is recom- mended for best operation. PUMP CORD CONTROL CORD If an alarm system is used this control is usually set about 6 inches �C above the override control. Some engineers as described previously prefer to have the alarm control set below the override control. Fig. 1 WIRE SIZE TABLE FOR REMOTE LOCATION OF CONTROL PANEL LENGTHS ARE BASED ON A VOLTAGE DROP OF TWO PERCENT Maximum length in feet from NEMA 4 Junction Box to control panel. For 3 phase only and for power lines only.All control wires can be=14-16 or 18 gage wire.If power lines are for 460 or 575 volts insulation of control wires must be forthis voltage if used in conduit with power lines. Volts 230 460 575 [220 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 230 460 575 Wire Size Motor 3 3 3 5 [1440( 7`A TA 71A 10 10 10 15 15 15 20 20 20 25 25 25 30 30 30 35 35 35 HP 12 110 450 700 370 10 180 720 1120 550 90 360 560 50 220 340 8 270 1100 1650 900175 700 1100 105 420 650 320 500 230 360 180 280 6 400 16002500 350 1400 220 900 1400 150 600 930 105 420 650 90 370 570 360 560 320 500 230 360 q 370 1500 2300 230 950 1450 175 700 1100 140 550 850 125 500 800 700 400 620 90 360 560 d+L—L-- I I 370 1500 230 270 1100 1700 220 900 1400 210 820 1, 200 800 1250 150 600 930 *Special Junction Box required for wire sizes larger than #4. HEAT SENSOR System Number of Number of Number of & SEAL FAILURE Type Control Wires Power Lines Grou#8 fires Number of Number of NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS Sensor Wires Ground Wires REQUIRED BETWEEN _ CONTROL PANEL AND Simplex 3 3 1 3 1 NEMA 4 JUNCTION BOX Simplex `! With Alarm 5 3 1 3 1 `-. POWER LINES AND CONTROL Duplex 5. 6 1 6 2 -- WIRES CAN BE CARRIED IN CONDUIT OR CAN BE UNDER- Duplex 7 6 1 6 2 - GROUND BURIED CABLE. With Alarm ''ava 4 MAKING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS OPERATION UI electrical wiring must be in accordance with local code,and inly competent electricians should make the installations.Com- STARTING SYSTEM plete wiring diagrams are glued to the inside cover of the panel, _and an additional set of prints is included for use in making the 1. Turn H-O-A switch to off-position then turn on main circuit istallation. All wires should be checked for grounds with an breakers. ihmmeter or Megger after the connections are made. THIS IS IMPORTANT,AS ONE GROUNDED WIRE CAN CAUSE CONSID- 2. Open all discharge valves and allow water to rise in sump ERABLE TROUBLE. (See Fig. 2) pump. CONNECTION DIAGRAM FOR LEADS IN 3. Turn H-O-A switch to Hand position on one pump and notice MOTOR AND CONNECTION BOX operation. If pump is noisy and vibrates rotation is wrong. To change rotation interchange any two line leads to motor. (Y)WYE MOTOR CONNECTIONS DO NOT INTERCHANGE MAIN INCOMING LINES. If duplex 230 VOLTS 460 VOLTS system, check second pump in same manner. fi 5 4 T'= 6T J 41 T 4. Now set both H-O-A switches to Auto position and allow -I 1 1water to rise in sump until one pump starts.Allow pump to 918T7Tg 7 operate until level drops to turn-off point. Tl Tl Tl 5. Allow sump level to rise to start other pump.Notice run lights 3L1 281 1L3 GREEN 3� 2L 1 t GREEN on panel,pumps should alternate on each successive cycle Fig 2 of operation. 6. Turn both H-O-A switches to off position and allow sump to MPORTANT fill to the override control level. equipment is not properly wired and protected as recom- 7. Turn both switches to Auto position and both pumps should mended,the motor guarantee is void. start and operate together until level drops to turn-off point. IEAT SENSORS AND SEAL FAILURE 8. Repeat this operation cycle several times before leaving job. ;ONNECTIONS 9. Check voltage when pumps are operating and check the Be sure heat sensor wires are connected in series with the amp draw of each pump.Check amps on each wire assome- =,tarter coil.Connections are provided on the terminal strip;see times a high leg will exist.One leg can be somewhat higher5 tiring diagram. to 10%without causing trouble.For excessive amp draw on -.: seal failure unit is used, connect as shown with seal failure one leg the Power Company should be consulted. system.If seal failure unit is not used,the two seal failurewires are left open.DO NOT CONNECT POWER TO THESE LINES AT ANY 1ME. (See Figure 3 and 4) PHASE CONVERTERS HEAT SENSORS AND SEAL FAILURE CONNECTIONS- Phase converters are generally not recommended but in cases .MOTOR where only single phase current is available phase converter can FOR ANY VOLTAGE - be used.Be sure to size the phase converter large enough for the ELECTRODE amp draw specified on the motor name plate not necessarily by motor horsepower.The warranty on all three phase submersible [HEAT SENSORS motors is void if operated with single phase power through a N MOTOR phase converter and 3 leg ambient compensated extra-quick trip WINDINGS RED DARK overload protectors are not used. BLACK WHITE GREEN HEAT SENSORS SEAL FAILURE Fig.3 MAINTENANCE WARNING As the motors are oil filled no lubrication orother maintenance is WARRANTY IS VOID IF HEAT SENSORS ARE NOT required. -[^ONNECTED AS SHOWN(IN SERIES WITH CONTACTOR OIL) DESIGNATION FOR OPTIONAL If a seat failure unit is used no attention is necessary as SEAL FAILURE a HEAT SENSOR CORD long as the seal shows satisfactory operation. COLOR PURPOSE If seal failure is not used the pump should be lifted once every DARK GREEN SEAL FAILURE See unit #4673 Diagram of seal failure two ears and the oil be drained from the seal chamber to green RED SEAL FAILURE or 4674 for connecting y dark green and red wires.It seal fail- check for water. I- BLACK HEAT SENSOR ure unit #4673 or 4674 is not used, WHITE HEAT SENSOR leave dark green and red wireSopen. If the pump is used on a HYDR-O-RAIL system it should be lifted once every six months and checked for corrosion and wear. TWO WIRE.CONTROL OFFERING AUTOMATIC RESET -Generally these pumps give very reliable service and can be L1 ON-OFF THERMOSTATS L2 expected to operate for years on normal sewage pumping with- IN SERIES ISWITCHCOIL I- I / BLACK WHITE out failure. --000"'THREE WIRE CONTROL OFFERING MANUAL RESET LIGHTNING L1 THERMOSTATS 1_2 -I_ ART COIL OL OLA IN SERIES I In some areas where considerable lightning occurs, it is recom- mended that alightning arrestor be installed at the control panel. Complete data on lightning arrestors and cost is available from "zIN CERTAIN APPLICATIONS THE NEC MAV REQUIRE THREE OVERLOAD RELAYS the factory.Lightning arrestors are good insurance against dam- Fig. 4 age to an expensive motor. reye TROUBLE CHECK LIST -� Below is a list of common problems and the probable causes: \ CONDITION PROBABLE CAUSE Pump will not start 1. No power to the motor. Check for blown fuse or open circuit breaker. 2. Selector switch may be in the off position. 3. Control circuit transformer breaker may be tripped. Push to reset. -- 4. Overload heater on starter may be tripped. Push to reset. Pump will not start and over- 1. Turn off power and check motor leads with megger or ohmmeter for possible _ load heaters trip ground. 2. Check resistance of motor windings.All 3 phases should show the same reading. 3. If no grounds exist and the motor windings check O.K.remove pump from sump and check for clogged or blocked impeller. Pump operates with selec- 1. This indicates trouble in the 3900 level control or the alternator relay for switch in hand position 2. To check for defective 3900 control put selector switch in auto-position and turn but will not operate in auto off main power. Put a jumper wire between 2 and 3 on terminal strip.Turn on position power and if pump starts trouble is in lower 3900 control. Replace control. If pump does not start turn off power, remove jumper from 2 and 3 and put jumper wire between 1 and 2 terminals. Turn on power and if pump starts trouble is in upper control.Replace control. _ If pump still does not start turnoff power and put j umper between 2 and 3 and 1 and 2 and turn on power. If pump starts both lower and upper controls are defective.If pump still does not start trouble is in the alternating relay. Replace with new relay. Pump runs but will not 1. Pump may be air locked. Turn pump off and let set for several minutes then shut-off restart. 2. Lower 3900 control may be hung-up in the closed position.Check in sump to be sure control is free. 3. Selector switch may be in the Hand Position. Pump does not deliver prop- 1. Discharge gate valve may be partially closed or partially clogged. -- er capacity 2. Check valve may be partially clogged. Raise level up and down to clear. 3. Pump may be running in wrong direction. Low speed pumps can operate in -. reverse direction without much noise or vibration. 4. Discharge head may be too high. Check total head with gage when pump is operating. Total head is discharge gage pressure converted to feet plus vertical height from water level in sump to center line of pressure gage installed in discharge line. Gage should be installed on pump side of all valves. _ Multiply gage pressure in pounds by 2.31 to get head in feet. 5. 1f pump has been in service for some time and capacity falls off, remove pump and check for wear or clogged impeller. Motor stops and then re- 1. This indicates heat sensors in the motor are tripping due to excessive heat. _ starts after short period but Impeller may be partially clogged giving a sustained overload but not high overload heaters in starter enough to trip overload heater switch. do not trip 2. Motor may be operating out of liquid due to a failed level control. All Hydr-O- Matic S4N and S41A submersible motors can operate for extended periods out of water without burning up the winding but the heat sensors give motor prolonged life by controlling winding temperature. 3. Pump may be operating on a short cycle due to sump being too small or from water returning to sump due to a leaking check valve. l'Page 6 SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS 11. After all leads are reconnected in the connection box make high voltage ground test on each wire. The only wire that should show ground is the green power lead and the ground IMPORTANT—READ ALL DIRECTIONS BEFORE lead in the auxiliary control cable. REPLACING ANY PARTS. 12. Forsafety,complete pump should be airchecked underwater - WARNING: BEFORE HANDLING THESE PUMPS, for leaks. If seals were O.K. refill seal chamber with oil. Lay -ALWAYS DISCONNECT THE POWER FIRST. pump on side forthis oil filling with oil fill hole upright.Do not completely fill, leave oil about 1 inch below plug hole. Use _ DO NOT SMOKE OR USE SPARKABLE ELECTRI- only #10 Non-detergent automobile oil or regular HYDR-O- CAL DEVICES OR FLAMES IN A SEPTIC (GAS- MATIC submersible oil in this chamber. Replace plug, use EOUS) OR POSSIBLE SEPTIC SUMP. permatex on threads. Install air valve in top plug opening of FIELD SERVICE ON MOTOR motor housing and charge housing with about 10 PSI of air. Be sure air is dry. Do not use air line where water may be All S4N, S4NRC, S4M and S4MRC submersible motors can be trapped in the line.Submerge complete unit underwater and serviced(outofwarranty)in the field by any reliable motor service check for leaks. _shop.Any pump(in warranty)must be returned to the factory for service or repaired in an authorized HYDR-O-MATIC service 13. Refill motor chamber with oil..Use high grade transformer _shop.Charges will notbeallowed if(in warranty)pump is taken to oil or HYDR-O-MATIC special submersible oil- Fill chamber a motor repair shop that is not authorized. until oil covers top of windings. Leave air space in top for When field service is performed on a pump these instructions expansion.Use permatex on plug threads. should be carefully followed. REPLACING STATOR REPLACING SEALS AND BEARINGS f motor winding is burned or shorted it can be rewound or 1. Drain all oil from motor chamber and seal chamber as --,eplaced with new factory wound stator.Refer to sectional draw- described. ing of pump and motor and use following steps to remove and ...replace stator. 2. Remove motor housing as described. 1. If stator only is damaged it may not be necessary to com- 3. Remove bolts that hold seal chamber to pump housing.Use pletely dismantle pump as stator and housing can be lifted back off screws to break loose. With hard wood block, tap from pump without disturbing seals or bearings. end of impeller to loosen from shaft. When free, remove -. 2. Drain all oil from upperhousing,remove drain plug in bottom impeller from shaft. of stator housing and remove plug in top of housing to allow 4. Lift rotating assembly(rotor, shaft and impeller)from pump air to enter. case and place horizontally on bench. 3. After chamber isdrained,remove hold down bolts and lift off. 5. Impeller removal-S4M and S4MRC Use care in lifting as the seal failure connecting wire mustbe Hold rotor and remove bolt and washer from impeller end of disconnected before housing is completely removed. See shaft,then thread bolt back into shaft.The impeller is KEYED sectional drawing. to the shaft, so by using a screwdriver on opposite sides 4. Set assembly on bench and remove connection box. When behind the impeller, apply force then tap on the end of box is lifted off connection wires to motor will be exposed. the bolt to break impeller loose from taper shaft. Remove These wires will probably be burned but each wire is tagged impeller. with a metal marker giving wire number. Cut the wires. IMPORTANT-The impeller is designed to be self-tighten- If the leads to the connection box are burned,acomplete new ing when running so impeller may be difficult to break connection box with new wire must be used.The wires are loose. If this is the case, use plastic or rubber hammer on potted in with sealing compound and a new unit must be impeller tip to free. Remove impeller. obtained from the factory. The old connection box can be returned to the factory for partial credit. 6. Shaft sleeves are not used. 5. The stator is held in the housing with a bolted-in clamp ring. 7. Remove lower seal spring and pry out seal with screwdriver. _- 6. After ring is removed turn housing upright and bump on 8. To remove seal housing,take out socket head bolts and using hardwood blocks.The should jar the stator loose and allow it bolts in backof holes,pry plate loose.Thiswill force out lower to drop out. seal if not already removed. 7. Thoroughly clean housing before replacing new stator. Re- 9. Removesnap ringthat holds upperseal.Pull seal if it isfree.lf - - placestatorand makeall wire connections to connection box not free, it can be forced off when shaft is removed. before replacing housing on pump.This isimportant asleads 10. Remove 4 bolts that hold bearing housing in place. Set as- must be tucked behind the windings by using hands up through rotor core. sembly in upright position and bump end of shaft on hardwood block.Thiswill push the bearing from housing and IMPORTANT will force upper seal from shaft. Use only compression type insulated connectors on the wires. 11. Use bearing puller to remove bearings. Replace with new DO NOT TAPE LEADS AS OIL WILL DETERIORATE THE TAPE bearings.Pressonlyon innerraceof bearingwhen replacing. AND CAUSE DAMAGE TO STATOR AND BEARINGS. Pressing on outer race can damage the bearing.Bearings are 8. Drain oil from seal chamber. If oil is clean and no water is standard size that can be obtained from any bearing supply present, seals can be considered satisfactory to reuse. house or can be obtained from HYDR-O-MATIC factory. � 9. Checktop bearing.if clean and does notturn rough,bearings 12. IMPORTANT-DO NOTUSE ANYOFTHE OLDSEALPARTS. can be reused and it is not necessary to completely dismantle REPLACE WITH ALL NEW SEALS. pump to change bearings.If bearings are damaged with dirt or heat they must be replaced.See additional instructionson 13. Thoroughly clean castings before replacing seals. One replacing seals and bearings. Remember to reinstall the grain of dirt betweeenn the seal faces can cause failure. upper bearing load spring. 14. Be sure seal washers are replaced under headsof 4 boltsthat -10. Replace stator housing onto seal chamber and bolt in place. hold bearing cap in place. Examine all 0-rings for nicks BE SURE SEAL FAILURE WIRE IS CONNECTED BEFORE before reusing. HOUSING IS ASSEMBLED. 15. Be sure key is in place in notch of shaft sleeve to prevent Be sure 0-ring seal has been replaced. If 0-ring is nicked or sleeve from turning. cut replace with new rings.This applies to all 0-rings used in assembly. I& Use Locktite on socket head locking screw in end of shaft. PARTS LIST SW SW and S4MRC SWRC (See Parts List 429.41439.4) Ref No. Description city, 1 Single Cord &Cap Assy. 1 2 Pipe Plug 3 3 Wire Connector 6 4 Drive Screw 3 5 Br. Pipe Plug 1 6 Nameplate 1 7 Dual Cord &Cap Assy. 1 7 8 Wire Connector(Dual Cord) 3 8 Wire Connector (Single Cord) 1 8 9 Eye Bolt Yz 2 _. 10 Jam Nut 2 *11 Gal. Oil 50 (Total Both Housings) 1.99 47 - *12 Ring Spacer 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 13 Soc.Hd.Cap Screw 2 _. 14 Soo.Hd. Cap Screw 3 49 15 Clamp Ring 1 16 Hex Hd.Cap.Screw 4 I 48 17 Instruction Plate 1 18 Seal 1 47 19 Seal 1 20 Snap Ring 1 21 Washer 1 22 Wear Ring (S4M Only) 1 23 Bolt 1 10 48 i 45 24 O-Ring 1 ` 25 Seal Housing 1 26 Impeller 1 44 27 Screw (94M Only) 3 28 Key%" 1 1 42 29 Volute Case w/Wear Ring 1 30 Instruction Plate 1 41 �4 31 O-Ring 2 •11 32 Pipe Plug 2 ~ 40 -.- 33 Hex Hd. Bolt 2 34 Seal Ring 1 39 35 Seal Failure Assy. 1 •12 36 Bearing Housing 1 38 37 Lower Bearing 1 -- - 38 Wire w/Terminal 1 — - 37 39 Motor Housing 1 13 40 Stator 1 i--- 36 41 Rotor&Shaft Assy. 1 11 42 Upper Bearing 1 43 Load Spring 1 I ,I 35 _ 44 Wire Connector 3 ' i 34 45 Wire Connector 3 14 ; .i 33 46 O-Ring 1 15 _ 31 47 Hex Hd. Bolt 8 16 ., 48 'Wire Connector 3 � _ �\ 32 49 Connection Box 1I �'�' \ 31 50 O-Ring Not Shown 17 - i 30 I 28 18 14 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 }i 4 Ref.No.7075-2(S4M) Ref.No.7181-3(S4MRC) LIMITED WARRANTY THE MARLEY PUMP COMPANY LIMITED WARRANTY. does not conform to this contract or to any express The Marley Pump Company, A Marley Company, war- written warranty. rants to the original purchaser of each of The Marley Pump Company's product(s)that any part thereof which WARRANTY DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATION OR proves to be defective in material or workmanship LIABILITY.THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF within one year from date of installation or 18 months ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, from manufacture date, whichever comes first, will be AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR MERCHANT. replaced at no charge with a new or remanufactured ABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE part, F.O.B.factory. Purchaser shall assume all respon- WHICH EXCEED THE AFORESAID EXPRESSED WAR- sibility and expense for removal, reinstallation and RANTIES ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED AND EXCLUDED freight. Any item(s) designated as manufactured by FROM THIS AGREEMENT. others shall be covered only by the express warranty of the manufacturer thereof.This warranty does not apply MANUFACTURER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EX- to damage resulting from accident, alteration, design, CLUDES ANY LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR IN- misuse or abuse. CIDENTAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY ARISING IN CONNECTION BUYER'S REMEDIES. If the material furnished to the WITH THIS PRODUCT, INCLUDING WITHOUT Lill Buyer shall fail to conform to this contract or to any ex- TION, WHETHER IN TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT press written warranty, The Marley Pump Company LIABILITY CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE. shall replace such nonconforming material at the original point of delivery and shall furnish instructions for its disposition. Any transportation charges involved Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of in such disposition shall be for the Buyer's account.The incidental or consequential damages, so the above Buyer's exclusive and sole remedy on account or in limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Some respect of the furnishing of material that does not con- states do not allow limitations on how long an implied form to this contract, or to any express written warran- warranty lasts,so the above limitation may not apply to - ty, shall be to secure replacement thereof as aforesaid. you. The Marley Pump Company shall not in any event be - liable for the cost of any labor expended on any such This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you material or for any incidental or consequential damages may also have other rights which vary from state to to anyone by reason of the fact that such material state. - MIA* THE MARLEY PUMP COMPANY � noHYDROMATIC PUMPS 5-701 5"Fozridge Dc,Mission,KS 66202 1-800-HOT PUMP 3187 In Canada—126 East Dr.,Brampton,Ontario L6T 1C2(416)793-8242 Printed In U.S.A. International Sales—Mission,KS Telex 4630138 MARL UI(913)831-5700 Bulletin Q-701 ti s aememmaem 04Y'�' i'� � . STANDARD ELECTRICAL"Q"PANELS �.r YL �=aeamme HYDROMATIC PUMPS -- A Marley Pump Company WARNING: Before handling these pumps and - controls, always disconnect the power first. Do not smoke or use sparkable electrical devices or flames in a septic (gaseous) or possible septic sump. CONTENTS Page Installation Instructions .................... 2 PANEL PREPARATION: Prior to installing the Maintenance ................................... 3 - control panel,tighten all screws and nuts. Make sure Parts List ........................................ 3 that all electrical connections are secure. Trouble Check List .......................... 3-5 - INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS The contractor must conform to the latest requirements of the National Electrical Code. All conduit and cables shall be in accordance with NEC code NFPA#70. Prior to conducting any installation,repair or service with regard to the control panel,ref erto the schematic appropriate for that panel. The schematic will provide guidance with regard to the terminal block connections. Make the Following Electrical Connecilons: a. Connect the pump hear sensor and seal failure leads(if available on the pump)to the appropriate terminal blocks in the control panel. If the heat sensor lead from the pump is wired as indicated, remove jumpers as defined by the schematic. b. Connect all the float control leads to the appropriate panel terminal blocks. Contractor must be very careful in locating the floats at the proper elevations. The maximum distance from the control panel and the floats is the lesser of 100 feet or the maximum distance recommended for the pump. _ c. Conned the pump leads to the control panel. When connecting the pump leads it is very critical that the proper sequence be maintained. On single phase pumps,conned the color coded pump leads to the appropriate terminals as directed by the control schematic. d. BEFORE CONNECTING POWER TO THE CONTROL PANEL,MAKE SURE ALL CONTROL SWITCHES(e.g.H-O-A SWITCH)AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES(e.g. BREAKERS)ARE IN THE OFF POSITION. NOW CONNECT POWER TO THE TERMINAL BLOCK OR THE CIRCUIT BREAKER AS DIRECTED BY THE SCHEMATIC. _ e. CONTROL PANEL MUST BE GROUNDED PROPERLY PER NEC AND/OR LOCAL CODES. TO FACILITATE THIS A GROUND LUG IS PROVIDED ON THE CONTROL PANEL. START UP CHECK LIST WARNING: Before handling these pumps and controls,always disconnect power first. Do not smoke or use sparkable electrical devices or flames in a septic(gaseous)or possible septic sump. Check List: 1. Check junction box for moisture. Moisture may cause chattering of relays/contactors. 2. Check wiring of capacitor pack for single phase applications. 3. Energize control panel. (Turn on power to panel.) 4. Check overload relay and verily reset mode(if overload is supplied). 5. WARNING! LIVE VOLTAGE CAN KILL! Check voltage to the panel and at secondary of control transformer using a voltmeter. If no transformer is supplied,check voltage at the circuit breakers. 6. Check float operation and response of control panel to the float operation. For sequence of operation refer to design specification. _ 7. Check full load current with amprobe and compare it with the nameplate rating. (Clamp amprobe around one phase.) 8. With pump running,check discharge to verify the pump is running. Checkforflow. 9. Check voltage with voltmeter and amperage with amprobe at overhead. 10. Check operation of start relay If supplied on single phase panels per procedure in item#7 of Maintenance Instructions below. 11. Make sure H-O-A switch is left in the"Auto"position after start-up is completed. Pump Start Up: Check the pump manuals. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE WARNING: Before handling these pumps and controls, always disconnect the power first. Do ) not smoke or use sparkable electrical devices or flames In a septic (gaseous) or possible J septic sump. 2 The perodicity of the maintenance schedule will vary with operating and environmental conditions. It will also vary with the specific type of control supplied. The list herein is a guide only. 1. Exercise breaker through two cycles. Be careful not to over-exercise as the breaker is not a switching - device. Excessive operations tend to affect the trip curve of the breaker. 2. Check contactors and relays for excessive humming. This can be accomplished by fuming pumps on and off in the hand and off modes with the H-O-A switch. 3. Check bulbs in all fixtures. 4. Check continuity through control fuses. 5. Check voltage at primary and secondary of control transformer. 6. Check the pumpfull load amps. 7. Check the start relay(if supplied)by using an amprobe around the red wire(start winding). Amprobe should display a very brisk action from zero to locked rotor and back to operating load. This action occurs on pump start and the action must show no lazy movement. 8. Check junction boxes for moisture. Moisture may cause chattering of relays and contactors. 9. Check doorgasket for integrity. This can be a visual inspection. _ 10. Check labels to verify they have not been damaged. 11. Lubricate enclosure hinges. 12. Pull floats and check for proper operation and insure there is no foreign build up on them. SPARE PARTS LIST The following is a list of recommended spare parts;however conditions of service vary significantly and a general list may not in its entirety be applicable to a given installation. The user should exercise - judgement in defining his specific requirements based on this guide. 1. Fuses forcontrol transformer primary and secondary. 2. Contactor. 3. Bulbs for lights. 4. Corrosion inhibitor. 5. Control transformer. 6. Duplex or simplex pump controller. TROUBLESHOOTING CHART 1. WARNING: Before handling these pumps and controls, always disconnect the power first. Do not smoke or use sparkable electrical devices or flames In a septic (gaseous)or possible septic sump. 2. Pump does not run in hand position. a. Check pump circuit breaker,control circuit breaker and control fuses fortripping or blown condition. b. Check overload relay to see it it is tripped. Reset relay it tripped. c. Check heat sensor reset to verify thermal overload of motor has not tripped. d. Check wiring of pump to control panel. It should agree with the schematic. 3. Pump does not run in auto position. - a. Check items a.through d.per item#2 above. b. Floats may be miswired to control panel. Check float type(N.O.or N.C.)and hook-up by referring to the schematic. If the start and stop floats are hooked in reverse,pump will short cycle and will not pump the level down. c. Check pump controller indicating lights. DUPLEX SIMPLEX OFOLFF PUP T O CALL t O OFF FLT O FLT LEAD O CALL PUP 2 No Lights ON O ON FLT (No call from the floats) 1. Make sure there is power to the controller. 2. Is water level in the system high enough to activate the floats? 3. If#1 and#2 check out,shut power off to the panel. Remove the off float wires and run ajumper between the"OFF FLOAT"connections. If"OFF FLOAT"light comes on,the float is stuck orthe wiring connections are loose. 3 DUPLEX SIMPLEX O CALL 1 FI T OFF FLT OCAUL 2 O FLT D O ON FLT OFF Light ON 1. Is water level in the system high enough to activate the lead(ON)float? 2. If#1 checks out,shut off powerto the panel. Remove the lead(ON)float wires and run a jumper between the"LEAD FLOAT"("ON FLOAT')connections. If one or two pumps start,check the lead(ON)float for hang up or loose wiring connections. DUPLEX ONLY O PUMP ' OFF CALL FLT OFF FLOAT'light"ON","LEAD FLOAT light ON,and either"PUMP 1" PUMP 2 or"PUMP 2"light ON tells you the lead LEAD float is calling for pump. CALL FLT OR -- PUMP 1 OFF CALL FLT All lights ON on pump controller tells you all float circuits are good and the problem PUMP 2 LEAD lies elsewhere. CALL FLT 1. Check hand-off-auto(H-O-A)switch for correct position. 2. Check heat sensor trip in pump with a jumper between"HEAT SENSOR 1"and"HEAT SENSOR 2"terminals. 3. Reset overioad(s)'rftripped. 4. Reset circuit breakers if tripped. r 4. Pump runs but run light does not energize. a. Check the bulb. b. Check for loose wire at light or in panel. 5. Pump runs but does not pump down the wet well. a. Pump rotation may be wrong. Wiring of pump to control panel may be reverse sequenced. b. Impeller maybe dragging involute due to solids. High ampere draw would identify this. c. Referto the pump manual for other possibilities such as closed discharge gate valve,etc. 6. Severe humming/chattering of contactors and control relays. a. There may be low voltage. Check voltage at primary and secondary of control transformer using a voltmeter. This low voltage condition may even cause severe chattering and bum-out of relays. b. Contactor may have dust around magnet of coil structure. Dry or clean as required. c. Check voltage to the control panel. Contactors require a minimum of 85%of full voltage to pull in Without chatter. If the problem is a cronic one,measure voltage with recorder on a 24 hour basis. d. Make sure the floats are located away from any turbulence. e. Dry out the junction box(if furnished);moisture in the junction box may tend to cause relays to energize intermittently. - 7. Nuisance tripping of overload on motor starters orcircuit breakers. a. Check all reset buttons and tripped breakers. b. Check pump and draw with amprobe and compare to name-plate amps on pump. c. The impeller may be locked up due to excessive debris or solids. d. Possible motor failure(fau It on windings.) e. Pump may be miswired to terminal block. - 4 f. Voltage and current unbalance. Three phase only. Voltage unbalance on three-phase power sources can cause motor current to become unbalanced and excessive heatingwill result. Tripping of the overload protectors and premature motor failures can be expected if the current unbalance exceeds five percent. Maximum Current Difference - Percent Current = From Average Current x 100 Unbalance Average Current To determine if motorcurrent unbalance is a function of the motor orthe power supply: 1. Label the leads and the terminals 1,2,and 3 respectively 2. Record the amperage for each lead. 3. Move each lead to the text terminal(1 to 2,2 to 3,3 to 1) 4. Again read the amperage of each lead. 5. Move each lead to the next terminal(1 to 3,2 to 1,3 to 2) 6. Again read the amperage of each lead. 7. If the unbalance moves with the motor leads,the unbalance is caused by the motor. If the unbalance remains with the terminals,the unbalance is in the power supply. 8. If the current unbalance exceeds five percent,nuisance tripping or excessive heating will result. 9. Connect leads for the lowest percent of current unbalance. g. Connections and start components. Single phase only. 1. DISCONNECT ALL POWER FROM THE PANEL BEFORE MAKING THESE CHECKS. 2. Motor winding resistance readings. a. Disconnect all three motor leads. b. Using a volt-ohm meter,with the scale set on RX1,measure the resistance between the -- leads with the chart below. WINDING TYPICAL MOTOR LEADS RESISTANCE READING Main Blackto White Lowest - Start Black to Red . Next Lowest(middle) Both White to Red Highest 3. Capacitorcheck. a. Make sure the capacitor is discharged. Use extreme caution as a spark might occur. b. Disconnect the capacitor leads and connect a volt-ohm meter to the capacitor terminals. c. The meter should indicate low ohms when it is first connected,but as the capacitor becomes charged(by the meter)it will return to a reading of infinity(open circuit). NOTE: Set the meter on the RX10,000 scale to check the run capacitor. Set the meter on the RX1,000 scale to check the start capacitor. 4. Start relay check. a. Check the coil resistance. It should be 3,000 to 7,000 ohms. b. Install aclamp on amp meter around the start winding lead. c. Set the ampmeter scale to at least 2 times the pump motorfull load current. d. Place the HOA switch in the hand position to start the pump. e. The meter should read approximately 2 times full load current during starting. I. After the motor has started(within one second)the current should drop to a valve much less than full load current. 5. Motor voltage check. TYPICAL VOLTAGE COMPONENT MOTOR LEAD MODE READING Main Winding Blackto White Start Line Voltage Main Winding Blackto White Run Line Voltage Start Winding Blackto Red Start Line Voltage Start Winding Blackto Red Run 120%Line Voltage 8. Short cycling pump. Check float controls. `_. 9. Runlightstayson Selector switch may be in the hand position. 10. Test for blown fuse. Check for continuity with a V-O-M set on OHM scale. 5 LIMITED WARRANTY THE MARLEY PUMP COMPANY LIMITED WARRANTY. of the fact that such material does not conform to this The Marley Pump Company, a Marley Company, warrants contract orto any express written warranty. to the original purchaser of each of The Marley Pump Company's product(s) that any part thereof which proves WARRANTY DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATION OR to be defective in material or workmanship within one year LIABILITY. THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE IN from date of installation or 18 months from manufature LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR date, whichever comes first, will be replaced at no charge MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A with a new or remanufactured part, F.O.B. factory. PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHICH EXCEED THE Purchaser shall assume all responsibility and expense for AFORESAID EXPRESSED WARRANTIES ARE removal, reinstallation and freight. Any tem(s)designated HEREBY DISCLAIMED AND EXCLUDED FROM —` as manufactured by others shall be covered only by the THIS AGREEMENT. express warranty of the manufacturer thereof. This warranty does not apply to damage resulting from MANUFACTURER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND accident,alteration,design,misuse or abuse. EXCLUDES ANY LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUEN- TIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH BUYER'S REMEDIES. If the material furnished to the OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY Buyer shall fail to conform to this contract or to any ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS PRO- express written warranty,The Marley Pump Company shall DUCT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, replace such nonconforming material at the original point WHETHER IN TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT of delivery and shall furnish instructions for its disposition. LIABILITY CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE. Any transportation charges involved in such disposition shall be for the Buyer's account. The Buyer's exclusive Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of and sole remedy on account or in respect of the furnishing incidental or consequential damages, so the above of material that does not conform to this contract, or to limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Some states any express written warranty, shall be to secure do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty replacement thereof as aforesaid. The Marley Pump lasts,so the above limitation may not apply to you. Company shall not in any event be liable for the cost of any labor expended on any such material or for any This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may incidental or consequential damages to anyone by reason also have other right which vary from from state to state. MARLEY THE MARLEY PUMP COMPANY 11 no Fir HYDROMATIC PUMPS 5800I'mridge Dr.,Mission,KS 66202 1-800-HOT-PUMP 0-701 In Canada-126 East Dr.,Bramton,Ontario L6T 1 C2-(41 61 793-8 242 3167 International Sales-Mission,KS Telex 4--- --MARLY UW-(913)831-5700 i 10 BAYS o 20 • -0' 200 ' -0' Ll KRACK PCA 37983 2HP RHB Bill AIR WIT ITYPICAL OF 81 1 I i KRACK OT2S-370 1/41-P RBA HGU AIR WIT (TYPICAL OF 3) 0 0 B-1 B-2 !YL O B-3 60' CIA X 90' LG 150 PSI INTERCOOLER ❑ AYCOA 6S COAPRESSOR 78' OIIA X 19'-6' LG 150 PSI ACCUA LATOR _$ (ABOVEAECHM ICAALROOM11 ERWFRILQRITYCI TCtHSE 08�01 9UDC We 1 54' CIA X 18'-6' LG 150 PSI ACCUAULATOR 0 AMONIA PLY PS CHAN(ABOVE AEICAL ROOA) 0 EAERGEICY REFRIG CONTROL BOX (SECT 1518.0 UAC) . VESL SUPPORT BEARS 0 HS:3 SCREW COAPRESSOR PACKAGE (TYPICAL OF 61 0HS2 0HS1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL & 1 1 1 1 1 1 SNITCH GEAR 1B/z SPRINKLER DSP 0 Li u u Li J J NEW VENTILATIONFAN -4 C PACE U UTILITY WITH 2 TY FAN WITH 2 FP 5 ROTOR a 75 RPA. .75 ST l (SEC 150B.1 UTAC) 30' CIA X 10'-0' LG 250 PSI T}ERAOSYPFION RECEIVER 7B' CIA X 19'-6' LG 250 PSI RECEIVER [BELOW CONDENSER) Imo— EVAPORATIVE CONDENSER I V li I I I ill ii I O 1 FTF - T O N u I O O N r to Q CD N I 1 REVISION DATE DESCRIPTION BY REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT L.PYOUT FOR : TRIDENT SEAFOODS . ANACORTES , WA DRAWN BY MC/1 SCALE NONE CN[D.T W. E. STONE & CO., INC. No 3077 APPRY'D BY ccr REFRIGERATION CONTRACTORS ND DATE 5/17/89 1°iof' A ►Il[ 4220 22ND AWE. W. SEATTLE, WASH. 98199 BN[[T NO. tA T S_ 2 -PIPF Alan ' Sr-1NL_Er� SPPLL- PZF SC-" �0 S I LVAPCO PURGER LAIR GEM S" ULL- - -_ b< " 4-c ZALL eIPE S" AcT ER Alt' MODEL PMC 1430TS 1 3 1LL. IPf T"L c IPS A t4 0 LA + ROOM I 4) AA ALj_ E_ (:>L- .31C=14ED 1 CrC"aS. U(_-Tf ILA i--A%L-,,,j 3 Or THE ACME Q NrIge-0 Sj ALL f-7 R F_S HALL_ _F'uRNI,>%4lF_D wvrtA ��ov�RLj SIZES r p_T-t r-L L-11 V_fir , \/Ak F-5 A&10 K&-T E-D 1-t-j Ac<_oKr> jNrjcx-- VJI-TIA At�j-��j 1;_'�-9 UNOER FLOOR L 6) rl A wuAL IDISc-HAgGf_ _Fv1r-vo-1 1we. HIGH L� LI-j HEAT EXCHANGER SIDES LD c TOE 5%( S-T E" SHALL 13 C 'P ig c:>v 1 17 c 0 PcF7 LA ri CEr-. 1 ';18 0 ITN A " rJL-bi THERMOS-YfliON 40 0 AUX RECEIVER V.71E.Lr> PIPIOLI '�J 14 X%fLL R'E. rF7,F_s-.uKF_ 1'&-::.Ter� TN A,e C_c.,K 0 P%tJ C E. QtTq U tA C_ -1 P_ IS- 3 fill b4 3-112 300 NH IrAIGH 510E lsc> P> L t=>,.j o _dAUG ES' li-I %Tit>,L C%Akmcr. AvocK=4 9 ,9-,0 L-) 6 3 7 LI-2 DIAL % A //TH EkN40 METE R KRACK L PCA-3-758-3-2 hp R H B-HG U 6 (TYP. 8 ) pea 1 4"SU04 4 to Iv 78 x I9"_- 1/4 GA 2 1.P. H.P. RECEIVERSPORLA14 FILTERSA StyU_ ON N' !> 110" 2 L OIL COOL R FEED DISCHARGE tvIFUTURE STO A If * LIG MAI OILCOOLER _ ETURN..,IW 2-1,42 3R_KRACK DT2S-370 HPRBA -HGU . 1n n SLOW DOWNn• HOT GAG r - - - - MYCOM 6 B 100 H7, 2- 60 x 6161NI;NTERt 10 - GOqLER 12 4100 lip200 L 300 L3Z2-112 78� X 19,-6"�LP. , -44 30OS i 250 HP1 -&-F4�oHP��` _ - 112A 115,q x 18,- 6" 122DEOL 0CIS 2.50 HPI3/42- 112 -4--oz,NOTE (0) MIN- DISTANCE HETWEEN r� OFANGLE VALVE ON rump suCTIONAND . f�U_MP -ZULTJO.N -FLANGE 1 N ALL- )i-4 I9'k- LIQUID NHI Pumps ;Mslo" PATS DESCRI"10N my L ICE.RkTIc> W ;:71QG,A.t�c>toi;--) AQNC - r"M X LiQaa�78-'/ X 19 rI`_11Q GA 7H-P-=RECEIVER ILJ r7 8- X717 300 _c 2 V5O L L-- �4 I"ekt�- PRAWMNY SCALE CKK'D IFY o..C. C-7 -7 W. E. STONE & CO., INC. Pd M -;Ppxv.D wy smert REFRIGERATION CONTRACTORS No. "T11 4220 22ND AVE. W. SEATTLE. WASH. 98199 wolo�G' A— FILE SHEET; d- ristruction Inspection & Related Tests Carlson Testing,Inc. P.O.Box 23814 August 18, 1989 Tigard,Oregon 97223 CPs-4 746 Phone(503)684-3460 FAX 684-0954 !yam SHOP INSPECTION REPORT t!.!, 9 DATES COVERED: August 16, 19809 and August 11, i9809 evS4 PROJECT: Trident Seafood Processing Building ADDRESS: Atnac0r tes , Was liitigt011 INSPECTOR: B. Sobotta 00-16-009: CTI representative visited the lab shop in ie, ererlce to the apove project for special! inspection of fabricated structural steel nteiitbei's , Tile following was noticed. 1 ) Terry Taylor- of Cascade Testing Laboratories was contacted and informed CT representative that 100% visual examination of finished welds at Lire shop was required. Also 100% of the finished welds would require magnetic particle examination 'Go be i'euuCOu based eti uBC Secs. 2722 criteria- Acceptance criteria AWS D1 .1 Sect. 8. CTi representative asked '111r. Taylor if MT through light paint coating would be acceptable. 111 Taylor toil CTI representative that this would be allowed. Also, CTI representative asked Mr. Taylor if [Ili ! Cert verification was required. iir. ayior informed CTI representative that Mil Cert review was not neuessar 2) At the time of t'rrjs visit, the below listed pieces were inspected for' weld size and quality and magnetic particle. See attached #t details sheet for visual and #2 MT sheet for= NDE. 3) At the time of this visit the requirements of UBC 2722 have been met for welders Joe Lindquist, Dan Toman, and Dan Jump. No rejectable indications were noticed. 4) CTI representative will return on August 17, 1989 for a continuation of inspection. CTI representative contacted Mr. Taylor of Cascade Testing for clarification from the structural engineer on Stems #1 and #2 remarks . Excess grinding at flange and column beam seat weld detail . Mr. Taylor told CTI representative he would advise CTI or weld supervisor at Central Fab. a-17-89: CTI represeritative was informed by Cascade Testing brat tlo further fob shop visits would be performed until testing requirements were confirmed Ly and clarified by Cascade Testing and the structural engineer. Respectfully submitted, CASO,N ES Nu, I C. s �l I uuuy I as`/�rl. Lead1 Presid rit -� Att. say CC: Cascade Testing Laboratories Coastrwdon Inspmd n&Rel n:d Tuts Carlson Testing, Inc. J P.O.Box 23814 Tigard Oregon 97223 STRUCTURAL STEEL SHOP FABRICATION DAILY REPORT Phone(503)68 -3460 Phone(503)684-3460 CLIENT: ft� fx��i /��•G�� DATE: B -/6 -89 PROJECT: /� �rlw yam d r�� ersdGr aec�e . CP- INSPECTOR: FABRICATOR: - r l ��+ SHIFT: all _ ri- PIECE PIECE / / MARK CODE NDT VT l V'IVS REMARKS jig (3 mT=oK �otalrnf [ /T=cK Lsam ��eac unlersnle 6asay� C '/o wpld< A 49 yaH G MT=ok /14 &Lnt ' VT= ,, weue fk;1 TolmA SS 6tle(ds exu w,in a_dl 53A inT°oK `109. .,,Ir)ed ` vT'ok 107, VT ,zs9tmr i We/der: D-ki wmavl ,,.. 5/ Wzlo's examined 1 37zA j C Yr)T=©K 120% Pa nred j VT=OK /DOA', YT e2590 InT w{lder. qn loman 13,9 Y✓ll=oK 590 Pa`�feo)i V!=pk Do,n I ,a welds <xamfned 7D , -yea IM7-4& /0o2. IS-,14 vT=0K gu��lds 2uam�:�c�ea�l� C=COLUMN B=BEAM S=STUD WELDING WF=WIDE FLANGE NW=NO WELD SW=SKIP WELD G=GIRDER VT=VISUAL INSPECTION T=TUBE STEEL FI=FABRICATION INCOMPLETE ' UT=ULTRASONIC INSPECTION C=CHANNEL PP=PARTIAL PENETRATION RB=REINFORCING BAR PI=PARTIAL INSPECTION CP=COMPLEIE PENETRATION Cons&ucd m Inspoctlon&Related rests Carlson Testing, Inc. P.O.Box 23814 STRUCTURAL STEEL SHOP FABRICATION DAILY REPORT Tigard,Oregon 97223Phone(503)684-3460 CLIENT: DATE: PROJECT: CP- INSPECTOR: FABRICATOR: SHIFT: PIECE PIECE MARK CODE M NOT r 1 VIw 1�6j REMARKS J/I �Z �E�dS 2Xa+MiN�'O 1 i I C=COLUMN B=BEAM S-STUD WELDING WF=WIDE FLANGE NW-NO WELD SW-SKIP WELD G-GIRDER VT-VISUAL INSPECTION T-TUBE STEEL FI=FABRICATION INCOMPLETE UT-ULTRASONIC INSPECTION C=CHANNEL PP-PARTIAL PENETRATION RB-REINFORCING BAR PI=PARTIAL INSPECTION CP-COMPLETE PENETRATION Construction Inspection&Related Tuts Carlson Testing, Inc. P.O.Box 23814 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TEST REPORT Tigard,Oregon 97223 Phone(503)684-3460 Job No. 02 Date: 2-/Z' 0 Permit No. Client: p�aeAe Radiation Source: Project Material: Address: nwco e Nl/{ v Acceptance Standard: Au% D11,1 ^B6 Examination of the Following: Radiographic 100%Radiographic Spot I IpUen=saontic � - Magnetic Particle I.A Date identification l Remarks Accept. Reject c -�(/ "rce�nrK //fJ ,2fJ U0 &4e/c�s 2Xa ;?��ec/ >) yak 4g �F G//e%�S e�YaszliYlGo� Nc Pgnn;n � /� &le-A !?ecl y070 /it;h�ea) X 13 3 Ja '461e%os/ )< J C #3 142 Gt/e/�S 2Xd ;heoJ /0090 �,'n/� 3 fu rn No. of Films: Type: Film Size: i✓/+ Orig. Repair L?�6z Technician Level Weld Footage: Interpreter Level s: No. of Expos ures CARLSON TESTING, INC. � 'a FF.' I _ = 0 _: r A r•1 N5 P . 0ZS Cmv.ardora InaPntion $elated Tate Carlson Testing, I I A P.O.box 23e14 Nard,Oregon 97223 STRUCTURAL STEEL SHOP FABRICATION DAILY REPORT Phone J503)04.34W CLIENT: DATE: PROJECT: % ' ✓ + r Q r Cp" / U INSPECTOR: //�iytn FABRICATOR: F� SHIFT: c'7 PIECE PIECE MARK CODE NDT REMARKS =bK NC Y)=0 tJal/cr ��wly�G a�er3a�e asa �4t1,11cr; Jot z,'J v0C n aR C M7"zOk Alo Fa,' t I VTeOk Qaa,,, ate 1 e=r welL pqg i ' vo 9 CerU(n+4fiT /YatocR II �.i a 6v� 7.f a Xq Wl i d �3A mreok wPo Aulded IIvLok ico yr .2s tmr We der: Dan Te A I E-1 welds e Am,"14j L F311 ✓�Tmom 0 e Pa n{ed V%=oK /ODy, YT . 59 2atM7- e✓✓l7=ck �a R;n � V7'90k Wt..IJert Da,n T�+w � ' ,a WQ�J� �x�rrrr,tol i AS 7y, mr iut/fie a✓: 1�n fir^�+ ' 1 LI/L/o�5 P A/t1Nt�@+.G S C-COLUMN B-BEAM S-STUD WELDING WF-WIDE FLANGE NW-NO WELD SW-SKIP WELD G-GIRDER VT-VISUAL INSPECTION T-TUBE STEEL FI-FABRICATION INCOMPLETE UT-ULTRASONIC INSPECTION C-CHANNEL PP-PARTIAL PENETRATION RB-REINFORCING BAR PI-PARTIAL INSPECTION CP-COMPLETE PENETRATION Covert Engineering 319 S. W. Washington, Suite 604 Portland, OR 97204 (503) 223-3776 FAX(503) 223-0582 April 24, 1990 Mr . Ed Frank Building Official 904 6th Street Anacortes , WA 98221 Dear Ed: Enclosed you will find 3 copies of drawing T205-1 dated 4/24/90 which covers the boiler room installation at Trident. It specifically includes : A. Room walls and door B. Room ventilation C. Floor drains D. Boiler exhaust and roof penetration This covers the work we have been discussing over the past couple of weeks. Please contact me if you have a question. R ards ,,;7- Darrell L. Covert Covert Engineering DLC:kb Enclosures cc: Dan Sherman, Trident Seafoods BB SPECIFICATIONS: A B B DOWN TO GUTTER ON SOUTH GENERAL: THE WORK CONSISTS OF FURNISHING ALL LABOR, WALL OF FREEZER FIRST FLOOR. EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES AND MATERIALS, AND OF REQUIRES PENETRATION OF CONCRETE PERFORMING ALL OPERATIONS REQUIRED FOR THE MEZZANINE DECK — CORE DRILL AND PLUMBING INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CAULK. UNIFORM BUILDING CODE, 1988 EDITION; UNIFORM I MECHANICAL CODE. 1988 EDITION; UNIFORM PLUMBING FIELD LOCATE WITH PLANT PERSONNEL CODE, 1988 EDITION; THE DRAWINGS, CONTRACT AND I I DESIRED PENETRATION OF MEZZANINE DECK ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES AND LAWS GOVERNING THE INSTALLATION. 2—6' — I / . — — — — — — — — — — — — — B I PIPE SIZE 0-3" STE FUNNEL I I STANDARD ASTM—ALES OR A120 GRADE B—SEAMLESS PW LOOR DRAINMATERIAL CARBON STEEL—GALVANIZED WALL SCHEDULE 40 PREPARATION SCREWED STE FUNNEL I I FITTINGS: TYPE ASTM—A105, SCREWED FLANGES 150 LB, RF COUPLINGS 2000 LB I I B UNIONS 200E LB STAIRS I I GASKETS AS RED RUBBER FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONS OF FLOOR DRAIN BOLTS ASTM—A307, ZINC PLATED 0 AND WASTE FUNNELS WITH BOILER INSTALLER. I I o FLOOR DRAIN MAY BE SHIFTED NORTH—SOUTH DUCTWORK: FLUE DUCT: SELKIRK METALBESTOS MODEL PS TO AVOID FLOOR JOISTS IF NECESSARY. DUCT WITH 304 SS INNER JACKET AND OUTER I p JACKET. JOINTS SEALED WITH P-1400 RN p SILICONE SEALANT. DIAMETER NOTED IS NOMINAL INSIDE DIAMETER. APPURTANCES TO MATCH DUCTS. O I O I I CONCRETE: I I I 3500 PSI ® 14 DAYS 6 SKS MINIMUM UP I 4' MAXIMUM SLUMP %" AGGREGATE (MAX.) HATCHED AREA IS CURB ONLY _ - - _ _ - REBAR — GRADE 60 LAP 24 DIAMETERS B #4 CORNER BARS h TRIM BARS ® OPENINGS. - - -4" VENT WASTE FUNNEL THRU ROOF LOW DOWN TANK WATER SOFTENER I /eq B FLOOR DRAIN I WASTE FUNNEL ONE HOUR FlRE RATED DOOR CHEM i FEED i — BOILER ROOM FLOOR DRAIN — PLAN O TANK BWATER 0 SCALE 1 /4"=1 '-O" L4x4x3/8" FEED TYPICAL ALL AROUND TANK o t A //—OPENING IN R00 I O i BOILER INSTALLATION ZURN Z-326 INDIRECT WASTE FUNNEL 3" IPS BY OTHERS I + 2 REQUIRED I P CAULK JOINT I TYPICAL � ZURN Z-551 FLOOR DRAIN 3" IPS I � COMBUSTION EXHAUST DUCT �I a a a a a a a a a ° a a a DIAG. BEAM c •a .a• •a•°a • •a •e• •a' ° a .a' .a i LOW POINT EXHAUST STA i < e e •°a e e (THRU FLOOR) . a. a° a•. a a a .a° a. a ° a•° a ° a �•a . a , a•. ••a AT THIS END LQ I I CORE DRILL AND ,Y, 2" MAX. 10 B — — — REM PANEL GROUT BACK (TYPICAL) -,� - - _ B o SLOPE ® .25" PER FOOT ROOF TRUSS OTE. A SUSPENDED CEILING 1. HOLD DRAIN PIPE MIN %" OFF FREEZER WALL. I I I I FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL N.T.S. ROOF PENETRATIONS — PLAN i SCALE 1 /2"=1 '-O" I NO. 3 REBAR EPDXY SET MIN. NO. 3 REBAR CONT. 2" INTO EXISTING SLAB ® 24" O.C. BOILER ROOM PLAN I I aii. CAULKING NOTE: USE PREFAB'D THIMBLE lii FOR COMBUSTION EXHAUST DUCT. CAULK BOTH SIDES OF CURB FLASHING SCALE 1 /4"=1 '-0" I I PRESSURE TREATED CANT STRIP 2 CLEAR B- I NORTH BUILT-UP ROOFING I I EXISTING SLAB j I i EXISTING ROOF MATERIAL i PREFAB THIMBLE 2' MAX 3/1 3/16 / TYP I<- J 6 / 12"0 I.D. COMBUSTION EXHAUST DUCT i 3/16 CURB UNDER WALL (T Y P . ) �� EXISTING ROOF SUPPORT - - � � TOP OF BOILER L4x4x3/8" TYPICAL I I N.T.S. MIN. WELD = 3/16" COMBUSTION AIR EXHAUST EXHAUST DUCT PENETRATION I I I! SCALE 1 /2"=1 '-O" SCALE 1 /2"=1 '-O" VENTCO F14x24 ! I I ALUMINUM LOUVERS, I FIBERGLASS INSLUAMON FLUSH MOUNT f—��� IN MIN. 1" SPACE �vVOR APROVED L NNC, EQUAL—BOTH SIDES III --- — I QQQep� Z I I �f. Fagg EREO \�°•. r i J I _——————I CONTINUOUS L2x6x25 GA. ANCHOR WITH EE 25 GA.STEEL STUDS FACED ZINC PLATED SCREWS 24" D.C. 24 RAG NEW DWG'G - ISSUE FOR PERMITS P BOTH SIDES WITH %" GWB TO ROOF DECK ONLY 1 TYPE •X' ONE HOUR FIRE RATING DATE BY/APP. I DESCRIPTION ZONE REV PROJECT PROD. NO. SIGNATURE DATE N� SE'4 TRIDENT SEAFOODS CORPORATION 89-1 97K COVERT Engineering TRLE rIKID BOILER ROOM ELEVATION CORPO ATION WALL @ ROOF (TY P ) 319 S.W. WASHINGTON SUITE 604 BOILER ROOM " D. GEORGE 04/90 SCALE 1 4 -1 -0 PORTLAND, OREGON 97204 D. COVERT 04/90 SCALE 1 "=1 '-O" PLAN & DETAILS Ar-WT►vw Am�r/oan Qonn�otlon DRAWING NO. Al ideas, designs, and data set forth in these documents are the original //^�� C work—product and property of and owned COVERT Eng reuse or rslucbon %O^�� of these documents is prohibited without written pefmi�n from COVERT Eng. ` v ' PROJECT AR1rHUR M. JAM ES ,elen CLIENT r/G - SHEET NO. / 'ENGINEERS. INC BY DATE = Dom:/6.✓ ��L ��-/cG� j� .:�P/i'f"�%j' -7//,d,7ZS /Oyu 1 !✓G sl= Lo Gov PrF 7� 3X D,211 2 = D,f' M-O.54.4 � =, 3,2 G— � � 3,2y/2 _ ��0 8 y7,6 . 3 , P1e7s" zyge;r s - 793� /'zenY'� 9E PJF -73 G y 0 x j/6 Sc S,fl/!A i6 Ot FA. lqy� ---�- c.c Q� GF KA9Hfa6 ♦6 N y n. AFc,§nPE� C�2 ✓ v Pz�c-;w�zdTG�E,/1T-- �7-rv�silT.�aN7s" Diu- �,6�'t Yr o 2'� 7 If.0 n C Gv _ o,2Y 7 o, . 3 z 03 ray � :/�!� v� sE— Gm,rm4 y--- /9SS 6/& G hVEIVEDD A 4� "R 15 i°90 o,3x/.oX G M / �69.y Tu1 i-r/ ' TSL r6.v% /+-s,s� . �6/X6�S= Yl f< --r:rry 7,0VT" Lain z63 fi ia./ Zoj iS/ ze-v '-1-5 ;YwYf PROJECT ARTHUR M. JAMESO � �- P'M CLIENT � ��y"' SHEET NO. ENGINEERS, INC ev �� / DATE -�7- vx�r /y i-rr Y L�l—riy y2 0 113. 911/ / q.o �76 :i //✓/M_!/1�� G x ' iG Bs.4f /BLit? . kw° v TO"41* s 'PFGf9Tr� °Srional J3 5� RECEVED „3i59p¢A �p5 i990 UILDI G Y.S-Pf. ----------- F---------- ----------- F-------� F M ��• S. ' TRANSMITTER 2100 Lbs i I 2100 dos I i 2100 lbs i i 2100 lbs 3,b" DECK PLATE 1/2"0 PLUG WELDS W ® 18" & BUTT WELDS —� r AT JOINTS. \ GRIND SMOOTH I I I � I I I I y w T.0.P. --- o I I ------------ @E 7 -0" -- ---- - � - \ �3�s" END CAPS — ui u �9x9x�/a GUSSET ALL TUBES GENERAL NOTES STRUCTURAL STEEL: W TS 6X6x3/6 A \-TS 6X6x3/6 fTS 6X6x3/ts J ! ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE ASTM (F y = 36 0 KSI). ALL PIPE STEEL SHALL BE ASTM A501 (Fy 3 16xl2x3/a" BASE PLATE 3 16x12x3/a" BASE PLATE = 36 KSI) OR ASTM A53, TYPES E OR S, GRADE B ffi i 2--5/s"� EPDXY BOLTS � TS 6X6x /s ?--5/s"D EPDXY BOLTS (Fy = 35 KSI), ALL TUBULAR STEEL SHAD BE ASTM A500 GRADE 'B' (Fy = 46 KSI), ALL BOLTS F5 EMBED I Ir5" EMBED SHALL BE ASTM A307 UNLESS NOTED ❑THERWISE. LATEST AISC AND AWS CODES APPLY, ALL I C❑NSTRUCTI❑N PER LATEST AISC HANDBOOK. ALL REFERENCE TO HEADED STUDS SHALL INDICATE AT OUM- FIN, FLOOR — _ — — — _ — — AUT❑MATIC WELDED HIGH STRENGTH HEADED STUDS — L— --- (NELSON OR EQUIVALENT). ALL BOLTS, ANCHOR W BOLTS, EXPANSION BOLTS, ETC. SHALL BE 1 2" GROUT INSTALLED WITH STEEL WASHERS, (TYP.) ALL WELDING BY WELDERS HOLDING VALID 4'-0' ___yJ CERTIFICATES AND HAVING CURRENT EXPERIENCE IN - TYPE OF WELD SHOWN ON THE DRAWING OR NOTES, CERTIFICATES SHALL BE THOSE ISSUED BY AN .V 0) ACCEPTED TESTING AGENCY, ALL WELDING DONE BY Z E70 SERIES LOW 'HYDROGEN RODS, USE E90 SERIES FOR ASTM A615 — GRADE 60 REINF❑RCING BARS, ALL ( N SIDE VIEW END VIEW WELDING PER AMERICAN WELDING S❑CIETY STANDARDS, Co EL N SCALE 1 /2"= 1 '- 0" I - ------ W O ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL, EXCEPT AS NOTED, SHALL SCALE 1 /2 — 1 0 BE PAINTED WITH ONE SHOP COAT OF RED ALKYD T W Q PRIMER. AREAS WITHIN 2' OF FIELD WELDS SHALL i Z 3 Z �✓ NOT BE PAINTED UNTIL AFTER WELDING, FIELD . 3i W WELDS, BOLT HEADS, NUTS AND OTHER SURFACES . NOT SHOP PAINTED AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING Z SHIPPING OR ERECTI❑N SHALL BE FIELD PAINTED IMMEDIATELY AFTER ERECTI❑N• Q W CL n. GROUT: �� Q GROUT SHOULD 13E 4, 000 PSI, NOUSHRINK TYPE, z - - -- - - --- -- I I Q 4'-0" � 4�_0'--- 4 —0' o TS 6X6x3/s \-L 4x3x3/s �L 4x3x�s V 1 i TS 6X6x3/s � d- I L 6X6x3/s � I -- W PLAN V) -- a- z SCALE 1 /2 Py= lp__ o)y cr000 Q ' RECEIVED MAR 15 1990 i 0"(2 eq. spc's) 15-8"(3 eq. spc's) 22'-5" 6'-6" I 6'-3 1 '-0" COL. TYP. COL. 3'_0 41/2" SLAB ON 2" S/20 GAGE A TS 6X6X1/a HI-BOND STEEL DECK (GALV.) I *10 � (10 REQ'D) 2" HI BOND DECK W/6X6-W2.9XW2.9 GALV.-IN 3" CLEAR OF FREEZER I 1 � SPIRAL FREEZER SEE DETAIL I FLAT SHEETS (TYPICAL) I TS 6X4X1/a" I I - / ,I TS 8X6X1/a / - TS 6X4X1/4"- ----- -- — - - A. ' RING CLOSURE TOP PLATE TS BX6XY4 9X9X3s \ i ' I i I / 10 GA. S.S.X 30„0 III 0 0 o I RING CLOSURE X TS 6x6x1/4" CD rt DO. I �� N ® STEEL ( � DECK I 4-3/4"Ox9" (5" EMBED) j l w v 0 o I I ; 18X18X1/2" BASE PLATE I I ! < x� (TYP. 10 PLACES) CN 1 _ ---- -- - - ----- -- CO Q COL. � H 2'-3"t TO I LEVELING NUTS ON I ! Cr 1 '-0" ~ CLEAR PIPES NON-SHRINK GROUT w KNEE EXIST'G I BEFORE CONCRETE rn I BRACNG COL. L Tfl ON MEZZ. A SECTION — ELEVATION ! (SEE ) t` DET-2 DO. I Jj SCALE 1 /2"=1 '-O" 30"0 HOLE IN DECK 15'-8" _I HANDRAIL \ BUTTON PUNCH X -I I 012" C/C CO o I o 6 0 0 #4 CONT. 4L PUDDLE WELDS t� i 0 0 0 0 �— W/#3 DOWELS e ® ALT. RIBS CAULK @18 USE WELDING DO. ( I WASHERS 6X6—W2.9XW2.9 - GALV.—IN FLAT STUDS' SHEETS 1"CLEAR TOP 1/4 �Yl I +1 I I 6-6 @18„ ----- ---- ---- --- 00 I _ +/a" CLOSURE 2'-6"t 18'-2" I N TS 6X4XY4" � NORTH , I I I o OF 30"0 OPENING I I oo \ `TS 8X6XV4 PLAN — STRUCT . ! j 1 /4"=1 '-0" � ! .4-3/a"Ox9" (5" EMBED) I DETAIL 1 — CURB AGAINST WALL TYP . 18X18XYz BASE PLATE I , (TYP . ) (TYP. 10 PLACES) SCALE 1"=1 '-O" LEVELING NUTS ON 10 -0 15 =8 -- I NON-SHRINK GROUT I BEFORE CONCRETE A ON MEZZ SPIRAL 1 ALUMINUM FREEZER B SECTION — ELEVATION f HANDRAIL _ / 1 SCALE 1 2"=V-0" j / I 41/2 ' SLAB ON 2" S/20 GAGE TS 8X6X1/4" I 1 '-6" _� I HI-BOND STEEL DECK (GALV.) i� L 3x3xY4x1 '-6" W/6X6-W2.9XW2.9 GALV.-IN I WELD TO STEEL DECK FLAT SHEETS WP -----_„————r =--__--- --- % " 3X3X1/a_ TS 8X6X1/4 j I r 1 CONCRETE: 7 `j1 ' I NOTE: NEW !� �- TOP PLATE iv 1 MEZZ. SLAB TO BE DRAIN , / I, ., 1/B // / __--__-_--_ _ -4— 9X9X�8 3500 PSI @ 14 DAYS 6 SKS MINIMUM CL. ALL FROM NDExIST'c /� , ( �`i b ,� '�� 4" MAXIMUM SLUMP 1/2" AGGREGATE ( MAX) . SEE DET-3 I TS 6X6XY4" w.P. I 1 HAND TROWEL FINISH — POZZOLITH ( > 1/4 I /4 /4 I I TS 6X6X1/a" -- — — ' REBAR — GRADE 60 LAP 24 DIAMETERS EXIST G 4 1 COL. (NO CURB) I I 4 CORNER BARS & TRIM BARS @ OPENINGS ' NORTH — SOUTH EAST — WEST HANDRAIL — TO COMFORM TO 88' U . B . C. 11 ; DETAIL 3 — KNEE BRACING -- SCALE 1 "=1 '-0" ------ ---- . STEEL �i III I 2" EXISTING W14X61 GAP INTERIOR COL ISSUED T'Q ��� DETAIL 1 ALUMINUM 1/4 CLOSURE SUBJECT TO REVIEW BY RECIPIENT TO NOTIFY (TYPICAL) HANDRAIL ALL AROUND PROMPTLY OF ANY OMISSION, DISCREPANCY OWNER Y OR ERROR j ! COL. ANY SCALE IS NOMINAL- USE FiCU.c 4-111 I FOR RtFEREr,C=ONLY OR _ 4 J —\ -- ------ II - — — I DATE ,3 _ 90 BY {fin 1 - crt 6X6—W2.9XW2.9 � GALV.—IN FLAT I I 00 SHEETS 1"CLEAR TOP I' !I ( ARTHUR M. JAMES /28/90 RAG, ADDED HOLE PENETRATION P3 II ------ + — --� ENGINEERS INC. /01/90 ELS GENERAL UPDATE P2 319 S.W. WASHINGTON STREET 214 90 ELS GENERAL UPDATE P1 PORTLAND, OREGON 97204 �i PHONE: (503) 222-9301 ELS NEW DWG'G - PRELM. ISSUE FOR REVIEW ONLY P DATE BY/APP. DESCRIPTION ZONE REV _`.0 SiCq PROJECT PROJ. NO. SIGNATURE DATE — Q���`_ c �OQ COVERT E n i n e e ri n g TITLE TRIDENT SEAFOODS CORPORATION 1 460 PLAN — CONCRETE � DETAIL 3 COL. OPENING ,� SCALE 1 "=1 '-0" � 319 S.W. WASHINGTON SUITE 604 PROCESS BUILDING LINE #2 ' E. SOLIZ 01 90 1 1 /4 =1 -0 cor�Po Tow PORTLAND, OREGON 97204 PACKAGING MEZZ . D. COVERT o, 90 _ Th40 /Ufsler/van Corr,�otlon DRAWING NO. All ideas, designs, and data set forth in these documents are the original cork-product and property of and awned by COVERT Eng. Arty reuse or oduchan PLAN & DETAILS 204-1S of then documents is prohibited without written permisewn from CO Eng. A B Q Q Q H K L Q A V-21/2 — — 25'-0' 24'-6' 24'-6' 24'-6' d d Q 24 6 I _ _— 24 6 24 6 24 6 24 6 21 —0lllE 24 6 6NA IN I AM \4 - - - -� �� �� u77 ❑ U 7-1 I I 1 TRAFFIC —tow- IT � 1ELECTRICAL DIST. IDRA INCLINEROOM DRAIN ypSH RACK DRAIN HYDROGEN GAS DRAIN EMERGENCY SHOVE 3-LANE -__ Q DETECTOR _--_ - _--_ -- AND EYEWASH- _ I I GLAZER `— DRAIN BATTERY WALKWAY FEED CONVEYOR I ✓��i tl tl - I CHARGING a TABDE II FEED CONVEYOR FEED FEED WASH RACK I DETECTOR 1 I hi AREA I I _- _ i v v LONV. L➢NV.1Pj GUTTER I ® v v CONV. CONV. -- - - - IFEED FEED I d v v v ( - - HAND RAH. SPIIIIAL Li rr= r------, _= i LONW. CONY, o o EIGHER EIGHER I I THIS AREA • III 11 I I ER TRANS nil BATTERING STER DEFROSTER TRANS FEED CON Y R == VEIGHE __ WEIGHER - - T - I'DIII II I I - - BELT CONY. 1 LONV. f_1 v v _ I "INEW V - III II ( I I CC�� - - - / -� - �- - - gyp- - WEIGHER ____ I - WEIGHER I '--PLATFORM i III ll. II I J/ / I �\ \ u I I .oak I I I -- I I _ to - - - - - 1 II �� I I SPRIAL I I MACADING CONVEYOIRN - ® III I FREEZER ' \ EL. @ H,P OF ___ I` __ , l = OURB NC II FREEZER SLAB ® ® BATTER I ® I I I I I INEW MIXER III I I I I I 1 I - ROSS PACKAGING IDRAM II I I / \" I I I I I I I - - SCALES (BASE U Q NOTE, III I I IF- COL.NVEYOR INCLINE I I - MEZZPKG >LH UNDER SEE DAMES M. KLONTZ AND ASSOCIATES II I I w I I w w I I w w I I T I f DWG NO. A-2 OF A-8 DATED 07/25/89 I �I i �! TUB DIST. HAKER CONVEYOR£ .z. z z I - ( w III Ilk_e - CASE a < I I x x I I x x I I < I 1 I I I I I w III III ���, I EL. @ H.P. ( - I TAPER a i I IX a I I a a I 1 GLAZER GLAZE I Z I I z i I I i I I I PANELS u II I I / �f1i T1'r`n9Y FIN, FL �r-�' 2 LANE 2 LANE < I I < < I I a a I I I I DRA JII III �� I I I I I I I I I I I I I u I 3' INSULATED z II_r- II�=a�U11 LL4.111 ROLL in I I y I I c<i cI — — < I I < —_ — — — — 9 _ III RE I -- — — — — — — — — PACKING PACKING 1 I y 1 I y N 1 I — — ROSS13 MACH I — STATION STATION If ! III ROLL I I I I I I —1 �.— q SCALES III � III RAFFI CONVEYOR I I I I I I I III - DET. — I -- III YOR METAL, I CONVEYOR ROLLER CONVEYOR T� �FLO I III _� II ➢ET. I 121 I I I I I COLLECTION I ?" I ill III l 4'-0' GATE \ D7STO. I COLLECTION I COLLECTION I t CONVEYOR I i ES�EKDER 111 I - I BCASE ANDER PLOW tj CONVEYOR CONVEYOR CONVEYOR L) ROLL CONVEYOR PALLET PALLET PALLET CROLL ONVEYOR I F - PACKING PACKING lJ_ IIL----- - J ❑ STATION STATION TUB TUB TUB TUB I i L.t_ Iry ry (-_c===co__=-______ - ==J (UNDER DIST. �� CONV.) TUB TUB TUH TUH TUB TUB PALLET FPALLET�EGUAL SPACES ! 4'-1'-16'-4' s 1(TYP.) ��R�$ � I I I I # r CHUTE F 2nd FLOOR GUTTER _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PACKAGING ALUMINUM INSPECTION - �- � FREEZER i i I P A C K A G I M E Z � PLAN __- - HANDRAIL - ��/ - _ - BELT �- - MACH. MACH MACH. USTE CR V. SW 1 I I —__- n , n CONVEYOR I \ BREADING - BATTERIN BREAD NG BATTERING TRANS SLICE BOX FEED - - - - / / �� � \ �� - -- EXISTING -o PACKAGING �,� / [TABLE SAW I I C❑NC . WALL INSPECTIO BAND C B--- I awc '� I ' I / I CONVEYOR I IPEARCE CURB L- II • . I AREA I S_ \ \ / r UTURE, I TABLE 1T BAND I - , ® ® [BATTERMIXER I MIXER R I i f PEARCE �J L —IJ u SAW - II O I+ I I TABLE ! BAND I � I EARCE l I - ULI - I -- - - - - ---- - - - - - - I 13 PI I I I I yQ( I IPALLET PALLET I I - I NOTE: , CASE ALL DIM S_ ARE APPROX. AND TAPER DECLINE CONVEYOR DET' CONVEYOR I I ® ® I SHOULD BE VERIFIED. .. I FLOOR DRAINS PRE55 I r y. (TYPICAL) I I O ® I ® 1 ® [H.'TR] f - . — � \ o F II i - - - - JIB-� - I --- I FREEZER FUTURE) �\ / I I i METAL I 1 I I I WALL LA FREEZER I I I I I I I I i A / I I _ (FUTURE) \ I I 49'_6' PROPOSED LAB/MAINTENANCE it L — sue — AREA III II � I EXISTING r C❑NC , WALL ISSUED SUBJECT TO REVIEW BY RECIPIENT TO NOTIFY OWNER SCALE 1 /H' = 1 ' —O ' PROMPTLY OF ANY OMISSION. DISCREPANCY OR ERROR ARY SCALE IS NOMIRAL• USE ncURES ONLY 44 FOR REFERENCE ONLY OR P CET(ER FREEZER FUTURE) EXISTING DATE, �BY I ( I I III I BUTTRESS 3 - - - � . - - - - - -- z-=r - - ! I a FLOOR DRAINS (TYPICAL) I 4'-0" INCLINE WAVE GUARD RAIL I - - -.. - - 2 . 5 NORTH I ® CONV.� - I GUIDES ® ® ® I F 1 1 -21/2' - - I _—_-- I PALLET PALLET I- - - - - - - —� DECLINE ROLLER CONY TEMPERING ROOM I 1 —21/2" 4'-0° —011 ! L -- ------ MICROWAVE PALLET PALLET I , C3 — I ROS I ❑ NOTE; CONV. _ I TEMPERING ROOM WAS COMPOSE i I FROM KALT MFG, DRAWING # I N'� S'E.q ELE ATOR D-5449-1-1-90 DATED 2/26/90, /CO _ (A'-6' D P PIT) , r ' I HANDRAIL, I �� 0 83/14/90 ELS REVISED DECK EQUIP LAYOUT, REVISED TEMPERING 1 \ 1 I I �� Q ROOM LOCATION B II \ li ROOM I I 1 / I 1 1 ADDED NEW PKG MEZZ AND EQUIP FOR LINE #2 NEW COFiP� ATION �/Ol/90 ELS RAYTHEON MICROWAVE AND TEMPERING ROOM A o �� Am��� cam = 01/1739 ELS GENERAL UPDATE P12 CLEAN CLOTHES LAUNDRAY TOILET I I - CORRIDOR I "I 1' I I) I DATE BY/APP. DESCRIPTION ZONE REV PROJECT PROJ. NO. SIGNATURE DATE TRIDENT SEAFOODS CORPORATION APPRIMOL 1 s I � 1 2/2 COVERT En Ineering TITLE D! 319 S.W. WASHINGTON SUITE 604 PROCESSING BUILDING 1 -2 /2 3 -01/2 0 B�'M E , SDLI 06/8 P RTLAND, OREGON 97204 PR QPT ARRANGEMENT � II • c 06/s All ideas, designs, and data set forth in these documents are the original DRAWING NO. SHEET OF !ak-product and property of and owned by COVERT Eng. Myy reuse or reproduction T-�r-102�of these documents Is prohibited without written permiln from COVERT Eng. V. K A YD C D E E G L M 1'-21/2 25'-0' 24'-6' 24'-6' 24'-6' 24'-6' 24'-6' 24'-6' 24'-6' 24'-6' 21'-0' T ES(1� PREFILTER LL �J g AIR 11RYER i 3' ❑FFICE ❑FFICE ❑FFICE sYSTEH FI TER cawA ssoR UNIT MIDRAULIC - *: I I I CONFERENCE TEST KITCHEN LABORATORY I ppoo AIR Eq. MT T� ZL'S 2T 5W°"` RECEIVER I 01 sa. Pt. I 3154/Mill ❑ i & LUNCH „ I I I v AcctiRULATOR V MECHANICAL ROOM r _ _ _ _,� ❑ ; w GENERAL ❑FFICE $ I FUTURE VACUUM DUST LOLLECTM r - - --� I I EL. SW_ ITCH GEAR L - - - — J - --- � Ill ap'no X 3 O STG II I II 06 `1 II I II I ❑ I 00 `� (FUTURE) II ❑FFICE I ❑FFICE II C� ❑FFICE SUPPLY I COPY MAIL O� `� (FUTURE) 1] (FUTURE) I (FUTURE) jj ❑FFICE � ❑ I 05 0i t I I I (FUTURE) I 0 9 — J L — — — — — — _ — — —} — — — — — PERSONNEL ❑ I I I ❑FFICE a I I C�:j I I I I I I I I RECEPTION C:) 8 I I I I I I I I EXISTING CONC . WALL STAIRS I I I I I I UP I I LU oil — — + — � I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I _ I I I I I a I I I I I I I I I I I I clim I I I I I I I I I I METAL WALL I - I I I I I I 41l I I I I I EXISTING C❑NC , WALL %D I I I I I I o � I I I I SCALE 1 /8'=1 '-0 ' I I I I I I I I EXISTING BUTTRESS I 3 I I I ❑ ❑ I I I 100 LOCKERS ❑ ❑ PRIVATE 1111111 ❑ � = I 4 ' - 0' NORTH I I e I LUNCH _ ❑ AREA - - - - - - - - J ISSUED TO I -- LUNCH I SUBJECT TO REVIEW BY RECIPIENT TO NOTIFY OWNER I Izi AREA PROMPTLY OF ANY OMISSION, DISCREPANCY OR ERROR a 4 . _0 . ANY SCALE IS NOMINAL• USE FIGURES ONLY .44 2 — I I I I I I I REFERENCE ONLY OR P ALE":fER v I / gY _`�t-`�h �� I i I R �— I I M v I .<Q 03/IS/91 ELS REVISED GENERAL ❑FFICE AREA — A CP 1 0 0 LOCKERS S coftPo -none 1212(I/B9 ELS GENERAL UPDATE - ISSUE FOR REVIEW Pi I I I I a � I z _ ,,,� ,�,,,�,�„ 0�1/89 ELS PRELIMINARY ISSUE- FOR REV I EW,,'ONLY P ❑ ❑ Q I I DATE BY/APP. DESCRIPTION ZONE REV O — -- — ❑ ❑ > I PROJECT PROJ. N0. SNrYiRURE GATE OVERT E n I n @ @ rl n gTREIDENT SEAFOODS CORPORATION Moral Tn 1'-21/2 I I I I I I g 4 '-0' 319 S.W. WASHINGTON SUITE 604 PROCESSING BUILDING PO E , SOL I Z 5/8 PORTLAND, OREGON 97204 PIM D , COVERT fl5/8 Aff Ideas, designs, and data set forth in these documents are the original SECOND FLOOR PLAN DRAwne No. SIEEJ OF daa �ed �,i�n�°rC En^ T-89-101-P 2 2 l ac ?Jb HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS ACE FIRE PROTECTION Date 08/17/89 Job_ _ TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. Authority having Jurisdiction_ CITY OF ANACORTES FIRE MARSHAL Occupancy_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ORDINARY HAZARD GRP III Density_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0. 21 gpm/sq. ft . Area of Application,_ _ _ _ _ __ 1500 sq. ft . Coverage per Sprinkler _ _ _ v 130 SQUARE FOOT MAXIMUM System type_ _ Wet Hose _ _ _ _ _ 100. 0 gpm Inside Hose, 400. 0 gpm Outside Hose Water Supply _ 95. 00 psi Static, 55. 00 psi Residual @ 2240. 0 gpm Demand _ _ _ _ 82. .,4 nsi @ 397. 4. gpm @ F & S 82. 76 psi @ 897. 4 gpm @ Supply 87. 64 psi available @ 897. 1, ;jpm Demand is below curve by 4. 88 psi for Remote Area 5 Sprinklers _ _ AUTOMATIC MODEL F Sheet 2 of 2 3 TRIDENT SEAF D PROCESSING BUILDING - S )ND FLOOR tl 1400 FOURTH STREET; ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. ■ : Static = 95. 00 psi Residual = 55. 00 psi at a flow of 224.0. 0 gpm F : Demand at F&S = 82. 54 psi with 397. 4 gpm flowing. D: System demand = 82. 76 psi with 897. & gpm flowing. ■ : Pressure available = 67. 64 psi when 897. 4 gpm is flowing. Demand is below curve by 4. 88 psi . (5. 6%) PSI Multiply pressure scale by 10 Nl . 85 Graph 10 9 D g 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 GPM Multiply flow scale by 250 Sheet 3 of Z3 ACE FIRE PROTECTION Description of Fitting abbreviations Code Description T Tee E Ninety day. elbow ALV Alarm valve BKF Backflow preventor GV Gate valve UE Underground ASCA ninety degree elbow UT1 Underground ASCA tee : flow in run, flow out bullhead only Description of Other abbreviations Code Description PT Total pressure PE Pressure loss due to elevation changes P_F Pressure loss due to friction 5 Raised to the power of . 5 (Square Root) A Actual pipe length F Fitting equivalent pipe length T Total pipe length TRI-2 0017/89 2: 36pm Sheet L: ofjLj) a • ACE FIRF r7wFECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. Remote Area Summary BL Split Split Demand @ F+S Demand @ Supply RA No Head Press Press Flow Press Flow Pressure Breakdown 1 1 9 21. 62 68. 13 347. 7 68. 31 847. 7 Split Pressure= 21.62 2 22 21 . 70 Grid Loss = 21. 75 3 35 22. 00 Avail @ Supply= 88. 37 4 50 30. 73 Below Curve = 20.05 2 1 8 21. 62 69. 59 348. 1 69. 78 848. 1 Split Pressure= 21 . 62 2 21 21. 69 Grid Loss = 23. 20 3 34 21.95 Avail @ Supply= 88. 37 4 49 32. 59 Below Curve = 18. 59 3 1 7 21 . 62 70. 73 348. 3 70. 92 848. 3 Split Pressure= 21. 62 2 20 21. 68 Grid Loss - 24. 34 3 33 21 . 91 Avail @ Supply= 88. 36 4 48 34. 05 Below Curve = 17. 44 4 1 6 21. 62 71 . 58 348. 6 71. 77 848. 6 Split Pressure= 21. 62 2 19 21. 68 Grid Loss = 25. 18 3 32 21. 89 Avail @ Supply= 88. 36 4 47 35. 14 Below Curve = 16. 59 5 i 6 21 . 62 82. 54 397. 4 82. 76 697. 4 Split Pressure= 21. 62 2 19 21. 69 Grid Loss = 35. 24 3 32 21 . 96 Avail @ Supply= 87. 64 4 52 44. 82 Below Curve = 4.88 Most demanding Remote Area is area number 5 TRI-2 08/17/89 2 :48PM Sheet ; of Z3 t ' ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. Remote areas are selected by allowing specified nodes to flow fvr the designated remote area. Nodes not specified will have no flow exiting those nodes wi�!,in the designated remote area. This applies only to nodes within the grid itself . Any other calculated sections will use the calculated flows. Remote area number 1 includes nodes: 8-11 21-24 34-37 50 Remote area number 2 includes nodes: 7-10 20-23 33-36 49 Remote area number 3 includes nodes- 6-9 19-22 32-35 48 Remote area number 4 includes nodes: 5-8 18-21 31-34 47 Remote area number 5 includes nodes: 4-8 17-21 30-34 TRI-2 08/17/89 2:48pm Sheet (p of Z7j ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. Grid Node Detail Remote Area #5 Discharge Pressure Outlet Elevation Node (gpm) (psi) K-Value Source (fit ) Comments 2 - 47. 17 30. 00 3 - 44. 46 32. 00 4 26. 5 22. 41 Orif= 5. 60 32. 00 5 26. 1 21. 65 Orif= 5. 60 32. 00 6 26. 0 21 . 62 Orif= 5. 60 32. 00 Split : 1 7 26. 2 21 . 97 Orif= 5. 60 32. 00 8 27. 2 23. 56 Orif= 5. 60 32. 00 9 - 27. 27 32. 00 10 - 30. 98 32. 00 11 - 34. 69 32. 00 12 - 36. 97 32. 00 13 42. 76 30. 00 15 - 47. 28 30. 00 16 - 44. 56 32. 00 17 26. 5 22. 48 Orif= 5. 60 32. 00 18 26. 1 21 . 72 Orif= 5. 60 32. 00 19 26. 1 21. 69 Orif= 5. 60 32. 00 Split : Line 2 20 26. 3 22. 05 Orif= 5. 60 32. 00 21 27. 2 23. 65 Ori.f= 5. 60 32. 00 22 - 27. 37 32. 00 23 - 31 . 10 32. 00 24 - 34. 83 32. 00 25 - 39. 12 32. 00 26 - 42. 93 30. 00 28 - 47. 66 30. 00 29 - 44. 93 32. 00 30 26. 7 22. 74 Orif= 5. 60 32. 00 31 21. 98 Orif= 5. 60 32. 00 32 26. 2 21 . 96 Orif= 5. 60 32. 00 Split : Line 3 33 26. 5 22. 32 Orif= 5. 60 32. 00 34 27. 4 23. 95 Orif= 5. 60 32. 00 35 - 27. 74 32. 00 36 - 31. 52 32. 00 37 - 35. 31 32. 00 38 - 39. 68 32. 00 39 - 43. 53 30. 00 41 - 48. 47 30. 00 42 - 47. 45 32. 00 43 - 45. 66 32. 00 44 - 45. 47 32. 00 45 - 45. 28 32. 00 46 - 45. 09 32. 00 47 - 44. 90 32. 00 48 - 44. 70 32. 00 49 - 44. 51 32. 00 50 - 44. 32 32. 00 51 - 44. 10 32. 00 52 - 44. 82 30. 00 TRI=2 08/17/89 2:49Pm Sheet -L of Z Tj 1 ACE FIRE PROTECTION _ Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. Grid Node Detail Remote Area #5 Discharge Pressure Outlet Elevation Node (gpm) (psi ) K-Value Source (ft) Comments 54 - 49. 42 30. 00 55 - 48. 41 32. 00 56 - 45. 23 32. 00 57 - 45. 95 30. 00 59 - 50. 50 30. 00 60 - 49. 48 32. 00 61 - 46. 22 32. 00 62 - 46. 94 30. 00 64 - 51 . 73 30. 00 65 - 50. 70 32. 00 66 - 47. 09 32. 00 67 - 47. 80 30. 00 68 (397. 4) 56. 86 Feed Jot 30. 00 69 - 53. 13 30. 00 70 - 52. 07 32. On 71 - 47. 85 32. 00 72 - 48. 52 30. 00 73 - 49. 11 30. 00 74 - 48. 52 32. 00 75 - 54. 58 32. 00 76 - 55. 72 30. 00 78 - 49. 56 30. 00 79 - 48. 93 32. 00 80 - 54. 17 32. 00 81 - 55. 27 30. 00 83 - 52. 17 30. 00 84 - 51. 45 32. 00 85 - 53. 93 32. 00 86 - 54. 94 30. 00 88 - 52. 42 30. 00 89 51 . 68 32. 00 90 - 53. 70 32. 00 91 - 54. 69 30. 00 93 - 52. 61 30. 00 94 - 51 . 84 32. 00 95 - 53. 53 32. 00 96 - 54. 50 30. 00 98 - 52. 75 30. 00 99 - 51 . 97 32. 00 100 - 53. 41 32. 00 101 - 54. 36 30. 00 103 - 52. 85 30. 00 104 - 52. 06 32. 00 105 - 53. 32 32. 00 106 - 54. 26 3n. nn 108 - 52. 92 30„ 00 109 - 52. 12 32. 00 110 - 53. 26 32. 00 TRI-2 08/17/89 2:49pm Sheet gj of Z33 ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. Grid Node Detail Remote Area #5 Discharge Pressure Outlet Elevation Node (gpm) (psi) K-Value Source (ft) Comments III - 54. 19 30. 00 l:S - 52. 96 30. 00 114 - 52. 16 32. 00 115 - 53. 22 32. 00 116 - 54. 15 30. 00 118 - 52. 99 30. 00 119 - 52. 18 32. 00 120 - 53. 20 32. 00 121 - 54. 12 30. 00 123 - 53. 00 30. 00 124 - 52. 19 32. 00 125 - 53. 20 32. 00 126 - 54. 12 30. 00 128 - 53. 00 30. 00 129 - 52. 20 32. 00 130 - 53. 19 32. 00 131 - 54. 11 30. 00 TRI=2 08/17/89 2 : 50PM sheet of Z3 ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. Grid Pipe Detail Remote Area #5 Actual Total Elev Frio Frio Press Prey Pipe Diam Len Len Head Flow Loss Loss Vel Nodes @ Beg @ Er No. (inch) (Ft) (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm) (Psi/Ft) (Psi) (Fps) Beg End (Psi) (Psi 1 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 -57. 9 0. 0105 0. 11 3. 4 15 2 47. 28 47. 3 2 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 -57. 9 0. 1909 1 . 85 11 . 2 2 3 47. 17 44. 4 Fit= 7. 7 1T 3 1. 45 107. 8 115. 5 0. 00 -57. 9 0. 1909 22. 05 11 . 2 3 4. 41, . 46 22. 4 Fit= 7. 7 1T 4 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 -31 . 4 0. 0615 0. 76 6. 1 4 5 22. 41 21 . E 5 1.45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 -5. 3 0. 0023 0. 03 1. 0 5 6 21. 65 21. E 6 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 20. 7 0. 0285 0. 35 4. 0 6 7 21. 62 21. 5 7 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 47. 0 0. 1295 1 . 59 9. 1 7 8 21 . 97 23. P 8 1 . 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 74. 1 0. 3016 3. 71 14. 4 8 9 23. 56 27. -, 9 1. 4.5 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 74. 1 0. 3016 3. 71 14. 4 9 10 27. 27 30. 5 10 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 74. 1 0. 3016 3. 71 14. 4 10 11 30. 98 34. E 11 1. 45 6. 5 14. 2 0. 00 74. 1 0. 3016 4. 28 14. 4 11 12 34. 69 38. 5 Fit= 7. 7 1T 12 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 74. 1 0. 3016 2. 92 14. 4 12 13 38. 97 42. i Fit= 7. 7 1T 13 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 74. 1 0. 016�, n. 17 4. 4 13 26 42. 76 42. c 14 2.64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 -115. 8 0. 0378 0. 38 6. 8 28 15 47.66 47.2 15 1 . 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 -57. 9 0. 1912 1.. 85 11 . 2 15 16 47. 28 44. ° Fit= 7. 7 1T 16 1. 45 107. 8 115. 5 0. 00 -57. 9 0. 1912 22. 08 11 . 2 16 17 44. 56 22. 4 Fit= 7. 7 1T 17 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 -31 . 4 0. 0615 0. 76 6. 1 17 18 22. 48 21. ; 18 1 . 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 -5. 3 0. 0023 0. 03 1 . 0 18 19 21 . 72 21 . E 19 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 20. 8 0. 0287 0. 35 4. 0 19 20 21 . 69 22. 0 20 1 . 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 47. 1 0. 1302 1 . 60 9. 1 20 21 22. 05 23. E. 21 1 . 4.5 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 74. 3 0. 3030 3. 73 14. 4 21 22 23. 65 27. ' 22 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 74. 3 0. 3030 3. 73 14. 4 22 23 27. 37 31 . 1 23 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 74. 3 0. 3030 3. 73 14. 4 23 31. 10 34. E 24 1.45 6. 5 14. 2 0. 00 74. 3 0. 3030 4. 30 14. 4 24 25 34. 83 39. 1 Fit= 7. 7 1T TRI=2 08/17/89 2 :50pm Sheet to of 'Z? ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. Grid Pipe Detail Remote Area #5 Actual Total Elev Frio Frio Press Pre< Pipe Diam Len Len Head Flow Loss Loss Vel Nodes @ Beg @ Er No. (inch) (Ft) (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm) (Psi/Ft) (Psi ) (Fps) Beg End (Psi ) (Psi 25 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 74. 3 0. 3030 2. 94 14. 4 25 26 39. 12 42. 4 Fit= 7. 7 1T 26 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 148. 5 0. 0596 0. 60 8. 7 26 39 42. 93 43. ° 27 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 -173. 9 0, 0802 0. 81 1.0. 2 41 28 48. 47 47. E 28 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 -58. 1 0. 1922 1. 86 11. 3 28 29 47. 66 44. c Fit= 7. 7 1T 29 1. 4.5 . 107. 8 115. 5 0. 00 -58. 1 0. 1922 22. 19 11 . 3 29 30 44. 93 22. 7 Fit= 7. 7 1T 30 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 -31 . 4 0. 0616 0. 76 6. 1 30 31 22. 74 21. r 31 1 . 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 -5. 1 0. 0022 0. 03 1. 0 31 32 21. 96 21 .9 32 1 . 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 21 . 1 0. 0295 0. 36 4. 1 32 33 21 . 96 22. 33 1 . 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 47. 6 0. 1326 1 . 63 9. 2 33 34 22. 32 23. 9 34 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 75. 0 0. 3079 3. 79 14. 5 34 35 23. 95 27. 7 35 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 75. 0 0. 3079 3. 79 14. 5 35 36 27. 74 31. 5 36 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 ^. 00 75. 0 0. 3079 3. 79 14. 5 36 37 31. 52 35. 3 37 1. 45 6. 5 14. 2 0. 00 75. 0 0. 3079 4. . 37 14. 5 37 38 35. 31 39.6 Fit= 7. 7 1T 38 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 75. 0 0. 3079 2. 98 14. 5 38 39 39. 68 43. 5 Fit= 7. 7 1T 39 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 223. 4 0. 1274 1 . 29 13. 1 39 52 43. 53 44. t. 40 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 --188. 9 0. 0934 0. 94 11 . 1 54 41 49. 4.2 48. 4 41 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 -14, 9 0. 0155 0. 15 2. 9 41 42 48. 47 47. 4 Fit= 7. 7 1T 42 1. 45 107. 8 115. 5 0. 00 -14. 9 0. 0155 1 . 79 2. 9 42 43 47. 45 45. 6 Fit= 7. 7 1T 43 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 -14. 9 0. 0155 0. 19 2. 9 43 44 45. 66 45. 4 44 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 Q. 00 -14. 9 0. 0155 0. 19 2. 9 44 45 45. 47 45. 2 45 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 -14. 9 0. 0155 0. 19 2. 9 45 46 4.5. 28 45. 0 46 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 -14. 9 0, 0155 0,. 19 2, 9 46 47 45. 09 44. 9 47 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 -14. 9 0. 0155 0. 19 2. 9 47 48 44. 90 44. 7 48 1.45 12. 3 1.2. 3 0. 00 -14. 9 0. 0155 0. 19 2. 9 48 49 44. 70 44. 5 TRI-2 08/17/89 2: 51PM Sheet ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING -SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. Grid Pipe Detail Remote Area #5 Actual Total Elev Frio Frio Press Prey. Pipe Diam Len Len Head Flow Loss Loss Vel Nodes @ Beg @ En No. (inch) (Ft ) (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm) (Psi/Ft) (Psi) (Fps) Beg End (Psi) (Psi. 49 1. 45 12. 3 12. 3 0. 00 -14. 9 0. 0155 0. 19 2. 9 49 50 44. 51 44. 3 50 1. 45 6. 5 14. 2 0. 00 -14. 9 0. 0155 0. 22 2.. 9 50 51. 44. 32 4.4.. 1 Fit= 7. 7 1T 51 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 -14. 9 0. 0155 0. 15 2. 9 51 52 44. 10 44. 8 Fit= 7. 7 1T 52 2.64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 208. 5 0. 1121 1 . 13 12. 3 52 57 44. 82 45. 9 53 2.64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 -203. 4 0. 1071 1 . 08 12. 0 59 54 50. 50 49. 4 54 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 -14. 5 0. 0148 0. 14 2. 8 54 55 49.42 48. 4 Fit= 7. 7 11' 55 1. 45 200. 0 215. 4 0. 00 -14. 5 0. 0148 3. 18 2. 6 55 56 48. 41 45. 2 Fit= 15. 4 2T 56 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 -14. 5 0. 0148 0. 14 2. 8 56 57 45. 23 45. 9 Fit= 7. 7 1T 57 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 10" . 0 0. 0981 0. 99 11. . 4 57 62 45. 95 46. 9 58 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 -218. 1 0. 1219 1 . 23 12. 8 64 59 51.73 50. 5 59 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 -14. 7 0. 0151 0. 15 2. 9 59 60 50. 50 49. 4 Fit= 7. 7 1T 60 1. 45 200. 0 215. 4 0. 00 -14. 7 0. 0151 3. 26 2. 9 60 61 49. 48 46. 2 Fit= 15. 4 2T 61 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 -14. 7 0. 0151 0. 15 2. 9 61 62 46. 22 46. 9 Fit= 7. 7 1T 62 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 179. 3 0. 0848 0. 86 10. 5 62 67 46. 94 4.7. 8 63 2.64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 -233. 6 0. 1384 1 . 4.0 13. 7 69 64 53. 13 51. 7 64 1. 4.5 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 -15. 5 0. 0167 0. 16 3. 0 64 65 51 . 73 50. 7 Fit= 7. 7 1T 65 1. 45 200. 0 215. 4 0. 00 -15. 5 0. 0167 3. 61 3. 0 65 66 50. 70 47. n Fit= 15. 4 2T 66 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 -15. 5 0. 0167 0. 16 3. 0 66 67 47. 09 47. 8 Fit= 7. 7 1T 67 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 163. 7 0. 0717 0. 72 9. 6 67 72 4.7. 80 48. 5 68 2. 64 7. 2 23. 7 0. 00 -250. 6 0. 1576 3. 73 14. 7 68 69 56. 86 53. 1 Fit= 16. 5 1T 69 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 -16. 9 0. 0196 0. 19 3. 3 69 70 53. 13 52. 0 Fit= 7. 7 1T 70 1. 45 200. 0 215. 4 0. 00 -16. 9 0. 0196 4. 22 3. 3 70 71 52. 07 47. 8 Fit= 15. 4 2T 71 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 -16. 9 0. 0196 0. 19 3. 3 71 72 47. 85 48. 5 Fit= 7. 7 1T 72 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 14.6. 8 n. 0586 n. 59 8. 6 72 73 48. 52 4.9. 1 TRI-2 08/17/89 2c51pm Sheet C-L of Z� ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. Grid Pipe fletail Remote Area #5 Actual Total Elev Frio Frio Press Pre= Pipe Diam Len Len Head Flow Loss Loss Vel Nodes @ Beg @ Er No. (inch) (Ft) (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm) (Psi/Ft) (Psi) (Fps) Beg End (Psi) (Psi 73 1.45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 20. 6 0. 0281 0. 27 4. 0 73 74 49. 11 48. E Fit= 7. 7 1T 74 1. 45 200. 0 215. 4 0. 00 20. 6 0. 0281 6. 06 4. 0 74 75 48. 52 54 . f Fit= 15. 4 2T 75 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 20. 6 0. 0281 0. 27 4. 0 75 76 54. 58 55. / Fit= 7. 7 1T 76 2. 64 2. 9 19. 4 0. 00 146. 8 0. 0586 1 . 14 8. 6 76 68 55. 72 56. P Fit= 16. 5 1T 77 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 126. 2 0. 0443 0. 45 7. 4 73 78 49. 11 49. E 78 1.45 2.0 9. 7 -2. 00 19. 0 0. 0243 0. 24 3. 7 78 79 49. 56 48. E Fit= 7. 7 1T 79 1. 45 200. 0 215. 4 0. 00 19. 0 0. 0243 5. 24 3. 7 79 80 48. 93 54. 1 Fit= 15. 4 2T 80 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 19. 0 0. 0243 0. 24 3. 7 80 81 54. 17 55. 2 Fit- 7. 7 1T 81 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 126. 2 0. 0443 0. 45 7. 4 81 76 55. 27 55. 7 82 2. 64 63. 1 79. 6 0. 00 107. 2 0. 0328 2. 61 6. 3 78 83 4.9. 56 52. 1 Fit= 16. 5 2E 83 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 14. 8 0. 0153 0. 15 2. 9 83 84 52. 17 51. 4 Fit= 7. 7 1T 84 1. 45 147. 0 162. 4 0. 00 14. 8 0. 0153 2. 48 2. 9 84 85 51. 45 53. 5 Fit= 15. 4 2T 85 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 14. 8 0. 0153 0. 15 2. 9 85 86 53. 93 54. 4 Fit= 7. 7 1T 86 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 107. 2 0. 0328 0. 33 6. 3 86 81 54. 94 55. 87 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 92. 5 0. 0249 0. 25 5. 4 83 88 52. 17 52. 4 88 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 13. 3 0. 0125 0. 12 2. 6 88 89 52. 42 51 . E Fit= 7. 7 1T 89 1. 45 147. 0 162. 4 0. 00 13. 3 Q Oi S 2. 03 2. 6 89 90 51 . 68 53 Fit= 15. 4 2T 90 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 13. 3 0. 0125 0. 12 2. 6 90 91 53. 70 54. E Fit= 7. 7 1T 91 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 92. 5 0. 0249 0. 25 5. 4 91 86 54. 69 54. 5 92 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 79. 2 0. 0187 0. 19 4. 7 88 93 52. 42 52. E 93 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 12. 0 0. 0104 0. 10 2. 3 93 94 52. 61 51. F Fit= 7. 7 1T 94 1. 45 147. 0 162. 4 0. 00 12. 0 0. 0104 1 . 69 2. 3 94 95 51 . 84 53. ° Fit= 15. 4 2T 95 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 12. 0 0. 0104 0. 10 2. 3 95 96 53. 53 54. E Fit= 7. 7 1T 96 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 79. 2 0. 0187 0. 19 4. 7 96 ,ol 54. 50 54. E TRI-2 08/17/89 2 :52pm Sheet t3 of Z? ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 15GO S. F. Grid Pipe Detail Remote Area #5 Actual Total Elev Frio Frio Press Pres Pipe Diam Len Len Head Flow Loss Loss Vel Nodes @ Beg @ Er No. (inch) (Ft) (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm) (Psi/Ft) (Psi ) (Fps) Beg End (Psi) (Psi 97 2.64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 67. 2 0. 0138 0. 14 4. 0 93 98 52. 61 52. , 98 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 11 . 0 0. 0089 0. 09 2. 1 98 99 52. 75 51. s Fit= 7. 7 1T 99 1. 45 147. 0 162. 4 0. 00 11 . 0 0. 0089 1 . 44 2. 1 99 100 51. 97 53. 4 Fit= 15. 4 2T 100 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 11. 0 0. 0089 0. 09 2. 1 100 101 53. 41 54. E Fit= 7. 7 1T 101 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 67. 2 0. 0138 0. 14 4. 0 101 96 54. 36 54. E 102 2.64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 56. 2 0. 0099 0. 10 3. 3 98 103 52. 75 52. F 103 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 10. 3 0. 0078 0. 08 2. 0 103 104 52. 85 52. 0 Fit= 7. 7 1T 104 1. 4.5 147. 0 162. 4 0. 00 10. 3 0. 0078 1 . 26 2. 0 104 105 52. 06 53. : Fit= 15. 4 2T 105 1. 4.5 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 10. 3 0. 0078 0. 08 2. 0 105 106 53. 32 54. 2 Fit= 7. 7 1T 106 2. 64 10. 1 1O. i 0. 00 56. 2 0. 0099 0. 10 3. 3 106 101 54. 26 54. ? 107 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 45. 9 0. 0068 0. 07 2. 7 103 108 52. 85 52. 4 108 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 9. 7 0. 0070 0. 07 1. 9 108 109 52. 92 52. 1 Fit= 7. 7 1T 109 1. 45 147. 0 162. 4 0. 00 9. 7 0. 0070 1 . 14 1 . 9 109 110 52. 12 53. 2 Fit= 15. 4 2T 110 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 9. 7 0. 0070 0. 07 1 . 9 110 Ill 53.26 54. 1 Fit= 7. 7 1T 111 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 45. 9 0. 0068 0. 07 2. 7 111 106 54. 19 54. 2 112 2.64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 36. 2 0. 0044 0. 04 2. 1 108 113 52. 92 52. 9 113 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 9. 3 0. 0065 0. 06 1 . 8 113 114, 52.96 52. 1 Fit= 7. 7 1T 114 1. 45 147. 0 162. 4 0. (ln 9. 3 O. On65 1 , 06 1. . 8 11.4 115 52. 16 53. 2 Fit= 15. 4 2T 115 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 9. 3 0. 0065 0. 06 1 . 8 115 116 53. 22 54. 1 Fit= 7. 7 1T 116 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 36. 2 0. 0044 0. 04 2. 1 116 Ill 54. 15 54. 1. 117 2.64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 26. 8 0. 0025 0. 03 1 . 6 113 118 52. 96 52.9 118 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 9. 1. 0. 0062 0. 06 1.. 8 118 119 52. 99 52. 1 Fit= 7. 7 1T 119 1 . 45 147. 0 162. 4 0. 00 9. 1 0. 0062 1 , 01 1 . 8 119 120 52. 18 53. 2 Fit= 15. 4 2T 120 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 9. 1 0. 0062 0. 06 1 . 8 120 121 53. 20 54. 1 Fit= 7. 7 1T TRI-2 OS/17/89 2: 53pm Sheet 14 aY LZj ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. Grid Pipe Detail Remote Area #5 Actual Total Elev Fric Fric Press Pre-- Pipe Diam Len Len Head Flow Loss Loss Vel Nodes @ Beg @ Eri No. ( inch) (Ft) (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm) (Psi/Ft) (Psi ) (Fps) Beg End (Psi) (Psi 121 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 26. 8 0. 0025 0. 03 1. 6 121 116 54. 12 54. 1 122 2.64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 17. 7 0. 0012 0. 01 1. 0 118 123 52. 99 53. 0 123 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 8. 7 0. 0057 0. 06 1. 7 123 124 53. 00 52. 1 Fit= 7. 7 1T 124 1. 45 152. 5 175. 6 n 7W 8. 7 0. 0057 1 . 01 1 . 7 124 125 52. 19 53. 2 Fit= 23. 1 2T 2E 125 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 8. 7 0. 0057 0. 06 1 . 7 125 126 53. 20 54. 1 Fit= 7. 7 1T 126 2. 64 4. 5 4. 5 0. 00 17. 7 0. 0012 0. 01 1 . 0 126 121 54. 12 54. 1 127 2. 64 10. 1 10. 1 0. 00 9. 0 0. 0003 0. 00 0. 5 123 128 , 53. 00 53. 0 128 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 -2. 00 9. 0 0. 0061 0. 06 1 . 7 128 129 53. 00 52. 2 Fit= 7. 7 11' 129 1 . 45 147. 0 162. 4 0. 00 9. 0 0. 0061 0. 99 1. 7 129 130 52. 20 53. 1 Fit= 15. 4 2T 130 1. 45 2. 0 9. 7 2. 00 9. 0 0. 0061 0. 06 1. 7 130 131 53. 19 54. 1 Fit= 7. 7 1T 131 2. 64 15. 7 15. 7 0. 00 7 . 0 0. 0003 0. 01 D. 5 131 1.26 54. 11. 54.. 1 TRI-2 OS/17/89 2 :53pm Sheet is of 23 ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. Remote Area #5 Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi/ft ) (psi ) Ref (fps) Note Perimeter Clockwise C = 12 A 12. 3 PT 21. 62 6 Remote Spli F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 6 20. 7 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 02846 PF 0. 35 4. 01 A 12. 3 PT 21. 97 7 26. 3=5. 60(21 . 97) . 5 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 7 47. 0 1. 45 T 12. 3 0, 12951 PF 1 . 59 9„ 1.0 A 12. 3 PT 23. 56 8 27. 2=5. 60(23. 56) - . 5 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 8 74. 1 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 30157 PF 3. 71 14. 36 A 12. 3 PT 27. 27 9 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 9 74. 1 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 30157 PF 3. 71 14. 36 A 12. 3 PT 30. 98 10 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 10 74. 1 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 30157 PF 3. 71 14. 36 A 6. 5 PT 34. 69 11 F 7. 7 PE 0. 00 it 74. 1 1 . 4.5 1T T 14. 2 0. 30157 PF 4. 28 14. 36 A 2. 0 PT 38. 97 12 F 7. 7 PE 0. 87 (EL= 2.00 ft 1? 74. 1 1 . 45 1T T 9. 7 0. 30157 PF 2. 92 14. 36 A 10. 1 PT 42, 76 13 Line F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 13 74. 1 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 01656 PF 0. 17 4. 36 A 10. 1 PT 42. 93 26 Line 74. 3 = Pipe No. 25 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 26 148. 5 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 05982 PF 0. 60 8. 73 A 10. 1 PT 43. 53 39 Line 75. 0 = Pipe No. 38 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 39 223. 4 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 12744 PF 1 . 29 13. 14 A 10. 1 PT 44. 82 52 Line -14.9 = Pipe No. 51 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 52 208. 5 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 11214 PF 1 . 13 12. 27 A 10. 1 PT 45. 95 57 -14. L Pipe No. 56 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 57 194. 0 2. 64 T 10. 1. 0. 09813 Pr 0. 99 11 . 41 A 10. 1 PT 46. 94 62 -14. 7 = Pipe No. 61 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 62 179. 3 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 08480 PF 0. 86 10. 55 A 10. 1 PT 47. 80 67 -15. 5 = Pipe No. 66 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 67 163. 7 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 07171 PF 0. 72 9. 63 A 10. 1 PT 48. 52 72 -16. 9 = Pipe No. 71 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 72 146. 8 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 05860 PF 0. 59 8. 64 A 10. 1 PT 49. 11 73 -20. 6 = Pipe No. 73 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 77 126. 2 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 04452 PF 0. 45 7. 43 PT 49. 56 78 Cont . next pa< RI-2 08/17/89 2:54pm Sheet ICo of 7?,3, ACE FIRE PROTECTTON Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1.500 S. F. Remote Area #5 'ipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) ( inch) and Dev (ft) (psi/ft) (psi ) Ref (fps) Notes 'erimeter Clockwise (Continued from previous page) C = 120 A 63. 1 PT 49. 56 78 -19. 0 = Pipe No. 78 F 16. 5 PE 0. 00 82 107. 2 2. 64 2E T 79. 6 0. 03277 PF 2. 61 6. 31 A 10. 1 PT 52. 17 83 -14. 8 = Pipe No. 83 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 87 92. 5 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 024.91 PF 0. 25 5. 44 A 10. 1 PT 52. 42 88 -13. 3 = Pipe No.88 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 92 79. 2 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 01871 PF 0. 19 4. 66 A 10. 1 PT 52. 61 93 -12. 0 = Pipe No. 93 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 97 67. 2 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 01380 PF 0. 14 3. 95 A 10. 1 PT 52. 75 98 -11. 0 = Pipe No. 98 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 02 56. 2 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 00990 PF 0. 10 3. 30 A 10. 1 PT 52. 85 103 -10. 3 = Pipe No. 103 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 07 45. 9 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 00682 PF 0. 07 2. 70 A 10. 1 PT 52. 92 108 -9. 7 = Pipe No. 108 F 0.0 PE 0. 00 12 36. 2 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 00439 PF 0. 04 2. 13 A 10. 1 PT 52. 96 11.3 -9. 3 = Pipe No. 113 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 17 26. 8 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 00253 PF 0. 03 1 . 58 A 10. 1 PT 52. 99 118 -9. 1 = Pipe No. 118 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 22 17. 7 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 00117 PF 0. 01 1 . 04 A 10. 1 PT 53. 00 123 -8. 7 = Pipe No. 123 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 27 9. 0 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 00034 PF 0. 00 0. 53 A 2. 0 PT 53. 00 128 F 7.7 PE -0. 87 (EL= -2. 00 ft) 28 9. 0 1 . 45 1T T 9. 7 0. 00611 PF 0. 06 1 . 75 A 147.0 PT 52. 20 129 F 15. 4 PE 0. 00 29 9. 0 1 . 45 2T T 162. 4 0. 00611 PF 0. 99 1 . 75 A 2.0 PT , 9 130 F 7. 7 PE 0. 87 (EL= 2. 00 ft) 30 9. 0 1 . 45 1T T 9. 7 0. 00611. PF 0. 06 1. 75 A 15. 7 PT 54. 11 131 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 31 9. 0 2. 64 T 15. 7 0. 00034 PF 0. 01 0. 53 A 4. 5 PT 54. 12 126 8. 7 = Pipe No. 125 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 26 17. 7 2. 64 T 4. 5 0. 00117 PF 0. 01 1 . 04 A 10. 1 P'f 54. 1.2 121 9. 1 = Pipe No. 120 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 21 26. 8 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 00253 PF 0. 03 1 . 58 PT 54.. 15 116 Cont . next page RI-2 08/17/89 2:55pm Sheet ( I ofZ7j ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sr.,rlrikler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTFS, WASHINGIU." . 21GPM / 1500- S. F. Remote Area #5 ipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi/ft) (psi) Ref (fps) Notes erimeter Clockwise (Continued from previous page) C = 120 A 10. 1 PT 54. 15 116 9. 3 = Pipe No. 115 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 16 36. 2 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 00439 PF 0. 04 2. 13 A 10. 1 PT 54. 19 ill 9. 7 = Pipe No. 110 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 11 45. 9 2. 64. T 10. 1 0. 00682 PF 0. 07 2. 70 A 10. 1 PT 54. 26 106 10. 3 = Pipe No. 105 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 06 56. 2 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 00990 PF 0, 10 3. 30 A 10. 1 PT 54. 36 101 11.0 = Pipe No. 100 F 0. 0 PF 0. 00 01 67. 2 2.64 T 10. 1 0. 01380 PF 0. 14 3. 95 A 10. 1 PT 54. 50 96 12.0 = Pipe No. 95 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 96 79. 2 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 01871 PF 0. 19 4. 66 A 10. 1 PT 54. 69 91. 13. 3 = Pipe No. 90 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 91 92. 5 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 02491 PF 0. 25 5. 44 A 10. 1 PT 54. 94 86 14. 8 = Pipe No. 85 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 86 107. 2 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 03277 PF 0. 33 6. 31 A 10. 1 PT 55. 27 81 19. 0 = Pipe No. 80 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 81 126. 2 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 04432 PF 0. 45 7. 43 A 2. 9 PT 55. 72 76 20.6 = r1pe No. 75 F 16. 5 PE 0. 00 76 146. 8 2. 64 1T T 19. 4. 0. 05860 PF 1 . 14 8. 64 PT 56. 86 68 Bulk Jot TRI-2 08/17/89 2:56pm Sheet l b of zs ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500- S. F. Remote Area #5 'ipe Flow pia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) ( inch) and Dev (fit ) (psi/ft ) (psi ) Ref (fps) Notes 'erimeter Counter-Clockwise C = 120 A 12. 3 PT 21 . 62 6 Remote Split F 0.0 PE 0. 00 5 5. 4 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 00233 PF 0. 03 1 . 04 A 12. 3 PT 21 . h5 5 26. 1=5. 60(21 . 65) " . 5 F 0.0 FE 0. 00 4 31. 4 1. 45 T 12. 3 0. 06154 PF 0. 76 6. 08 A 107. 8 PT 22. 41 4 26. 5=5. 60(22. 41) . 5 F 7. 7 PE 0. 00 3 57. 9 1. 45 1T T 115. 5 0. 19094 PF 22. 05 11 . 22 A 2.0 PT 44. 46 3 F 7. 7 PE 0. 87 (EL= 2. 00 ft ) 2 57. 9 1.45 1T T 9.7 0. 19094 PF 1 . 85 11 . 22 A 10. 1 PT 47. 17 2 Line 1. F 0.0 PF.. 0. 00 1 57. 9 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 01048 PF 0. 11 3. 41 A 10. 1 PT 47. 28 1.5 Line 2 57. 9 = Pipe No. 15 0. 0 PE 0. 00 14 115. 9 6G. T 10. 1 0. 03782 PF 0. 38 6. 82 A 10. 1 PT 47. 66 28 Line 3 58. 1 = Pipe No. 28 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 27 174. 0 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 08022 PF 0. 81 10. 23 A 10. 1 PT 48. 47 4.1 Line 4 14. 9 = Pipe No. 41 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 40 188. 9 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 09341 PF 0. 94 11 . 11 A 10. 1 PT 49. 42 54 14. 5 = Pipe No. 54 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 53 203. 4 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 10712 PF 1 . 08 11 . 97 A 10. 1 PT 50. 50 59 14. 7 = Pipe No. 59 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 58 218. 1 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 12190 PF 1 . 23 12. 83 A 10. 1 PT 51 . 73 64 15. 5 = Pipe No. 64 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 63 -:;3. 7 2. 64 T 10. 1 0. 13845 PF 1 . 40 13. 75 A 7. 2 PT 53. 1.3 69 16. 9 = Pipe No. 69 F 16. 5 PE 0. 00 68 250. 6 2. 64 1T T 23. 7 0. 15757 PF 3. 73 14.. 74 PT 56. 86 68 Bulk Jot RI-2 08/17/89 2 :56PM Sheet ( 01 ofZ3 s ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500- S. F. Remote Area #5 ipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) ( inch) and Dev (ft) (Psi/ft ) (psi. ) Ref (fps) Notes ine 1 Clockwise C = 120 A 12. 3 PT 2.1. . 6? 6. Split Head F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 6 20. 7 1 . 45 T 1.2. 3 0. 02846 PF 0. 35 4. 01 A 12. 3 PT 21 . 97 7 26.3=5. 60(21 . 97) - . 5 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 7 47. 0 1. 45 T 12. 3 0. 12951 PF 1 . 59 9. 10 A 12. 3 PT 23. 56 8 27. 2=5. 60(23. 56) . 5 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 8 74. 1 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 30157 PF 3. 71 1.4. 36 A 12. 3 PT 27. 27 9 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 9 74. 1 1. 45 T 12.3 0. 30157 PF 3. 71 14. 36 A 12. 3 PT 30. 96 10 F 0.0 PE 0. 00 10 74.. 1 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 30157 PF 3. 71 i . 36 A 6. 5 PT 34 . 69 11 F 7. 7 PE 0. 00 11 74. 1 1 . 45 1T T 14. 2 0.. 30157 PF 4- 28 14. .E A 2. 0 PT 38. 97 12 F 7. 7 PE 0. 87 (EL= 2. 00 ft) 12 74. 1 1 . 45 1T T 9. 7 0. 30157 PF 2. 92 14. 36 PT 42. 76 13 Main Jct ine 1 Counter-Clockwise C = 120 A 12. 3 PT 21 . 62 6 Split Head F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 5 5. 4 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 00233 PF 0. 03 1 . 04 A 12. 3 PT 21. 65 5 26. 1=5. 60(21 . 65) . 5 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 4 31. 4 1. 45 T 12. 3 0. 06154 PF 0. 76 6. 08 A 107. 8 PT 22. 41 4 26. 5=5. 60(22. 41) . S F 7. 7 PE 0. 00 3 57. 9 1 . 4.5 1T T 115. 5 0. 19094 PF 22. 05 11 . 22 A 2.0 PT 4.4. 46 3 F 7. 7 PE 0. 87 (EL= 2. 00 ft) 2 57. 9 1. 45 1T T 9. 7 0. 19094 PF 1 . 85 11 . 22 PT 47. 17 2 Main Jct RI-2 OS/17/89 2:57pm Sheet "ZO of'Z?j ACE FIRE_ PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - .. 21GPM / 1500 -S. F. Remote Area #5 ipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd vel No (gpm) ( inch) and Dev (ft) (psi/ft) (psi ) Ref (fps) Notes ine 2 Clockwise C = 120 A 1?. ' PT 21 .. 69 1.9 Split Head F 0.0 PF 0. 00 19 20. 8 1. 45 T 12. 3 0. 02868 PF 0. 35 4. 03 A 12. 3 PT 22. 05 20 26. 3=5. 60(22. 05) " . 5 F 0.0 PE 0. 00 20 47. 1 1 . 45 T 12.3 0. 13019 PF 1 . 60 9. 12 A 12. 3 PT 23. 65 21 27.2=5. 60(23. 65) . 5 F 0.0 PE 0. 00 21 74. 3 1. 45 T 12.3 0. 30296 PF 3. 73 14. 40 A 12. 3 PT 27. 37 22 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 22 74. 3 1. 45 T 12.3 0. 30296 PF 3. 73 14. 40 A 12.3 PT 31 . 10 23 F 0.0 PE 0. 00 23 74. 3 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 302 PF 3. 73 14. 40 A 6. 5 PT 34. 83 24 F 7. 7 PE C:. 00 24 74. 3 1 . 45 1T T 1.4.2 0. 30296 PF 4. 30 14. 4n A 2. 0 PT 39. 12 25 F 7.7 PE 0. 87 (EL= 2. 00 ft ) 25 74. 3 1 . 45 1T T 9. 7 0. 30296 PF 2. 94 14. 40 PT 42. 93 26 Main Jot ine 2 Counter-Clockwise C = 120 A 12. 3 PT 21 . 69 19 Split Head F 0.0 PE 0. 00 18 5. 3 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 00229 PF 0. 03 1. 03 A 12.3 PT 21. 72 18 26. 1=5. 60(21 . 72) - . 5 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 17 31 . 4 1. 45 T 12. 3 0. 06154 PF 0. 76 6. 08 A 107. 8 PT 22. 48 17 26. 6=5. 60(22. 48) - . 5 F 7. 7 PL 0. 00 16 58. 0 1 . 45 1T T 115. 5 0. 19121 PF 22. 08 11 . 23 A 2.0 PT 44. 56 16 F 7. 7 PE 0. 87 (EL= 2. 00 ft ) 15 58. 0 1 . 45 1T T 9. 7 0. 19121 PF 1. 85 11 . 23 PT 47. 28 15 Main Jot RI-2 08/17/89 2:57PM Sheet ?,I OfZ?,j ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUTLDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. Remote Area #5 ipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) ( inch) and Dev (ft ) (psi/ft) (psi ) Ref (fps) Not.+ ine 3 Clockwise C = 120 -- A 12. 3 PT 21 . 96 32 Split Head F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 32 21. 1 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 02949 PF 0. 36 4. 09 A 12. 3 PT 22. 32 33 26. 5=5. 60(22. 32) ' . 5 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 33 47. 6 1. 45 T 12. 3 0. 13265 PF 1 . 63 9. 2.1 A 12. 3 PT 23. 95 34 27. 4=5. 60(23. 95) ' . 5 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 34 75. 0 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 10789 PF 3. 79 14.. 53 A 12. 3 PT 27. 74 35 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 35 75.0 1. 4.5 T 12. 3 0. 30789 PF 3. 79 14. 53 A 12. 3 PT 31. 52 36 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 36 75. 0 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 30789 PF 3. 79 14. 53 A 6. 5 PT 35. 31 37 F 7. 7 PE 0. 00 37 75. 0 1 . 45 1T T 14. 2 0. 30789 PF 4. 37 14. 53 A 2. 0 PT 39. 68 38 F 7. 7 PE 0. 87 (EL= 2. 00 ft) 38 75. 0 1 . 45 1T T 9. 7 0. 30789 PF 2. 98 14. 53 PT 43. 53 39 Main Jot ine 3 Counter-Clockwise C = 120 A 12. 3 PT 21 . 96 32 Split Head F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 31 5. 2 1. 45 T 12. 3 0. 00217 PF 0. 03 1 . 00 A 12. 3 PT 21 . 98 31 26. 3=5. 60(21. 98) ' . 5 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 30 31. 4 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 06155 PF 0. 76 6. 08 A 107. 8 PT 22. 74 30 26. 7=5. 60(22. 74) ^ . 5 F 7. 7 PE 0. 00 29 58. 1 1 . 45 1T T 115. 5 0. 19216 PF 22. 19 11 . 26 A 2. 0 PT 44. 93 29 F 7. 7 PE 0. 87 (EL= 2. 00 ft) 28 58. 1 1 . 45 IT T 9. 7 0. 19216 PF 1 . 86 11 . 26 PT 47. 66 28 Main Jot RI-2 08/17/89 2:58PM Sheet Z-L of 7-3- ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. Remote Area ##5 ipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (QPM) ( inch) and Dev (ft ) (psi/ft ) it Ref (fps) Notes i.ne 4 Counter-Clockwise C = 120 A 2. 0 PT 44. 82 52 Main Jot F 7. 7 PE -0. 87 (F_L= -2. 00 ft) 51 14. 9 1 . 45 1T T 9. 7 0. 01554 PF 0. 15 2. 89 A 6. 5 PT 44. 10 51 F 7. 7 PE 0. 00 50 14. 9 1. 45 1T T 14. 2 0. 01554. PF 0. 22 2. 89 A 12. 3 PT 44. 32 50 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 49 14. 9 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 01554 PF 0. 19 2. 89 A 12. 3 PT 44. 51 49 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 48 14. 9 1. 45 T 12. 3 0. 01554 PF 0. 19 2. 89 A 12. 3 PT 44. 70 48 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 47 14. 9 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 01554 PF 0. 19 2. 89 A 12. 3 PT 44. 90 47 F 0. 0 PE O. on 46 14. 9 1. 45 T 12. 3 0. 01554 PF 0. 19 2. 89 A 12. 3 PT 45. 09 46 F 0.0 PE 0. 00 45 14. 9 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 01554 PF 0. 19 2. 89 A 12. 3 PT 45. 28 45 F 0. 0 PE 0. 00 44 14. 9 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 01554. PF 0. 19 2. 89 A - 12. 3 PT 45. 47 4.4. F 0. 0 PF_ 0. 00 43 14. 9 1 . 45 T 12. 3 0. 01554 PF 0. 19 2. 89 A 107. 8 PT 45. 66 43 F 7. 7 PE 0. 00 42 14. 9 1 . 45 1T T 115. 5 0. 01.554 PF 1. 79 2. 89 A 2. 0 PT 47. 45 42 F 7. 7 PE Ci. o7 (EL= 2. 00 ft) 41 14. 9 1 . 45 1T T ^. 0. 01554 PF n. 1.5 ?. 89 PT 48. 47 41 Main Jct RY-2 08/17/89 2:59Pm Sheet 7?2ofL?j ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOD PROCESSING BUILDING - SECOND FLOOR 1400 FOURTH STREET, ANACORTES, WASHINGTON - . 21GPM / 1500 S. F. Remote Area #5 Ape Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi/ft ) (psi ) Ref (fps) Notes -ulk C = 120 A 20. 8 PT 56. 86 68 Grid Jot 397. 4=52. 70(56. 86) " . 5 F 13. 2 PE 0. 00 32 397. 6 4. 26 1E T 34. 0 0. 03565 PF 1 . 21 8. 95 PT 518. 07 133 Top of Riser 'iser C = 120 A 35. 0 PT 58. 07 133 Top of Riser F 48. 7 PE 12. 99 (EL= 30. 00 ft) 33 397. 4 4. 26 2E 1GV T 83. 7 0. 03565 PF 11 . 48 8. 95 1BKF = 8. 50# 1ALV 1BKF PT 82. 54 134 F & S Inder ground C = 140 A 75. 0 PT 82. 54 134 F & S 100. 0 gpm = Hose F 42. 0 PE 0. 00 34 497.4 7. 98 1UE 1GV T 117. 0 0. 00191 PF 0. 22 3. 19 1UT1 PT 82. 76 135 Supply Jot lose = 400.0 gpm at Hyd Ref Pt. 135 for n tol- al flow of 897. 4 gpm. available flow at 82. 76 psi is 11.81 . 0 gpm whi ,..ii is 283.. 6 mpm from -carve. supply pressure available with 897. 4 gpm flowing is R7. 64. psi . :hus system requirement is 4. 88 psi below supply curve. (5. 6%) ^ ^ HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS ACE FIRE PROTECTION Date 11/20/89 ob_ ^ TRIDENT SEAFOODS - FIRST FLOOR MEZZANINE ADDITION ANACORTES, WASHINGTON Occupancy_ _ _ _ _ _ ORDINARY GROUP 1 Density - - 0" 16 gpm/sq ^ ft. Coverage per Sprinkler _ _ _ - 130 S.F. System type_ _ Wet Hose 100 "0 gpm Inside Hose, 150.0 gpm Outside Hose Water Supply _ 95,00 psi Static , 55^00 psi Residual @ 2240. 0 gpm Demand _ _ _ _ 36.33 psi @ 162.O gpm @ F & S 36 .4() psi @ 412.8 gpm @ Supply 93^25 psi available @ 412.8 gpm Demand is below curve by 56.85 psi Sprinklers _ _ 1/2" Sheet ^} of 12- ACE FIRE PROTECTION Description of Fitting abbreviations Code Description -------------`----~--~----------------------------`^-----------`- T Tee E Ninety degree elbow ALV Alarm valve BKF Backflow preventor GV Gate valve UF Underground ASCA ninety degree elbow UT1 Underground ASCA tee : flow in run , flow out bullhead only Description of Other abbreviations Code Description --^----`------------------------'-----------------------------^-- DR Drop PL Branch Line PT Total pressure PE Pressure loss due to elevation changes PF Pressure loss due to friction ^.5 Raised to the power of . 5 ( Square Root ) A Actual pipe length F Fitting equivalent pipe length T Total pipe length TRIDENT SEAFOODS - FIRST FLOOR MEZZANINE ADDITION Sheet 23 of /'z ANACORTES, WASHINGTON * : Static - 95.00 psi Residual - 55^00 psi at a flow of 2240 .0 gpm F: Demand at F&S = 36"33 psi with 162.6 gpm flowing ^ D: System demand = 36.40 psi with 412"8 gpm flowing " * : Pressure available = 93.25 psi when 412.B gpm is � flowing Demand is below curve by 56 ^R5 psi , {61 .0%) ^ PSI Multiply pressure scale by 10 10++__+---+-__`_+------+........+---------+----------+__`____ N1 .85 Graph � +------------- 7 1- 4+ | F + | | | 3 | | A. | | � | | + | | 1 | . 7.4 + | | | | }++--+-`-+-----+------+--------+---------+----------+___^___` + | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 -`- -`----`--^�--+ 9 10 GPM Multiply flow scale by 250 Sheet 4 of |'? ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOODS - FIRST FLOOR MEZZANINE ADDITION AN8CORTES, WASHINGTON `ipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Myd Vel No (gpm) ( inch) and Dev ( it) ( pzi/ft) ( psi ) Ref ( fps) Notes K-factor for drop 1 - 20. 7/ ( 14^02)" .5 rop 2 C � 120 A (>.5 PT 12 . 75 82 20.0-5" 60( 12. 75)^.5 F 2.0 PE -0 .22 (EL= -0 50 it) 82 20.0 1 .05 1E T 2.5 0 . 13008 PF 0 .33 7 .42 ^ PT 12.86 84 Bl Jct K-factor for drop 2 = 20.0/ ( 12.86)""5 = 5,58 rnp 3 == �== A 0^5 PT 12 ^75 93 C = 120 20.0=5.60( 12^ 75)^.5 F 5.0 PE -0.22 (EL= -0 50 ft) R3 20.0 1 05 ^ , ^ 1T T 5.5 0. 13008 PF 0.72 7.42 - PT 13,25 85 Bl Jct K-fartnr for drop 3 = 20,0/ ( 13.25w "5 = 5"49 Sheet 5 of '�� . . ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOODS - FIRST FLOOR MEZZANINE ADDITION ANACORTES, WASMINGTON 'ipe Flo* Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vol. No (gpm) ( inch) and Dev ( it) ( psi/it) ( psi ) Ref ( fps) Notes tranchline No. 2 C = 120 A 9. 0 PT 12. 86 84 DR2 20. 0=5.58 ( 12 .86)^ .5 F 0.0 PE 0.00 84 20.0 1 .05 T 9.0 0. 13013. PF 1 , 17 7 .42 A 40.0 PT 14.03 85 DR:-!, 2O.6=5. 49( 14,03)^ .5 F 19.2 PE -4.55 (EL-10 50 it) 85 40.6 1 .45 3E IT T 59^2 0.09892 PF 5.96 7.86 ^ PT 15,34 62 �S���71 X-main Jct � � � K-factor for branchline no. 2 = 40. 6/ ( 15.34)^ "5 = 10 ^37 Sheet o{ I ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOnDS - FIRST FLOOR MEZZANINE ADDITION AN8CnRTES, WASHIMGTON Discharge Pressure nutlet Elevation Mode (gpm) ( psi ) K^Value Source ( ft) Comments 3 - 19.87 17.00 4 ^ 19 .53 17.00 5 - 19"51 17 , 00 6 - 19.50 17 "00 7 - 19.48 17.00 R ~ 19 . 46 17.00 9 - 19"14 17.00 10 ` 19 ,42 17 .00 11 - 19.40 17.00 12 - 19 "38 17.00 13 ^ 19 ,31 17^00 15 - 19.87 17.0() 16 - 19. 54 17.00 17 ` 19.53 17 ^00 18 - 19.51 17.00 19 - 19 ^49 17"00 20 - 19. 47 17 . 00 21 ~ 19^15 17.00 22 - 19 "42 17.00 23 - 17 .10 17 .00 24 - 19. 39 17"00 25 - 19.30 17.00 27 - 19^ 88 17"00 28 ` 19.58 17 .o0 29 - 19.56 17.00 30 - 19.5 "t 17,00 31 - 19^51 17 .00 32 ^ 19"48 17.00 33 - 19.46 17^00 34 ^ 19,43 17.00 35 - 19^41 17.00 36 19 ^38 17 .00 37 ^ 19.29 17.00 39 ^ 19 ,89 17"00 40 ^ 19.26 17.00 42 ~ 19 "91 17.00 43 - 19^21 17^00 45 - 19.94 17 ,00 46 - 19. 13 17,00 47 ( 162"8) 20 " 14 Feed Jct 17^00 48 - 19"99 17.00 49 - 19 ^00 17"00 50 - 1B. 83 17^00 51 - 19.42 17 "00 53 - 18.66 17 "00 54 - 19 "08 17^00 � 56 - 18.43 17. 00 57 - 18. 71 17 .00 59 ~ 16 ^O3 17,00 60 - 18"30 17 ,00 Sheet "7of ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SFAFOnnS - FIRST FLOOR MEZZANINE ADDITION ANACORTES, WASHINGTON Discharge Pressure Outlet Elevation 4ode (gpm) ( psi ) K-Value source ( ft) Comments 62 40"9 15^57 K=10^ 37 BL2 17.00 Split: 63 - 17 ^99 17 .00 65 40"6 15"37 K=10.37 BL2 17 "0u 66 - 17"76 17.00 68 40.6 15.34 K=10.37 BL2 17 ^00 69 - 17.60 17 .00 71 40"6 15.35 K=10"37 BL2 17,00 72 - 17 ^50 17"00 74 - 15^51 17^00 75 - 17. 44 17 .00 77 - 15.50 17.00 78 ^ 17 ^44 17,00 80 - 15^60 17.00 81 - 17 .42 17 "00 ' Sheet 1� of (/I ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEHFOODS ^ FIRST FLOOR MEZZANINE ADDITION ANACORTES, WASHI%GTON Actual Total Elev Fric Fric Press Press "ipe Piam Len Len Head Flow Loss Loss Val Nodes @ Beg @ End W. ( inch) (Ft) (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm) (Psi/Ft ) <Psi ) (Fps) Beg End (Psi ) (Psi ) 2 2.64 10 .0 10.0 0.00 -4.8 0.0001 0 .00 0"3 15 3 19.87 19.87 3 1 .45 146.0 176.8 0.00 '4.8 0"0019 0.34 0,9 3 4 19.87 19.53 Fit= 30.8 IT 61H 4 1 .45 6.0 6.0 0.00 -4^8 0.0019 0 .01 0.9 4 5 19.53 19.51 5 1 .45 10 .0 10.0 0.00 -4,8 0.0019 0.02 0. 9 5 6 19 "51 19 .50 6 1 .45 10.0 10. 0 0.00 -4.R 0 .0019 0.02 0 .9 6 7 19.50 19.48 7 1 "45 10^3 10"3 0"00 -4"8 0"0019 0^02 0 . 9 7 8 19 .48 19.45 8 1 "45 9"3 9"3 0.00 -4.6 0.0019 0.02 0.9 8 9 19^45 19.41 9 1 .45 10 .3 10 .3 0,00 -4.8 0^0019 0^02 0 .9 9 10 19.44 19.42 10 1 "45 10.0 10.0 0 .00 -1.9 0 "0019 0 ^02 0"9 10 11 19,42 19^ 40 11 1 "45 10.0 10.0 0.00 -4.8 0^0019 0 . 02 0.9 11 12 19 .40 19.38 12 1 .45 29 ^0 36. 7 0^00 -4,8 0,0019 0.07 0^9 12 13 19.38 19.31 Fit= 7^ 7 If 13 2. 16 10^0 10 .0 0"00 -4.8 0.0003 0 .00 0.4 13 25 19.31 19^30 14 2 "64 11 .0 11 "0 0"00 -9,9 0.0004 0 .00 0^6 27 15 19 .88 19,87 15 1 "45 131 .0 154, 1 0.00 '5. 1 0"0021 0.33 1 .0 15 16 19 "87 19.54 Fit= 23, 1 IT WE 16 1 . 45 6.0 6.0 0.00 -5. 1 0.0021 0 "01 1 .0 16 17 19.54 19.53 17 1 .45 10,0 10.0 0.00 ^5^ 1 0"0021 0^02 1 .0 17 18 19 .53 19 "51 18 1 . 45 10 .0 10.0 0.00 -5. 1 0.0021 0.02 1 .0 18 19 19"51 19.49 19 1 .45 10.7 10.3 0.00 -5^ 1 0"0021 0 .02 1 "0 19 20 19 "49 19 "47 20 1 .45 9 "3 9^3 0.00 -5" 1 0^0021 0,02 1 "0 20 21 19. 47 19 .45 21 1 .45 10 .3 10 ^3 0 .00 '5" 1 0^0021 0.02 1 .0 21 22 19 .45 19,42 22 1 .45 10 "0 10 .0 0"00 -5. 1 0.0021 0.02 1 .0 22 23 19.42 19^40 23 1 ^15 10 "0 10.0 0.00 -5, 1 0 "0021 0^02 1 ^ 0 23 24 19 .40 19^38 24 1 .15 29 .0 36, 7 0.00 -5. 1 0.0021 0.08 1 .0 24 25 19.38 19.30 Fit= 7 . 7 11 25 2. 16 11 .0 11 .0 0"00 '9^9 0^0011 0 .01 0.9 25 37 19.30 19.29 26 2 ^64 12^5 12,5 0.00 -15"5 0^0009 0 " 01 0.9 39 27 19^89 19 .88 Sheet °l ofi'z- ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SE8FOODS - FIRST FLOOR MEZZANINE ADDITION ANACORTES, WASHINGTON Actual Total Elev Fric Fric Press Press "ipe Diam Len Len Mead Flow Loss Loss Vel Nodes @ Beg @ End 4o" ( inch) (Ft) (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm ) (Psi/Ft) (Fsi ) (Fps) Deg End (Psi ) (Psi ) 27 1 . 45 111 ,0 118 .7 0.00 -5^5 0 ,0025 0.29 1 ^ 1 27 28 19.88 19"58 Fit= 7^ 7 1T 28 1 .45 10.0 10 .0 0.00 '5"5 0.0025 0 . 02 1 . 1 28 29 19. 58 19.56 29 1 "45 10 ,0 10.0 0.00 -5. 5 0.0025 0 .02 1 . 1 29 30 19 .56 19 .53 30 1 .45 10 "0 10.0 0.00 -5.5 0. 0025 0"02 1 , 1 30 31 19^53 19"51 31 1 .45 10"3 10"3 0.00 -5"5 0"()025 0.03 1 . 1 31 32 19 .51 19^48 32 1 .45 9.3 9"3 0.00 -5.5 0.0025 0.02 1 . 1 32 33 19^48 19.46 33 1 .45 10.3 10^3 0.00 -5"5 0.0025 0.03 1 . 1 33 34 19 .46 19,43 � 34 1 "45 10.0 10.0 0. 00 -5.5 0^0025 0 . 02 1 . 1 34 35 19 .43 19"41 35 1 "45 10 .0 10 .0 0.00 -5.5 0^0025 0 .02 1 . 1 35 36 19.41 19.38 36 1 ,45 29.0 36^7 0.00 -5.5 0.0025 0^09 1 . 1 36 37 19.38 19.29 Fit= 7.7 IT 37 2^ 16 12"5 12.5 0.00 '15^5 0"0024 0 .03 1 .4 37 40 19.29 19.26 38 2.64 12^0 12 "0 0.00 -21 .2 0 ^0016 0 ,02 1 .2 42 39 19.91 19.89 39 1 .45 220.0 235 .4 0"00 -5. 7 0.0027 0.62 1 , 1 39 40 19.89 19.26 Fit= 15"4 2T 40 2, 16 11 .5 11 .5 0^00 -21 ^2 0 "0043 0.05 1 .9 10 43 19.26 19.21 41 2 . 64 12"0 12 .0 0^00 -27, 3 0 .0026 0 .03 1 ^b 45 42 19.94 19.91 42 1 .45 220"0 235,4 0.00 ^6. 1 0"0070 0. 69 1 ^2 42 43 19 ,91 19.21 Fit= 15.4 21 43 2. 16 12"0 12.0 0"00 -27.3 0.0069 0 .08 2.4 43 46 19.21 19" 13 44 2 ^ 64 12^5 12.5 0 ^00 -33.9 0"0039 0 ,05 2.0 48 45 19.99 19^94 45 1 , 45 220.0 235"4 0 "00 ^6. 6 0"0034 0.81 1 ^3 45 46 19.94 19" 13 Fit= 15.4 21- 46 2^ 16 12.5 12.5 0"00 -33"9 0,0103 0. 13 3"0 46 49 19. 13 17.00 47 2"64 11 "0 27 "5 0.00 -41 ^2 0^0056 0, 15 2 . 4 47 48 20 , 14 19 ,99 Fit= 16^5 1T 46 1 .45 220^0 235,4 0^00 -7.3 0.0012 0.99 1 '4 48 49 19"99 19.00 Fit= 15"4 2T 49 2. 16 11 .5 11 "5 0 ^00 -41 . 2 0 . 0148 0 . 17 3.6 49 50 19^00 18^83 50 1 "45 220^0 235.4 0 .00 5.6 0 .0025 0"59 1 . 1 50 51 18^83 19.42 Fit= 15,4 2T 51 2 . 64 1 .0 17.5 0"00 121 . 5 0"0413 0" 72 7 . 1 51 47 19^42 20. 14 ' Fit= U.5 11 Sheet to of (/l ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOODS - FIRST FLOOR MEZZANINE ADDITION ANACORTES, WASMINGTON Actual Total Elev Frjc Fric Press Press Pipe niam Len Len Mead Flow Loss Loss Vel Nodes @ Beg @ End No. ( inch) (Ft) (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm) (Psi/Ft ) (Psi ) (Fps) Beg End (Psi ) (Psi ) 52 2" 16 9 .0 9 .0 0^00 -46.8 0 .0187 0 " 17 4 . 1 50 53 18.83 18"66 53 1 .45 22(),0 235. 4 0.00 1. 6 0,0018 0.42 0 ^9 53 51 1g.66 19"08 Fit= 15.4 21' 54 2^64 9.0 9.0 0 .00 115" 9 0.0379 0.34 6 .8 54 51 19.08 19^42 55 2^ 16 10^5 10.5 0,00 -51 .4 0.0223 0 .23 4 ,5 53 56 18^66 18"43 56 1 ^45 220.0 235.4 0"00 3,8 0.0012 0.28 0.7 56 57 18"43 18.71 Fit- 15^1 21 57 2.64 10 .5 10 .5 0,00 111 . 3 0.0351 0.37 6.5 57 54 18.71 19.08 58 2" 16 32.0 94.3 0"00 '55.2 0.0254 2.40 4.8 56 59 18,43 16.03 Fit= 12. 3 2E 59 1 .45 151 ,0 166"4 0^00 13. 9 0.0136 2 "27 2.7 59 60 16.03 18^30 Fit= 15.4 21" 60 2.64 12.5 12"5 0^00 107. 6 0.0330 0. 41 6.3 60 57 18.30 18,71 61 2, 16 12.0 12"0 0.00 -69. 1 0.03S5 0 , 46 6" 1 59 62 16 ^03 15.57 62 1 ,45 151 ^0 166. 4 0.00 14.4 ().0146 2"42 2.8 62 63 15.57 17.99 Fit= 15,4 2T 63 2.64 12.0 12.0 0.00 93. 7 0"0255 0 .31 5"5 63 60 17.99 18"30 64 2 ^ 16 12.5 12.5 0.00 -42.6 0.0157 0 "20 3.7 62 65 15.57 15^37 65 1 ,45 151 ^0 166"4 0.00 14^ 3 0.0143 2.39 2.8 65 66 15^37 17^76 Fit= 15"4 2T 66 2. 64 12 .5 12 .5 0.00 79. 3 0. 0187 0 .23 4 .7 66 63 17.76 17.99 67 2 ^ 16 12"5 12 .5 0.00 -16^2 0.0026 0^03 1 ^ 4 65 68 15"37 15 ^34 68 1 "45 151 .0 166.4 0.00 13.9 0.0136 2.26 2 . 7 68 69 15,34 17 .60 Fit= 15. 4 21' 69 2 ,64 12.5 12^5 0"00 65.0 0^0130 0. 16 3.8 69 bb 17.60 17. 76 70 2. 16 11 .0 11 "0 0.00 10. 5 0.0012 0 ^01 0.9 68 71 15.34 15^35 71 1 ^45 151 .0 166"4 0.00 13.5 0,0129 2" 15 2" 6 71 72 15^35 17.50 Fit= 15"4 21 72 2" 64 11 ^0 11 .0 0.00 51 ^ 1 0.0083 0 "09 3.0 72 69 17.50 17"60 73 2. 16 12 .5 12"5 0 .00 37.6 0 .0125 0 . 16 3.3 71 74 15.35 15"51 74 1 .15 151 ^0 166"4 0.00 12"8 0.0116 1 .94 2 .5 74 75 15. 51 17 .44 Fit= 15,4 21 75 2. 64 12.5 12,5 0.00 37. 6 0"0047 0.06 2.2 75 72 17.44 17.50 76 2 . 16 12 " 5 12.5 0 .00 24" 9 0.005R 0,07 2 "2 74 77 15"51 15.58 ^ Sheet kj o{ /Q. ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOODS - FIRST FLOOR MEZZANINE ADDITION ANACORTES, WASMIHGTON Actual Total Elev Fric Fric Press Press Pipe Diam Len Len Head Flow Loss Loss Vel Nodes @ Beg @ End No. ( inch) (Ft) (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm) (Psi/Ft) (Psi ) (Fps) Beg End (Psi ) (Psi ) 77 1 .45 151 .0 166, 4 0 .00 12.5 0.0112 1 .86 2 .4 77 78 15.58 17 "43 Fit= 15.4 21 78 2. 64 4.0 4"0 0.00 24.8 0.0022 0" 01 1 ^5 7R 75 17 "43 17.44 79 2. 16 10.0 10.0 0.00 12. 4 0.0016 0 .02 1 . 1 77 80 15 " 58 15,60 Ru 1 .45 151 .0 166.4 0.00 12. 4 0.0110 1 .83 2.4 80 81 15.60 17 .42 Fit= 15.4 2T 81 2"64 22,0 22^0 0^00 12.4 0.0006 0.01 0"7 81 78 17"42 17 .43 ^ , ^ Sheet 12nf 12~ ACE FIRE PROTECTION Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations TRIDENT SEAFOOnS - FIRST FLOOR MEZZANINE ADDITION ANACORTES, WASMINGTON "jpe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) ( inch) and Dev ( ft) ( psi/ft ) ( psi ) Ref ( fps) Notes ` Bu}k C = 120 A 12.5 PT 20. 14 47 Grid Jct 162.8=36.28(20. 14)^.5 F 20 ^2 PE 0.00 87 162"8 3 "26 IT T 32^7 0.02517 PF 0.82 6.26 PT 20^96 88 Top of Riser Riser- C = 124 A 16.0 PT 20^96 8O Top of Riser F 57 "9 PE 7.36 (EL= 17 .00 ft) 88 162^8 4"26 1ALV 1GV T 73.9 0 .00684 PF 0"51 3 .66 2E A 00 PT 28.83 89 F 0^0 PE 0.00 89 162^8 4 .26 T 0^0 0 .00000 PF 7 .50 3 .66 1BKF 7^50# PT 36^33 90 F & S Under ground C = 140 A 75.0 PT 36"33 90 F & S 100.0 gpm = Hose F 42 .0 PE 0 ^00 90 262.8 7^98 WE 1GV T 117.0 0.00059 PF 0.07 1 . 69 1UTl PT 36.40 91 Supply Jrt Hose = 150.0 gpm at Hyd Ref Pt" 91 for a total flow of 412^8 gpm. Available flow at 36"40 psi is 2753.5 gpm which is 2340.7 gpm from curve. Supply pressure available with 412.8 gpm flowing is 93.25 psi , thus system requirement is 56^85 psi below supply curve. ( 61 .9%) I 1� ' ts ui - / 2nd/ TREET ' �— Li v Dock / i I I / I Dock / '— — — 00, I m EXISTING BUILDING i I 11 Dock El I / / I z I - h � I / o I I I ao 1 O ) I I I lO (n 40 Dock EXISTING 3 p BUILDING I — — _ _ 00 q' 0,0 EXISTING I 3rd STREET 3 Lo Dock BUILDING S89 '23 '32"E r7 0 ,n EXISTING I W rn i. 0 00 BULKHEAD I o J N o I I R R� EDGE OF NEW BU I LID I NG I ZI Dock EXISTING BUILDING ( 1 4 . 73 ' I . 62 ' 000, 00 I PROCESS BUILDING — — _ _ — _ — — ! I 1 I I I COLD STORAGE I I 1 � � I 4th STREET Z S89_23 ' 5 _ S89 '23 ' 35"E — — 0- I -- 8 . 4 ' - -- - - -- F- I I Z W p j O O O cr_ I LJ L�.l I LL- a I I I I I I I � � cD a W W ! Z N W � W _ _ Z IZ I - ❑ W I �( `'' ! � - - Q a i I � I ¢ ! I PRINTED ~ O 2 7 M w NNOV19 99 p o I ❑ ❑ z w REID MIDDLETON IZ I Z ! I I I w (n L i w ED LL- ❑ I I O 5th STREET SCALE 1" =50' S89 '25' 15"E _ - _ 389 '25 ' 15"E _ DEB. WE SHEET No. S89 '26 ' 09"E C w l _ ! _ - _ - -- T— - - _ _ WMB I M cH J00 OF SHEM F.B. w J z r<>, DAM NOV., 1989 �24-89\OO1 SITE 1 No 24-89-001 July 26, 1989 Edwin Frank Building official City of Anacortes 904 6th St . Anacortes , WA 98221 Re: Processing Building for Trident Seafoods Corporation Dear Mr . Frank: This letter is to confirm that the use of the building will be B-2 and B-4 occupancies per UBC definitions : "B-2" Factories and workshops using material not highly flammable or combustible. "B-4" Factories and workshops using noncombustible and nonexplosive materials . We trust that the above definitions will cover all use of the building. 'inc rely, i for Trident Seafood Corp. TO: INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF BUILDING OFFICIALS 2122 112TH AV NE SUITE B-300 BELLEVUE, WA 98004 (206) 451-9541 FROM: CITY OF ANACORTES 904 6th ST., P.O. BOX 547 ANACORTES, WA 98221 (206) 293.190 1 PLEASE PROVIDE PLAN CHECK SERVICE ON PLANS FOR THE FOLLOWING STRUCTURE: ( ) Enclosed is our check in the amount of (contact us for fee amount. ( ) Invoice to our Purchase Order ( ) Send invoice to jurisdiction. Name of Building: Address of Job: v� _ Name of Owner: Valuation:"y� IOG C' 0�0 Seismic Zone: Frost Line/Snow Lead: wind: w mph Exposure: (see Section 2311) Soil Bearing Data:one set set of plans, calculations, and specifications: ( ) enclosed W under separate cover Please check plans under the following edition of the Uniform Building Code: ( ) 1985 edition CA 1988 edition -p- _ —� ( ) edition (please specify) ( j Please retain plains for the recheck. .J( Please contact ard rJ for recheck. / - %% address j phone Signature of jidrisdiction official date '4 Yf3KC'j CASCADE TESTING LABORATORY, INC. TESTING & INSPECTION/ENGINEERS/GEOLOGISTS SEATTLE (206)525-6700 3417 EVERETT AVENUE EVERETT. WASHINGTON 98201 (206)259-0817 KIRKLAND (206)823-9800 3 July 1990 Cert No. 8910- 25E City of Anacortes Building Department P. O. Box 547 Anacortes , WA -98227 Attention : Ed Frank Reference : Cold Storage Phase 11 Trident Seafood Corporation Dear Mr. Frank: Cascade Testing Laboratory provided special inspection services for the above referenced project. We inspected the reinforcing steel , structural concrete , auger cast piles , bolt inspection , nailing and framing and certify that the work, as covered by our reports , was found to be in accordance with the approved plans , specifications and applicable codes . Our last report is dated 19 June 1990 and is number 57429 . Sincerely, CASC 'pE TESTTNG LABO FY, C . Xv- Dennis H. Stack President DHS :jdl "�EPVED "U L 9 1990 1308 S.W. Bertha . C O N L E E Portland,Oregon 97I219 244- 579 ENGINEERS, INC. FAX(503)244-7023 TRANSMITTAL DATE: December 13, 1989 TO: Western Engineers ATTN: Bob Stochosky RE: Trident Seafoods - Cold Storage Phase II Added Piling At North wall COPIES DATE ITEM 2 12/13/89 Drawings S-1, S-3 & S-5 with Rev. 4. NOTES: Drawings have been updated to show augercast pile support for north wall as requested by the Soils Engineer, Dames & Moore. Pleasd note that piles and continuous cap to be in place prior to adjacent excavation for peat removal . FROM: Charles J. C lee Conlee Engineers, Inc. CC: Ed Frank - City of Anacortes Frank Natsuhara - I.C.B.O. John Geffe - Gabbard Construction 1308 S.W.Bertha Blvd. C O N L E E Portland,Oregon 972119 ENGINEERS, INC. FAX(503)244-7023 TRANSMITTAL DATE: January 5, 1990 TO: Western Engineers ATTN: Bob Stochosky RE: Trident Seafoods - Cold Storage Phase II COPIES DATE ITEM 1 1/5/90 Drawing S-5 with Rev. 5. NOTES: Details 3/S5 & 4/S5 have been updated to show tie from slab-on-grade to pile cap per I.C.B.O. Plan Check 2633 Item 3 of letter 12/28/89. FROM: Charles J Conlee Conlee Engineers, Inc. ENCL: Calculation Sheet W6 (1/5/90) CC: Ed Frank - City of Anacortes Frank Natsuhara - I.C.B.O. John Geffe - Gabbard Construction Client Sheet Wf� wCONLEE Project T,o6� — � S��' Date_—������ `,% ENGINEERS INC. tl /,ezec G/G Subject � / By G, .EL.t� �iE�/G7fAzJ E✓fir>/Ii ti� �J/^! l r OroVe c V- _ -3Cs3� _ �7�•s� 2r- �.�>/off �.cr9,rJ•dGE `Oi� yr�� irr Gor�a o��Gui�v, aa.�Y�� Zip 1308 S.W. Bertha e C O N L E E Portland,Oregon Blvd.719 ( Bus.(503)244-0579 ENGINEERS, INC. FAX(503)244.7023 November 8, 1989 Mr. Bob Stochosky Western Engineers, Inc. P.O. Box 14250 Portland, OR 97214 RE: Trident Seafoods, Inc. - Cold Storage Phase II ICBO Structural Plan Check No. 2492 Dear Mr. Stochosky: As per your request, we are responding to the second review Structural Plan Check items prepared by Mr. Frank S. Natsuhara of ICBO and itemized in his enclosed letter to Mr. Edwin Frank (Anacortes Building Official ) dated November 2, 1989. Our response to itemized comments are as follows: OCCUPANCY AND CONSTRUCTION: 1. BUILDING ANALYSIS - West yard consists of a Public Way (Right of Way of K Avenue) . 2. SEPARATION FOR COLD STORAGE/LOADING DOCK - The refrigerated Loading Dock is part of the Cold Storage B4 Occupancy and does not require an occupancy separation. 11. COOLANT - Existing condensing unit is mounted on a stand adjacent to the existing Phase I Mechanical Room. EXITS: 2. LOADING DOCK EXIT - Since the Loading Dock will be used only for lift truck traffic and not for storage, there will be clear sight lines to exits. 3. STAIRWAY HANDRAIL - Detail 3/S1 has been clarified to show 34" handrail height to tread nosing. STRUCTURAL: 5. INSERTS - Loading criteria is shown on enclosed Sheet 144 of the Burke Catalog No. 810. 6. FIBRE SHEATHING - Specifications for the fibre sheathing is shown on the enclosed USG Data Sheet. This sheathing is used to provide a slip plane between the plywood roof sheathing and the roof membrane. 7. METAL WALL PANELS - Outline specifications have been clarified to show ASTM A448, Grade E and Detail 6/S7 has been updated to show fasteners. 10. INTERIOR FOOTING - Detail 1/S6 has been revised to show a footing embedment of 18". NOV 13 1989 (I11 , BUILDING DEPY. S.W.Bertha Blvd. -" C O N L E E Poteand,Oregon 972119 Bus.(503)244-0579 ENGINEERS, INC. FAX(503)244-7023 November 8, 1989 Trident Plan Check 2492 - Review Response Page 2 12. WALL ANCHORAGE: b) Detail 2/S7 has been updated to show a HCCT type hanger connection with horizontal load capacity. Detail 4/S7 occurs where the roof beam is continuous over the column support and does not require additional tie. c) The very small office Second Floor is not designed to support the tilt-up concrete wall panel so does not need to conform to UBC Section 2310. The Second Floor gets lateral support from furred walls and ledger on Cold Storage wall . 15. EXISTING BUILDING - Detail 9/S7 has been updated to show a separation between buildings. Please call if you have any questions concerning our responses. Sincerely, Char e Conl e, President Conlee Engineers, Inc. ENC: Drawings C1, S1, S6 & S7 with Rev. 2. Burke Catalog Page 144 USG Weatherboard Sheathing Data Sheet CC: Ed Frank City of Anacortes Frank Natsuhara - ICBO File - WE1108.89 Nov 13 19a O9°j,ji1G DEPt% INSERTS WING NUTS Economical inserts with many construction applications. Normally used in precast panels as a connecting unit to structural members of a building.Made with coil thread orstandard U.N.C.thread,they may be electroplated with zinc or cadmium. Group Bolt Wire Working Loads Order Diameter Diameter Tension In Shear in Number Coll& Ferrule Coll& Ferrule c' 25- ' b 12Q0 Ibe 2 Q 01 55 Olb 25,: t4k 25 N k Insert tension values are based on the Prestressed Concrete Institute's theoretical equation for embedment(seepage 140)with a safety factor of 4:1.Insert shear values are based on the ultimate shear capacity of standard A307 bolts with a safety factorof 4:1.Minimum edge distance equal to twice the anchor length.Inserts subjected to simultaneous tension and shear loading must be checked for increased stresses due to combined loading.Seepage 31.Bolts must penetrate to within 1/2"(13mm)of the bottom of the ferrule.Tensile load values are the same for both coil and ferrule wing nuts. Deeper embedment of wing nuts can increase the working load. 21h" (64mm) 21/2" (64mm) 3" (76mm) 3" (76mm) 3" (76mm) 3" (76mm) COIL WING NUTS FERRULE WING NUTS (U.N.C.Thread) E(251)EZ,P30 o % i �ISzi m7 k r r o �� f1 r -z �� y a2��t� 250080 ' b 2 G '0 , • Check for effect of combination loading on insert strength. • Check for pre-load effect when setting bolts are installed too tightly. OTHER INSERTS Burke sells a number of other types of inserts suitable for use in precast operations. Ask your Burke repre at�til?� Jggq more information. 11 144 BUILDING DEFT 45on xallb" ock ✓ l` y 1"k _ � a ©Ivrslory Test,,.. Y2" •116t" 9a" Yf '-';rlazr'.;/r" 'Intermediate Propertyl2i Method(f) 06S(1) US "C1S(4) CBS CGS 4G1$ i Uncoated -Weight Ib,11000IT 633 1043, 633 Ph9 `1.116• 659 " 7 Transverse load U.S.G. 17.8 '38.5 16.1 18.7 46.1 .'15.1 24,0 ^r Application directions eitheedireetion Am - Tensile strength U.S.G. 25,1 257 251 1221 '236 221 346 PREPARATION: Framing of sse should be sound parallel 1p surface AA T�"�N {Tj 50 750- 160 and a deed grade of lumber Tensile atrengti Framing: Should be erected it) accordance parpendicalar U S.O. 1359 1693 1441 1066 1253 1196 119f with approved practice for good conslruchGt to surface _ AS VU65- 0 600�600 60 • 00� 600 800 - and accoately spaced and erected so as to Nita-'absorption U.S.G.'� 4.1 3.3 4,11• 4.2 :13,9^ 4 2 4.2 provide a true, plurnb nailing base r by volume " ASYNfC2 Recommended maximum stud spacing: Linear expansion U.S.G. 25 25. -.25 .20 , 20 .,.-.29 0_2 (a) !/z"thickness • 16" o.c. 'VIA 50-90 RH AZil M Mil' -C.5 0:5 Vy L'$ ^'0.�6. - Modulus of rupture U S G 465 361 373 452 470 396 464 (b) 's/0," thickness • 24` 0 C, with let-in corns ASf10 C209 2 5� 200- f5. Ys�3 � Z75 _'__4_b�_•' bracing and 16" o.c without corner bracing Deflection ,... U.S O •295 :161 . 19 23T 102 zo• S08 APPLICATION: Where let-in corner bracing is A3 A 2G 5 .5r •.75 . .75 .7- 5 w -! nstarled. apply 2 x 5-ft. sheers honzontacy Thermal conducfivity(k) •' - and 4-ft. wide Sheets vertically. Starting at the Btu • in.rhr, - • U..S.G. .370- 349 .356' .356 365•'• 36Z '364 bottom plate, apply 2 x 8"1t tongue and ft' I OF. ATM 1 ,d .40' .40. .40 groove sheathing horizontally with the tongue a 75 z 5'F edge up Ends should abut on Irarning if)L,S.G.sheath nO test results and physical property valves ogta wed by tJ S.G. F1eSoarch ' members. leaving a 'A" space bk0ween 1ne Facil-ty based on-1/it-in, thldkneSS. t2)Thermal copovQtivitylk)Avg..mat Btu in'if, fit 'F, ends, The vertical )Olnis of succiss-we 4W,;m r)at mean toropere;ma of 75 5?F,(24 z 3C).t3)C6S-aAphals eaad fe so,,sides (4) Gour$eS should be staggered. 011 S-3ephi coated One Side, : Apply 4-ft wide Sheatning vorticaliy with side SPeoifiCationa U.S.G WEATHERWOOO Sheattling y,nepts or exdeeda Federar• edges bearing on the framing roembers and Specification 1,LL-1 525B,Class Eared ASTM Standard'C2C$� 11 leaving !-'e" space bste.een sheets. End edges should occur at top and bottom plalas Or Phyglcat DiingssF 18 and Unitizing - - headers • Usti Falls Pilot RoCk 'Alhere lei-in braCing is olmilted. the zs-o2- rniekness SLLzs.,,• Pieces..•'Wesgpt PiAees Weighs thickness irl 4-ft. widths may be appiieo „ pn) Grade (ft.) PerlJng 'ILL_ Per Unit Cjp venically Fit snugly around all ,widow an_ door Openings, 1/1 Standard (CIS) 4n8 , :90 1669.. •• 180 2500 FASTENING: Secure sheathing to ine studs 4x9 90 2090 100 v2825. Yi - -Premium(C68) 4x8 go .1890 106 2575 with either nails or power-driven staples in 4x9 90 "2126 100 2e00 eft.accordance with the directions In the table at "hs Pro mlum (C65Z 4xa Go-•-'fw . 60 `2500 09 60 2075 .� ' 60 2825 Wood Shingles Over Sheathing: For 2 Standard (CIS) , . , 2x8(SEJ 1at1 teb0 +I .�_ application, see directions for USG Shinglr: /2 - Premium (C6S) ,2x8(V-Z). - f 200 2575 ' - Backer (IB-24). ',i Intermediate 4x8 ( 100 2SO6_. Masonry Veneer: Attach masonry ties watt, (uncoated) '4x9 ' - i'. Too 2825 nail, drven through sheathing into studs antl -- t - -) spaced about 12" o c., vertically Use nails of Nailinglet-in cn;ner « suifiCient length (At least 601 to peneirate :-VP (with _ -- bracin gam' �.a - _ into the studs. Apply masonry veneer in ine Tnickness Maxitnum Minimum -'Diameter �+�-aC`ng en Slud S�..,. usual manner of Stud Length o1' 01' "fEdges d lNermedians Stucco: Sccurety nail USG 3.4-10- Seff•Fu-ril, Sheathing Spacing^Rootm Nall '17all Read I Sheer •-Atud3 - - 1i _v Diamond Anesn Metal t.am over sheathing •>+�cn 1i2" 161,9.C. 1.1/2" ntp' " 4" 6 P.F 7' larg¢hc-ad. Gatvan�zed nails d(\,en Intp 'he 25$2 01 2o o c (') 1-3/4 7/16- 4 0) 6 o c O) stud �s. Space nalls not to eaCc9 6 veil' ly 1116 .n or er p.ar_,rg :a .., eo. meslmeT yl 01io+c;np p.4m nndr+a :P� ".a li �t s e. , and 16" heri20nla ly APP1Y� 'y r, 1 normal manner StAPN69 (with lot-in-corner bracing) NOV 1 3 1983 ThICknFSs Maximum Minimum Minimum .Spading On Studs of Stud ' auge of- Clown of length of Edges o1 intermediate Sheathing _• Spacing Staple ' -Staple ' - Stapl€ Sheet Studs BSlai DLirr- 1/2" 16,o.c- - 16 1)1 8' - 4"~, 6•• hi0TICE-v:o snau rot be:,axle for Incldeof l and 7i? "6 L onaF4u8n11 a raQ^3 ❑Irec'Jy o•md.wepy 5v slor'iJ 16'0 e 14 lilt 6" 1.14 ~4-, 3" no'for ar,I055 caused p,aop,2 alien 01 Inese.. Anode PJl 25'32' 24"0x 16 VIGO _ .4 1/2" ' F 4" 6 w accordan c .w n sort of p nt ,l msl l ons or I, w,,:, _ than±ne Intended use o ,0 y.a*. ss v ILmnNJ 10 z'"'32' 24-o.c, 14 7,i16" 1 1/2" I 4" B" (eplaCement of defective good? Aoy ela in.'hall oe '-•-^ '-`"�^"^ - deemed waived 0105S made:n w,Aing to us within I'r Stapling ('b'Itl:)ut tet-in br3Clhg) (s0)oay5 f•om date it wet or rea<onably %ro,,!d nave Veer, --- ---.•-••.- - chwovered. 25;32.' 16"8.c.- 16 7,16" 61, . y UNITED STATES GYPSUM a-c' to - 7;16" 1•t/2" .'1."T_ 101 South Wacker On/ o.O'.Gag(f. Illi=2 60606 ,e 7,a6 tr3G'r-53 -_ ^wYN'�c"r 7?83 JA" s Sla.es G;.n;vm�"v^m.ny F•nna.0 uS: TOTPL R.U2 tE�tl�9�IlYn' g � ,. Sri PARCEL`A PA RCE L 1 j' I pi LEA5ED OBMEAGr;b LAND 0U7fiF NARUOR LINE .i. f''i ' ,: �� LEASED SUBMEP190,l Arab 4.811 AC ; . y. ;i 37O[wGe .� i�IIH.KME �` W11IS Doc INNER NARfiDR 1 f� n e "" ,tlW6GLNOS t A: r DWFILW63: t ¢16C1 ser � 1.50 S .. r . r r = `1 } F- y � c r. ANACORTES WAS INGTO International Conference of Building Officials REGIONALOFFICE: 2122-112TH AVENUE, N.E.,SUITE B-300 • BELLEVUE,WASHINGTON 98004 • (206)451-9541 c BOARD OF DIRECTORS OFFICES OF CHAIRMAN JERRY J.BARBERA,P.E. REGIONAL MANAGER BRENT SNYDER,C.B.O. JUAN C.INCHAUSTE,P.E. BUILDING OFFICIAL SENIOR REGIONAL ENGINEER PACIFICA,CALIFORNIA FRANKS.NATSUHARA,P.E.,S.E. FIRST VICE-CHAIRMAN SENIOR REGIONAL ENGINEER EUGE INTEN ENT OFP.E„QBA. December 28, 1989 CHARLES J.REGIONAL WILLIAMS.P.E. E SUPERINTENDENT T BUILDING AND SAFETY LONG BEACH,CALIFORNIA Plan Check: 2633 SECOND VICE-CHAIRMAN JAMES L.MANsoN,c.e.o. Project: Trident Foods (FDN Change) DIRECTOR,DEPARTMENT OF Address: Anacortes, Washington BUILDING AND SAFETY COUNTYOFSPOKANE Code Information : B4 Occupancy; SPOKANE,WASHINGTON Type V-N Construction IMMEDIATE PAST CHAIRMAN Occupant Load: No Change WILLIAM E.SCHLECHT,C.B.O. BUILDING OFFICIAL Stories: 1 COUNTY OF WASHINGTON HILLSBORO,OREGON Floor Area: No Change Valuation: 1 Hour ROBERT J.EPPSTEIN,C.B.O. CHIEF BUILDING OFFICIAL 1988 Uniform Building Code FREMONT,CALIFORNIA Seismic Zone 3 BOB FOWLER,P.E.,AIA,C.B.O. Basic Wind Speed: 80 DIRECTOR OF BUILDING INSPECTION P ABILENE,TEXAS Exposure: C JAN P.GASTERLAND,C.B.O. BUILDING CODE OFFICER ST.PAUL,MIN,NESOTA Edwin Frank P DILLIP RECTOR, DEPARTMENT C.B.O. DIRECTOR,DEPARTMENT OF Building Official BUILDING AND SAFETY P. 0. BOX 547 RENO,NEVADA DOUGLAS E.HOOD,C.B.O. Anacortes, WA 98221 BUILDING OFFICIAL COLORADO RIVER INDIAN TRIBES PARKER,ARIZONA Dear Mr. Frank: GORDON W.MURDOCH,P.E. BUILDING OFFICIAL - We have reviewed the plans and associated data for the DANA POINT,CALIFORNIA project mentioned above to see if it conforms structurally MICHAELJ O C.B.O. BUILDINGG OFFICIAL g to the Uniform Building Code. We have not reviewed them CRESWELL,OREGON for requirements of federal, or other state and local regulatory RON PERKEREWICZ,C.B.O. agencies. In most cases, the designer should modify the DIRECTORDEVELOPMENT ITV plans and/ors specifications to satisfy these comments. DEVELOPMENT p p y COUNTY OF KITSAP PORT ORCHARD,WASHINGTON JAMES R.SINGLETON,C.B.O. STRUCTURAL BUILDING SAFETY ADMINISTRATOR TUCSON,ARIZONA 1 , Special inspection should be provided for the Augercast THOMAS R.THOMPSON,C.B.O. Pile installation. Section 306(a) 11 . BUILDING OFFICIAL BROOMFIELD.COLORADO ROSERTD.WEBER,P.E.,C.S.O. 2. The soil letter report by Dames and Moore dated DIRECTOR,DEPARTMENT BUILDING December 21 , 1989, is recommended fora approval. A co COEPARTUNTY F CLARK NTOF pit ( PY LAS VEGAS,NEVADA is enclosed for your files.) Please note that excavation ALLEN O.ZEPPER,C.B.O. adjacent to the pile cap must be done in maximum 10' to STIL WADTER,MIN OFFICIAL 15' sections to avoid undermining the existing footings. PRESIDENT JAMES E.BIHR,P.E. FAXNUMBERS Order Department (213)692-3853 Plan Review (213)692-3425 ICBO ES (213)695-4694 Administration (213)699-8031 Main Office: 5360 South Workman Mill Road • Whittier,California 90601 • (213)699-0541 Plan Check 2633 Edwin Frank, Anacortes December 28, 1989 Page Two 3. Positive connection should be provided between the floor slab and the pile cap. This is necessary to transfer the in plane lateral load of the wall to the floor slab (see p. 2 eighth paragraph of the report) and to satisfy Section 2908(b) . 4. The effects of differential settlement between the pile supported portion of the building and the remainder of the building should be considered. Our headquarters accounting department in Whittier, California will send you an invoice for this plan reviewing service based on one hour professional time ($50) . 1 am returning all data and plans to you. However, to facilitate the plan review process I am sending a copy of this list directly to the designer. If you wish me to do the recheck, please instruct him to revise the plans and specifications, to indicate on a separate sheet on which sheet or detail the corrections may be found and to return the check prints. Please feel free to contact me if there are any questions. Very truly yours, Frank S. Natsuhara Senior Regional Engineer sds c/Conlee Engineers, Inc. Enclosure DAMES & MOORE A PROFESSIONAL LWIrFD PARTNERSHIP DEC 221989 ICBO December 21, 1989 NW REGIONAL OFFICE International Conference of Building Officials 2122 112th Avenue N.E. Suite B-300 Bellevue, Washington 98004 Attention: Mr. Frank Matsuhara Letter Report North Wall Foundation Support Proposed Cold Storage Warehouse Anacortes, Washington, for the Trident Seafoods Corporation INTRODUCTION As requested by Mr.Chuck Coulee of Coulee Engineers,Inc.,we are submitting this letter to document our verbal recommendations regarding foundation support for the north wall of the planned Cold Storage Warehouse now under construction at the Trident Seafoods Plant in Anacortes, Washington. As recommended in our report dated March 3, 1989, the north wall was originally planned to be supported on shallow footings. However, our recommendation for shallow foundation support was based on the assumption that all peat materials would be removed from below the footings. During construction, it became apparent that some peat still existed in the northern portion of the cold storage warehouse area. In other areas of the building site, the peat had been removed and replaced with competent granular backfill during earlier construction operations. The remaining peat in the northern portions of the site was observed during excavation of several test pits in the presence of a Dames & Moore representative on December 6, 1989. Peat thicknesses ranging from a few inches up to 1 to 2 feet were observed at depths ranging from about 3 to 7 feet below existing site grades. The peat layer appeared to extend across most of the northern portion of the building site. As stated in our original report, we recommended that the peat be removed in order to adequately support the northern portion of the cold storage warehouse on the planned shallow foundations. However, we also indicated that in order to remove the peat, the existing warehouse footings immediately to the north of the new cold storage warehouse would need to be underpinned to prevent undermining. As an alternative to complete removal of the peat and underpinning the adjacent warehouse, we recommended that the north wall footings of the cold storage warehouse be supported on auger-cast piles embedded into the underlying hard and dense silt to sandy silt soils. Our recommendations for the auger-cast piles and related excavation operations are presented below. DAMES & MOORE A PROEESSIC)NALLIMITEDPARTNERSHIP International Conference of Building Officials December 21, 1989 Page 2 AUGER-CAST CONCRETE PILES We recommend that auger-cast concrete piles extend into the hard silt and sandy silt deposit present below the site. Based on extrapolation of the existing soils information, we anticipate that the upper surface of the hard silt to sandy silt exists between about Elevations -13 and -17 (MLLW) near the north wall of the cold storage warehouse. Augercast piles should be seated at least 5 feet into this stratum. We recommend that for 16-inch augercast concrete piles extending to aldepth near Elevation -18 to -22,an allowable capacity for downward-acting loads of 40 tonsibe used for design. This value includes a factor of safety of 2. We understand that there will be no uplift or lateral loads acting on the piles. We further understand that the northern portion of the floor slab will be supported by the auger-cast concrete piles to prevent settlement associated with the peat remaining in the area near the piles. Assuming a center to center pile spacing of at least 3 diameters, no reduction need be taken for group action of piles supported in the hard silt to sandy silt stratum. The recommended allowable downward capacity is based on total dead plus live loads and may be increased by 1/3 for temporary seismic and wind loads. The augercast piles should be appropriately reinforced. Structural characteristics of the pile material and foundation connections may impose more stringent limitations than the values given here and should be evaluated by the structural engineer. The augercast concrete piles should be installed by an experienced contractor to the recommended penetrations using a continuous flight auger. Concrete grout must be pumped continuously during withdrawal of the auger. The rate of auger withdrawal should not exceed about 7 to 9 feet per minute. The pressures at the grout pump should be in the range of 150 to 250 psi depending on the length of feeder hose used. Auger-cast concrete piles designed in accordance with the above recommendations are expected to undergo total settlement of less than 1/4 inch. Post-construction differential settlements are expected to be on the order of 1/4 inch to 1/2 inch or less between the pile- supported north wall and nearby footing-supported columns. We understand that lateral loads on the cold storage warehouse will be resisted primarily by friction between the floor slab_ and footings which are supported directly on the underlying soils. As indica-ledin our Marcli'3, 1989 report, we recommend that the coefficient of friction between the concrete and compacted granular fill be taken as 0.4. This value is applicable only for foundation elements that are not pile-supported and includes a factor of safety of 1.5. EXCAVATION As we recommended, the remaining peat soils are currently being excavated from the northern portions of the cold storage warehouse area. The peat soils and ov rlying unsuitable materials are being replaced with compacted granular backfill. We�ecommend that 1 gXft DAMES & MOORE A PROFESSIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP 500 MARKET PLACE TOWER, 2025 FIRST AVENUE, SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98121 (206) 728-0744 International Conference of Building Officials December 21, 1989 Page 3 excavation not proceed within about 15 to 20 feet of the existing building to the north prior to installation of the piles and pile cap to avoid undermining the existing shallow footings. After the piles and pile cap are constructed, we recommend that the peat excavation in the northern area be completed. We recommend that the excavation slope down from the north wall pile cap at.a maximum inclination of 1 to 1 (horizontal to vertical). This will reduce the risk of undermining the existing footings and will provide a transition to the areas where the peat has been completely removed. We further recommend that the excavation adjacent to the pile cap be done in maximum 10 to 15-foot sections. Each section should be backfilled prior to beginning the next excavation section. We trust that the information contained herein meets your present needs. Please contact the undersigned if you have questions or require further information. A memo from Coulee Engineers is attached describing the building lateral load transfer scheme. Respectfully submitted, ( h✓i F� 'a� DAMES & MOO//RE 0� filleA C�1 lei0 �n � �� - �-1 ; ell S. Merrill, P.E. az Senior Engineer 1 copy submitted �4 . ••• t, NA Attachment %"" — cc: Reid, Middleton & Associates, Inc. Attention: Mr. Bill Elmer (2) Coulee Engineers, Inc. Attention: Mr. Chuck Conlee (2) OFFICES WORLDWIDE DEC 21 '89 10:54 CONLEE ENGINEERS INC503 244 7023 P.2/3 U 30 Bertha Blvd, C O N L E E P �E� Portlandland,,Oregon 97219 Bus.(503)244-0579 ENGINEERS, INC. FAX(503)244ao23 MEMO DATE: December 21 , 1989 TO: Dames & Moore ATTN: Kelly Merrill FROM: Charles J. Conlee Conlee Engineers, Inc. RE: Trident Seafoods - Cold Storage Phase I North Wall Foundation We are writing to confirm our phone conversation concerning lateral load transfer from the pile supported north wall to the soil . Our assumed load path is from shear wall to floor system sub-slab then to subgrade by friction. We calculate slab friction resistance at 367k which exceeds design load of 216k as shown on enclosed Calculation Sheet W6. Based upon our analysis, the augercast piles supporting the north wall do not have to work in bending to transfer lateral loads. ENC: Calculation Sheet W6 (12/20/89) CC: Frank Natsuhara - ICBO Bob Stochosky - Western Engineers File - WEI1221.89 DEC 21 'B9 10:55 CONLEE ENGINEERS INC503 244 7023 P.3/3 Clieat L�t��✓P"- Sheet u°E f CONLEE Project te�'"G7''G�'r' ENGINEERS INC. Subject -^c" A44 ee- 1 y Sy. 4Z:"Z — G.f�.t� r'_i�i'G7Jbs-� G^.�rs�.+�s-GCE �"�✓� k'/r7LG —lGs3CY.�G �`" �cC L7 k 62 ol i 1�Y G Off' ANACORTES PLANNING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEBT. (INCLUDING BUILDING AND PERSONNEL DEPARTMENTS) P.O. BOX S47, ANACORTES,WA 98221 � QQ,,CC,(� IAN MUNCE, DIRECTOR i C o)1 December 11, 1989 Mr. Frank S. Natsuhara, P.E. Sr. Regional Engineer ICBO Regional Office 2122-112th Ave. NE Suite B-300 Bellevue, WA 98004 RE: Plancheck 2492 Project: Cold Storage - Phase II - Trident Seafoods Dear Mr. Natsuhara: Please find enclosed the following items for your review concerning the above pro- ject: 1) Cold storage equipment layout by W. E. Stone & Co. This equipment will tie-in to the existing machinery, piping and existing cold storage. 2) The rack storage system designed by Northern Steel. 3) HVAC design for the 2-story office portion of the complex. If you have any questions concerning these items, you may contact either myself at 293-1901 or the individual designers. Sincerely, CITY OF ANACORTES Edwin A. Fran Building Official ANACORTES PLANNING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPT. (INCLUDING BUILDING AND PERSONNEL DEPARTMENTS) P.O. BOX 547, ANACORTES,WA 98221 IRN MUNCE, DIRECTOR ` C!O�� December 4, 1989 Frank S. Natsuhara, P.E. Sr. Regional Engineer International Conference of Building Officials 2122-112th Ave. N.E. , Suite B-300 Bellevue, WA 98004 Re: Plan Check 2492 Project: Cold Storage - Phase II Dear Mr. Natsuhara: I have reviewed your comments dated November 16, 1989, November 2, 1989, and Sep- tember 18, 1989. I offer the following comments on items outstanding: 3. The retaining walls shown on C-1 are covered by this office and are on separate drawings prepared by another engineering firm. 4. The address assigned to the project is 1400-4th St. 5. A survey of the property has been provided with legal description. The property line set-backs are as shown on C-1. 7. A copy of the barrier-free design comment will be forwarded to the site development design firm. The access ramp to the building is shown. Two designated parking stalls at 12'6" each in width are provided for this site and are at what appears to be the best location based on building locations and existing access routes. The route of travel to buildings will cross the driveway. I have received no additional information about other circled items. I will forward a copy of your original worksheet to Western Engineers, the design construct firm, whom Mr. Conlee works for. Please keep me advised. I am enclosing a partial site copy for your information. Frank S. Natsuhara Page two December 4, 1989 8. This office has received no energy information to date. Please keep me advised on this item. OCCUPANCY & CONSTRUCTION 4. & S. The mechanical plans will follow. I am not sure when. 6. We will accept a vinyl floor. 11. The machinery room was part of the cold storage building - Phase I. The refrigerant is ammonia. We are at this writing also waiting for the com- pleted refrigeration plant for this portion of the project. 13. See above. EXITS 7. The electrical plans will be submitted for review of exit lighting when provided to the City. STRUCTURAL 16. I will forward the rack storage design when submitted. 18. See above. Trident Seafoods has set some very tight time schedules for completion of this structure. Because of this, the contract design firm is requesting approval of a foundation permit. Based on your review of the structural design, do you fore- see any reason to withhold a foundation permit? I thank you for your close attention to the details on this project and look for- ward to your comments when the corrected plans and additional information is sub- mitted. Sincerely, CITY OF ANACORTES Edwin A. Frank Building Official cc: Ken Beavers, Western Engineers Dan Sherman, Trident Seafoods L ANACOATES PLANNING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPT. (INCLUDING BUILDING AND PERSONNEL DEPARTMENTS) P.O. BOX 547, RNACORTES,WA 98221 -`'-�'�L.�j ►'w IRN MUNCE, DIRECTOR I C O December 4, 1989 Frank S. Natsuhara, P.E. Sr. Regional Engineer International Conference of Building Officials 2122-112th Ave. N.E. , Suite B-300 Bellevue, WA 98004 Re: Plan Check 2492 Project: Cold Storage - Phase II Dear Mr. Natsuhara: I have reviewed your comments dated November 16, 1989, November 2, 1989, and Sep- tember 18, 1989. I offer the following comments on items outstanding: 3. The retaining walls shown on C-1 are covered by this office and are on separate drawings prepared by another engineering firm. 4. The address assigned to the project is 1400-4th St. 5. A survey of the property has been provided with legal description. The property line set-backs are as shown on C-1. 7. A copy of the barrier-free design comment will be forwarded to the site development design firm. The access ramp to the building is shown. Two designated parking stalls at 12'6" each in width are provided for this site and are at what appears to be the best location based on building locations and existing access routes. The route of travel to buildings will cross the driveway. I have received no additional information about other circled items. I will forward a copy of your original worksheet to Western Engineers, the design construct firm, whom Mr. Conlee works for. Please keep me advised. I am enclosing a partial site copy for your information. Frank S. Natsuhara Page two December 4, 1989 8. This office has received no energy information to date. Please keep me advised on this item. OCCUPANCY & CONSTRUCTION 4. & 5. The mechanical plans will follow. I am not sure when. 6. We will accept a vinyl floor. 11. The machinery room was part of the cold storage building - Phase I. The refrigerant is ammonia. We are at this writing also waiting for the com- pleted refrigeration plant for this portion of the project. 13. See above. EXITS 7. The electrical plans will be submitted for review of exit lighting when provided to the City. STRUCTURAL 16. I will forward the rack storage design when submitted. 18. See above. Trident Seafoods has set some very tight time schedules for completion of this structure. Because of this, the contract design firm is requesting approval of a foundation permit. Based on your review of the structural design, do you fore- see any reason to withhold a foundation permit? I thank you for your close attention to the details on this project and look for- ward to your comments when the corrected plans and additional information is sub- mitted. Sincerely, CITY OF ANACORTES Edwin A. Frank Building Official cc: Ken Beavers, Western Engineers Dan Sherman, Trident Seafoods Y O ANACORTES PLANNING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPT. (INCLUDING BUILDING AND PERSONNEL DEPARTMENTS) P.O. BOX 547, ANACORTES, WA 98221 IRN MUNCE, DIRECTOR qco December 4, 1989 Mr. Ken Beavers Western Engineers, Inc. 2105 SE 9th Ave. Portland, OR 97214 Dear Mr. Beavers: Enclosed is a copy of the plan check review for handicap accessibility and the Washington State Energy Code. As you may be aware, we have not received any information on plans regarding these items to date. Before we can fina— lize the permit process, these items must be addressed. I would suggest that they be done at your earliest convenience. Sincerely, CITY OF ANACORTES Edwin A. Frank Building Official cc: Dan Sherman, Trident Seafoods s t f International Conference of Building Officials REGIONAL OFFICE: 2122-112TH AVENUE, N.E.,SUITE B-300 • BELLEVUE,WASHINGTON 98004 • (206)451-9541 BOARD OF DIRECTORS November 16, 1989 OFFICES OF JERRV J.BARBERA,P.E. CHAIRMAN REGIONAL MANAGER BRENT SNYDER,C.B.O. JUAN C.INCHAUSTE,P.E. BUILDING OFFICIAL SENIOR REGIONAL ENGINEER PACIFICA,CALIFORNIA Edwin Frank FRANK S.NATSUHARA,P.E.,S.E. FIRST VICE-CHAIRMAN Building Official SENIOR REGIONAL ENGINEER CHARLES J.WILLIAMS,P.E. EUGENE J.ZELLER,P.E.,C.B.O. 904 1 St REGIONAL ENGINEER SUPERINTENDENT OF BUILDING AND SAFETY Anacortes, INA 98221 LONG BEACH,CALIFORNIA SECOND VICF-CHAI RMAN Plan Check: 2492 JAMES L.MANSON,C.B.O. DIRECTOR,DEPARTMENTOF Project: Cold Storage, Phase 2 BUILDING AND SAFETY COUNTYOFSPOKANE SPOKANE,WASHINGTON Dear Mr. Frank: IMMEDIATE PAST CHAIRMAN WILLIAM E.SCHLECHT,C.B.O. I have made a third review of the revised plans and other BUILDING OFFICIAL COUNTY OF WASHINGTON data for the above-mentioned project. I used the reply HILLSBORO,OREGON letter from the engineer dated. November 8, 1989. Please ROBERT J.EPPSTEIN,C.B.O. refer to our letters of November 2 and September 18, 1989 CHIEF BUILDING OFFICIAL FREMONT,CALIFORNIA for the original comments. Note, I am providing a rebuttal BOB FOWLER,P.E.,AIA,C.B.O. only to those items which remain outstanding from that list DIRECTOR OFBLDING INSPECTION ABILENE TEXAS (those items not specifically mentioned below have been satls- S JAN P.GASTERLAND,C.B.O. fled . BUILDING CODE OFFICER ST.PAUL MINNESOTA 3. Footing excavation & design of retaining wall : For your PHILLIP M.HERRINGTON,C.B.O. determination. However, I will be happy to review the shoring DIRECTOR,DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING AND SAFETY plans and retaining wall design and details when they are RENO,NEVADA submitted to you. DOUGLAS E.HOOD,C.B.O. BUILDING OFFICIAL COLORADO RIVER INDIAN TRIBES (I Approved address: For your determination. PARKER,ARIZONA PP GORDON W.MURDOCH,P.E. BUILDING OFFICIAL 5. The legal description of the site should be provided. DANA POINT.CALIFORNIA It must correlate with the plot plan. MICHAEL J.NOLTE,C.B.O. BUILDING OFFICIAL CRESWELL,OREGON 7. The site development drawings should be provided. so, RON PERKEREWICZ,C.B.O. all items circled should be addressed in a response letter. DIRECTOR OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT COUNTY OF KITSAP 8, Similarly, the circled items in the Energy list should PORT ORCHARD.WASHINGTON be addressed in a response letter. JAMES R.SINGLETON,C.B.O. BUILDING SAFETY ADMINISTRATOR TUCSON,ARIZONA OCCUPANCY & CONSTRUCTION THOMAS R.THOMPSON,C.B.O. BUILDING OFFICIAL BROOMFIELD.COLORADO 4. The mechanical plans should be submitted for review. ROBERT D.WEBER,P.E.,C.B.O, DIRECTOR,DEPARTMENTOFBUILDING 5. Toilet room ventilation: Ditto. COUNTY OF CLARK LAS VEGAS,NEVADA ALLEN O.ZEPPER,C.B.O. 6. The vinyl floor may not be equivalent to ceramic tile. BUILDING OFFICIAL However, I will leave this for your determination. STILLWATER,MINNESOTA PRESIDENT JAMES E.BIHR,P.E. FAXNUMBERS Order Department (213)692-3853 Plan Review (213)692-3425 ICBO ES (213)695 4694 Administration (213)699-8031 Main Office: 53605outh Workman Mill Road • Whittier,California 90601 (213)699-0541 J , Plan Check 2492 Edwin Frank, Anacortes November 16, 1989 Page Two 11 . The condensing unit: For your determination. 13. 1 will review the mechanical drawings when they are submitted to you. EXITS 7. 1 will review the electrical plans when they are submitted to you. STRUCTURAL 16. 1 will gladly review the rack storage design and drawings when they are submitted to you. 18. 1 will review the retaining wall design and details when the site develop- ment drawings are submitted. ADDITIONAL COMMENTS A. A complete set of plans was not enclosed in this resubmittal. The plans are not complete enough to return them as approved. Conse- quently, I am returning them to the designer with a copy of this recheck letter in order that they may be corrected and finished. (If you wish me to do the final recheck, the designer may set up an appointment with the undersigned) . Very truly yours, Frank S. Natsuhara, P.E. Senior Regional Engineer Iih c/Bob Stockowsky International Conference of Building Officials REGIONAL OFFICE: 2122-112TH AVENUE, N.E.,SUITE B-300 • BELLEVUE,WASHINGTON 98004 • (206)451-9541 RECEIVED BOARD OF DIRECTORS OFFICES OF CHAIRMAN JERRY J.BARBERA,P.E. BRENTSNYDER,C.B.O. NOV 31989 REGI.INCHAUSTE,P.E. MANAGER JUAN C.INCH BUILDING OFFICIAL PACIFICA,CALIFORNIA SENIOR REGIONAL ENGINEER FRANK S.NATSUHARA,P.E..S.E. FIRST VICE-CHAIRMAN WL92=11 SENIOR REGIONAL ENGINEER EUGENE J.ZELLER,P.E.,C.B.O. CHARLES J.WILLIAMS,P.E. SUPERINTENDENT OF BUILDING November 2, 1989 REGIONAL ENGINEER AND SAFETY LONG BEACH,CALIFORNIA SECOND VICE-CHAIRMAN Edwin Frank JAMES L.MANSON,C.B.O. Building Official DIRECTOR,DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING AND SAFETY 904 6th St. cOUNTYO SHINGTO Anacortes, WA 98221 SPOKANE,W SPOKANEA IMMEDIATE PAST CHAIRMAN WILLIAM E.SCHLECHT,C.B.O. Plan Check: 2492 BUILDINGOFWING Project: Cold Storage COUNTYY OFFICIAL Pro a Phase 2 1 g HILLSBORO,OREGON ROBERT J.EPPSTEIN,C.B.O. Dear Mr. Frank: CHIEF BUILDING OFFICIAL FREMONT,CALIFORNIA BOB FOWLER,P.E.,AIA,C.B.O. I have made a second review of the revised plans and other DIRECTOR OF BUILDING INSPECTION data for the above mentioned project. I used the re ABILENE,TEXALAND letter from the engineer dated October18, 1989. Please J BUILDING P. ING CODE C.B.O. BUILOINGGODE OFFIDER refer to our letter of September 18, 1989 for the original ST.PAUL.MINNESOTA comments. Note, I am providing a rebuttal only to those PHILLIP M.HERRINGTON,C.B.O. Items which remain outstandingfrom that list (those items DIRECTOR,DEPARTMENTOF ` BUILDING AND SAFETY not specifically mentioned below have been satisfied) . RENO,NEVADA DOUGLAS E.HOOD,C.B.D. GENERAL BUILDING OFFICIAL COLORADO RIVER INDIAN TRIBES PARKER,ARIZONA 3. For your determination. However, I will be happy to GORBULO GOFPICAE review the shoring plans and retaining wall design and details DANAPO NT.CALIFORNIA when they are submitted to you. MICHAEL J.NOLTE,C.B.O. - BUILDING OFFICIAL CRESWELL,OREGON 4. For your determination. RON PERKEREWICZ,C.B.O. DIRECTOR OF COMMUNITY 5. The legal description of the site should be provided. DEVELOPMENT COUNTY OFKITSAP It must correlate with the plot plan. PORT ORCHARD,WASHINGTON JAMES R.SINGLEMINISTRA. ]. The site development drawings should be provided. Also, BUILDING SAFETY.SINGL TON,C.B.O. p 9 TUCSON,ARIZONA all items circled should be addressed in a response letter. THOMAS R.THOMPSON,C.B.O. BUILDING ,CO OFFICIAL COLOR y 8, Similar) the circled items in the Energy list should BROOM O ROBERT D.WEBER,P.E.,C.B.O. be addressed in a response letter. DIRECTOR,DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING LAS COUNTY OF OCCUPANCY AND CONSTRUCTION ALLEN 0.ZEPPER,C.B.O. BUILDING OFFICIAL 1 , Okay. However, how is the yard to the west obtained? STILLWATER,MINNESOTA Does "K" ave extend north along the west side of this building? PRESIDENT JAMES E.BIHR,P.E. FA%NUMBERS Order Depadment (213)892-3853 Plan Review (213)692-3425 ICBO ES (213)695-4694 Administration (213)699-8031 Main Office: 5360 South Workman Mill Road • Whittier,California 90601 • (213)699-0541 4 Plan Check 2492 Edwin Frank, Anacortes November 2, 1989 Page Two 2. 1 see no separation between the loading dock and the cold storage. This is ok if no combustibles are involved in the loading dock. Otherwise, one hour separation is required. 4. The mechanical plans should be submitted for review. 5. Ditto. 6. The vinyl floor may not be equivalent to ceramic tile. However, 1 will leave this for your determination. 8. b. Glass fiber insulation is acceptable but the density and attachment is for your determination. 9. a. The test data was not submitted but the stress in the material as used in the building is very low. 11 . Where is the condensing unit located for the ammonia? Is this a new unit? Is the unit located within a refrigeration machinery room? Will the room comply with section 1518(a)? 13. 1 will review the mechanical drawings when they are submitted to you. EXITS 2. a. How will this be provided? 3. The 34" dimension must be provided at the tread nosing ; not at an intermediate point in tread. 7. 1 will review the electrical plans when they are submitted to you. STRUCTURAL 5. The burke coil inserts are not included in the list of evaluated products by ICBO ES. Test data should be submitted for review. 6. The alternate should be deleted or the specifications of the 1 /2" fiber board should be provided. 7. The ASTM designation of the steel should be specified and the actual fasteners should be defined on the plans. 10. 1 do not agree that thicken slab is acceptable here. A conforming footing should be provided. y Plan Check 2429 Edwin Frank, Anacortes November 2, 1989 Page Three 12. b. In the east-west direction, 2/S7 and 4/S7 do not provide sufficient tie capacity to sustain the tributary anchorage load. c. Lateral anchorage is required at floors. See detail 1 /S2. Section 2310. 15. Structural separation appears necessary. Section 2312(i)2K page 157. 16. 1 will gladly review the rack strorage design and drawings when they are submitted to you. 18. 1 will review the retaining wall design and details when the site development drawings are submitted. The plans are not yet corrected enough to return them as approved. Consequently, I am returning them to the designer with a copy of this recheck letter in order that they may be corrected and finished. If you wish me to do the final recheck, the designer may set up an appointment with the undersigned. Very truly yours, Frank S. Natsuhara, P.E. Senior Regional Engineer spm c/Conlee Engineers Inc. U 1308 S.W. Bertha Blvd. C O N L E Eortl Portland, �E and,Oregon 97219 Bus.(503)244-0579 ENGINEERS, INC. FAX(503)244-7023 October 18, 1989 Mr. Bob Stochosky RECEIVED Western Engineers, Inc. P.O. Box 14250 OCT 23 1989 Portland, OR 97214 RE: Trident Seafoods, Inc. - Cold Storage Phase II BUILDING ICBO Structural Plan Check No. 2492 Dear Mr. Stochosky: As per your request, we are responding to the Structural Plan Check items prepared by Mr. Frank S. Natsuhara of ICBO and itemized in his enclosed letter to Mr. Edwin Frank (Anacortes Building Official ) dated September 18, 1989. Our response to itemized comments are as follows: OCCUPANCY AND CONSTRUCTION: 1. BUILDING ANALYSIS — Compliance is based upon Section 506(b) for one or two story buildings of Group B Occupancies with an approved automatic sprinkler system throughout and surrounded by yards not less than 60' . 2. SEPARATION FOR B4/B2 OCCUPANCIES - One hour separation is provided between the Cold Storage (84) and the Office (B2) as shown on Details 1/S1, 2/S1 and 3/S2. 3. SMOKE VENTS - Vents not required per Section 3206(a)1 since facility is Group B, Division 4 Occupancy for bulk frozen foods with a complete automatic sprinkler system. 4. LIGHT AND VENTILATION - Lighting and ventilation per separate Mechanical and Electrical permit per notes added to Details 1/S1 and 2/S1. 5. TOILET ROOM EXHAUST - Powered exhaust per separate Mechanical permit per notes added to Details 1/S1 and 2/S2. 6. TOILET ROOM FINISH - Vinyl floor and wall covering added per notes on Details 1/S1 and 2/S1. 7. INSULATION FLAME SPREAD - Ratings of insulations and vapor barriers have been clarified by additions to Outline Specifications on C-1. 8. FIRESTOPS; a) Fire stops have been added at 10' for protection walls per added note on Detail 5/S5. b) Ceiling fire stops not required as there are no concealed spaces that are not filled with insulation. 9. PEGBOARD; a) Structural capacity was substantiated per enclosed Calculation Sheet G-1 and enclosed physical property data. b) Pegboard data has been added to Outline Specifications on C-1 limiting flame spread to 200. 10. ALTERNATE ROOFING - Rating of alternate roof has been clarified on Outline Specifications on C-1. 11. COOLANT - Refrigeration coolant is ammonia as shown on Refrigeration Equipment Drawings. 12. COOLER DATA - Cooler weights and locations have been added to S-2 and support Details 4/S2, 5/S2 and 11/S7 have been added to the drawings. 13. HOT WATER HEATER - Heater location in Second Floor Toilet Room has been added to Detail 2/S1. Details will be shown on separate Mechanical Drawings. E C O N L E E Portland, S.W. Bertha Blvd. �E I Portland,Oregon 97219 2440579 ENGINEERS, INC. FAX(503)244-77023 October 18, 1989 Trident Plan Check 2492 - Response Page 2 EXITS: 1. EXIT DOOR OPERATION - Notes concerning opening of exit doors has been added to the Outline Specifications. 2. LOADING DOCK EXIT - An exit door, landing and stairs have been added at the SE corner of the Loading Dock to serve as the required exit. 3. STAIRWAY HANDRAIL - Detail 3/S1 has been added to clarify handrail and support. 4. WEST EXIT COURT - A sidewalk has been added from the west exit door to the Right of Way of K Avenue as shown on C-1 & S-1. 5. LANDINGS AT THRESHOLDS - Landing elevations to limit differentials to 1/2" have been added to S-1. 6. EXIT SIGNS - Locations have been added to S-1. 7. EXIT ILLUMINATION - Power supply and wiring system shown on separate Electrical Drawings. STRUCTURAL: I. SPECIAL INSPECTION - Special Inspection requirements have been added to Outline Specifications. 2. PREFABRICATED UNITS - To be constructed in approved shop or special inspection is required per note added to Outline Specifications. 3. WELDING - By approved welders per added note added to Outline Specifications. 4. STRUCTURAL FILL - Final soils summary report to be submitted to Building Official per added note to Outline Specifications. 5. INSERTS - This item added to Outline Specifications clarifying approved type. 6. FIBRE SHEATHING - This sheathing is part of the specified alternate roofing system. 7. METAL WALL PANELS - ASTM designation and fastener specifications have been clarified in the Outline Specifications. Nailer and anchorage per enclosed Calculation Sheet G-1 and updated Detail 6/S7. 8. COLUMN BASE PLATES - Base plates have been increased to 3/4" per updated Detail 9/S6. 9. LEDGER ANCHOR BOLTS - Our analysis on enclosed Calculation Sheet 0-1 indicates that the anchor bolts shown on Detail 1/S2 are adequate. 10. INTERIOR FOOTING - We treated the continuous wall footing as a thickened slab and kept sail pressures less than Soils Report recommendation of 1000 PSF as shown on enclosed Calculation Sheet 0-1. 11 . JOIST & STAIR SUPPORT - Added Detail 3/S-1 shows requested joist and stair support. 12. WALL ANCHORAGE - Added wall anchorages at roof consisting of cross ties and sub diaphragms per enclosed calculation sheets D4 & D5 are shown on S-2 and updated Details 1/S-7 and 5/S-7 thru 10/S-7. Lateral anchorage at floor is from floor system to sheathed furring walls and can be independent of tilt-up wall . 13. DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY NAILING - Boundary nailing is shown on Details 1/S-7, 5/S-7 & 7/S-7. U 1308 S.W. Bertha C O N L E E Portlortl C E and,Oregon 97217219 Bus.(503)244.0579 ENGINEERS, INC. FAX(503)244-7023 October 18, 1989 Trident Plan Check 2492 - Response Page 3 14. TILT-UP PANEL AT 3.44 - Panel side lap connections will be modified per added Detail 5/S-3 to allow panel to deflect with roof diaphragm. 15. EXISTING BUILDING - The relatively rigid buildings are connected with a flexible wood framed gutter as shown in Detail 9/S-7. Gutter may have to be repaired in the case of a severe earthquake. 16. RACK STORAGE - Structural drawings and calculations to be submitted by supplier. 17. FOOTING TIES - Ties from tilt-up wall panels to footing per enclosed calculation sheet WF-2 have been added per Detail 4/S-3. 18. RETAINING WALLS - Site retaining walls are shown on Site Development drawings prepared by Lee Johnson Consultants, Inc. 19. ADJACENT BUILDING EQUIPMENT - Renovation of the existing warehouse to Cold Storage Phase I has been completed under a separate permit. PleaR if you ha y tions concerning our responses. Sinc CharCo ee, President Conln ers, Inc. ZENCL et of Drawings with Plan Check and Foundation Revisions (10/18/89) Structural Calculations (6 sheets) CC: Ed Frank - City of Anacortes Frank Natsuhara - ICBO File - WE1018.89 Client L�6'J7 �Nl>�-� Sheet UCO N L E E Project /dd��✓7 CAS Date ENGINEERS INC. Subject /�/qGG �i✓��/ Subject._ � gY C�G /- Z5 6 r= r 32-q>�iZ��o-Z3��2 v OBiro '3 a, s S/oi.�l� ��i��1✓ @lo O.G. I' V _wan. t t ' Properties ` ° i Vk PhysicalProperties of surface,dimes- National Standards ANSI/AH,M.135.4- Customers are advised 16 conduct 17felr sions,tolerances,squareness,edge 1982.For panels which are back planted, own tests to.d9termine sultabitity of the straitness,moisture content,modulus of add.03 to specific gravity.For planed product for their specific Intended end rupture and tensile strength meet or _ and pointed,acd 06 - use;. exceed specifications of American _ - Gr Average Physical and Mechanical Properties (humidified hardboard) . 2A W.Soak t.Tamils Strength Thkkhaec 3 % `S % Madulm of Paral4l..` PaWn '; peekk Weight rhkknaca l.neos RusMute, l9 'y dkYla T Gkldua ° Inches 6rmlly Density Gals Swallne Expombn p4 , Face to Focei' CoManl%`.1 Standard 1/8' .137 _94 69 - - 146 iao y 0.38 six) 37W 125._ 45 - 9/16' .191 .98 60 125 _ 7.4 0.29 - T 6126 37W 140 r''- ^4A 114' ,2'rB .96 60 6.7 y._._ 6.9 .. 0,24 War 35W 135 '- a3 Service IN .140 s9 566 30.0� 260 0.388 3W0 1500 60 46 3/16' .191 .69 56 25.0 15,0 0.29 - 3000... 1W0 W "' i/4' .238 .89 56 25.0 150 0.24 3OW 15W 50 - 43 Tempered e .ns 12.2 6.9 0.32 600o Na 160 are - .98 62 -- _ 3116' 170_ 1.00 62 10.0 7.0 0.30 6= FUs NA, aB - 1/4' .216 1.00 62 8.0 5.6 0.20' 62W NA 49 Service Tempered 11C .140 .93 68 a 20.0 150 0,32 a'AU t14 160 - aB 3116- .170 .93 66 1&0 1&0 - 030 . - 45W - NA NA - a6 .215 193 be 16.0 11.0 - 020 4600 NA 13s 49 Tho pnyskd PrcC W io5 Woo 0 the tatm ae 6re minimum v IWs Ix Mr Iqd IV sen2e Orcdo.Ors?M,Ld yod, rkn wil exceod these values Saes Press size is 4'x16'. Stondcrd panel size Is are available.All pones are available characteristics ore not guaranteed in" ` 4'x8',Full press utsizatlon and curt-to-size u0trImmed(491/2"x96Y:')but physical the perimeter area in excess of 48'x96",. Limitations Dee Hardboard is available smooth am loss is intended for interior use only, rnocfu4l of olasticity and rupture,and side only.although the screen back may be rempatecl ck iss Dee Hardboard has lm- machinab111ty.It may be used In exterior, Partially removed by planing.Standard. XOv9d properties of stiffness.streng'h, applk:atmru itsuitably flnsned by The user. Machining Carbide tipped cutting tools will uhing;surface treatment of Industria' ` correct tool speed olbrvrent:holdclown produce clean,smooth cuts when tint Panels Introduce no spacial and suprxxt of work and rate of feed sawing,drilMg,planing,routing and dio- roblems,Good shop practice as to -' are crltlea! Client Sheet ®/ °E CON LEE Project �06N7 �S "' 77 _ Date �. ENGINEERS INC. Subject ®/'FiGL LdOGi/G fFG. By C✓C SZ l�o�dG �F.rdivG z moo./` 99? Client `✓�� ���/ Sheet i�4 �°E CON LEE Project �2idc'^i' lS � Date ENGINEERS INC. Subject �� �/�/'p''�� gy C G 5T l� `I I e Tom- �iZpa/,Ga FJ �n Nfq =_"��,�ate!i 33r�4) ;':,•, . :lien k�EJ7 Sheet UCON LEE project Date ENGINEERS INC. Subject .955;Kff By G�G �iQCt(-1' TiE✓ f 5.13 sLi/FJO.✓2 C�id� �/' 41 ST�1 I l :liens Sheet 'cE ' CONLEE Project �'`y''�� `ps�—� Date ENGINEERS INC. /r/4� /,<'� -7^lEI B Sub C✓� ject y -00 L7 Az cif/ dam io. = 3G yQV ` � r International Conference of Building Officials REGIONAL OFFICE: 2122-112TH AVENUE, N.E.,SUITE B-300 • BELLEVUE,WASH IN GTON 98004 • (206)451-9541 0 BOARD OF DIRECTORS OFFICES OF CHAIRMAN JERRY J.BARBERA,P.E. WILLIAM E.SCHL C.B.O. REGIONAL MANAGER BUILDING OFFICIAL JUAN ZC.ONAL ENGINEER P.E. COUNTY OF WASHINGTON REGIONAL ENGINEER HILLSBORO,OREGON September 18, 1989 FRANK S.NATSUHARA,P.E.,S.E. REGIONAL ENGINEER FIRST VICE-CHAIRMAN CHARLES J.WILLIAMS,P.E. BRENT SNYDER,C.B.O. REGIONAL ENGINEER BUILDING OFFICIAL Plan Check: 2492 PACIFICA,CALIFORNIA Project: Cold Storage Phase 2 SECOND VICE-CHAIRMAN Address: 1400 4th St. EUGENE J.ZELLER,P.E.,C.B.O. SUPERINTANDDENTOF BUILDING Code Information: 134/132 Occupancy; SAFETY LONG BEACH,CALIFORNIA Type V-N Construction IMMEDIATE PAST CHAIRMAN Stories: 2 CHARLES L.CLAWSON - Floor Area: 51660 (footprint = 50805 sf) DIRECTOR MUNITY DEVELOPMENT Occupant Load: 168 ARLINGTON,TEXAS Valuation : $2, 100,000 ROBERT J.EPPSTEIN,C.B.O. 1988 Uniform BuildingCode CHIEF BUILDING OFFICIAL FREMONT,CALIFORNIA Seismic Zone: 3 BOB FOWLER,P.E.,A.I.A.,C.B.O. Basic Wind Speed: 80 mph DIRECTOR OF BUILDING INSPECTION Exposure: C ABILENE,TEXAS P JAN P.GASTERLAND,C.B.O. Edwin Frank BUILDING CODE OFFICER ST.PAUL,MINNESOTA Building Official PHILLIP M.HERRINGTON,C.B.O. 904 6th St. DIRECTOR,DEPARTMENT BUILDNGAND SAFETY OF Anacortes, WA 98221 RENO,NEVADA DOUGLAS E.HOOD,C.B.O. Dear Mr. Frank: BUILDING OFFICIAL COLORADO RIVER INDIANTRIBES PARKER,ARIZONA We have reviewed the plans and associated data for the project JAMESL.MAHSON,C. O B.o. DIRECTOR,DEPARTMENTF mentioned above to see if it conforms to the Uniform Building BUILDING AND SAFETY Code as well as parts of the Uniform Mechanical Code. We COUNTYOFSPOKANE SPOKANE,WASHNGTON have not reviewed them for requirements of federal, or other GORDONW.MURRCH,P.E. state and local regulatory agencies. In most cases, the designer BUILDING INSPECTION DEPARTMENT should modify the plans and/or specifications to satisfy these SAN DIEGO,CALIFORNIA comments. MICHAEL J.NOLTE,C.B.O. BUILDING OFFICIAL GENERAL CRESWELL,OREGON RON PERKEREWICZ,C.B.O. DIRECTOEOFCOMMUNITY 1 . You should ensure that all other city agencies approve DEOPMEPORTo UNTYOFKIs mPiGTON of the project. (Public Works for sewer availability and site drainage discharge; Health Department for food storage; Zoning JAMES R.SINGLETON,C.B.O. for yards and use. ) BUILDING SAFETY ADMINISTRATOR TUCSON.ARIZONA RONALD R.TREMBLAY,C.B.O. 2• You may wish to clear with your Fire Department for BUILDI NG OFFICIAL the following: ASSARIA,KANSAS ROBERT D.WEBER,P.E.,C.B.O. DIRECTOR,DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING a. Installation of portable fire extinguishers. UFC Standard COUNTY OF CLARK LAS VEGAS,NEVADA 10-1 . RECEIVED PRESIDENT JAMES E.BIHR,P.E. S E P 2 0 1989 Main Office: 5360 South Workman Mill Road • Whittier,California 90601 • (213)699-0541 BUILDING DEPT. Plan Check 2492 Edwin Frank, Anacortes September 18, 1989 Page Two b. The accessibility of Fire Department apparatus to the building. Section 10.207 UFC. c. The sprinkler plans. Section 3801 (b) . 3. The footing excavation along the south side will remove the lateral support of 5th street. : Temporary shoring appears necessary unless permission is secured from Public Works to overexcavate into the right of way. See east elevation view sheet S3. Also, the design of the retaining wall should be in accordance with Public Works standards for surcharge loads. 4. An approved address should be provided in such a position as to be plainly visible and legible from the street. Section 513. 5. The legal description of the site should be provided. It must correlate with the plot plan. 6. Grading details should be provided for the south and southeasterly sides of the building. The slope of the cut should be defined. The slope must beplanted for erosion control. The drainage must be conducted in nonerosive device to approved drainage way. Section 7009(b) , 7013(a) and 7012(d) . 7. 1 have included our list of the Washington State Barrier Free Design requirements and circled those items applicable to this building. 8. Similarly, I have enclosed our list of the Washington State Energy Code requirements. OCCUPANCY AND CONSTRUCTION 1 . The building analysis: a. I have classified the building as sprinklered type V-N construction and B2, B4 occupancy. See sheet C1 notes. b. This building is over sized in area. Assuming that the cold storage area is B4 occupancy and the loading dock and office-lounge as B2 occupancy I calculate: 50805 - 6191 + - 6191 = 1 .497 3 x 12000 3 x 8000 c. However, if 60' wide yards to the south and east are reserved for area increase purposes, the building would comply. Section 506(a)1 . Plan Check 2492 Edwin Frank, Anacortes September 18, 1989 Page Three d. If the floor area of the existing building to the north is included, the combined area exceeds the allowable area even if B4 occupancy is assumed throughout and 100% increase for yards is assumed. (12000 x 3 x 2 = 72000 < 93000) e. Any area separation wall or walls should be shown on the plot plan. Section 505(e) . f. You indicate that the overall complex is surrounded by 60'+ yards and all buildings in the complex is sprinklered throughout. If this condition prevails and the occupancy is substantially "B" occupancy (i.e. , 10% of minor accessory uses may be permitted) and no building exceeds two stories in height, the area of the complex may be unlimited. Section 506(b) . However, I do not see any such yard to the west of this building. See sheet C1 . 2. An one hour occupancy separation should be provided between the B4 cold storage area and the loading dock-office-lounge area. Table 5B. The openings between the loading dock and the cold storage room must be one hour fire protection assembly. This presumes that a distinction between B2 and B4 occupancy must be made. See area calculations under item l(b) above. 3. Smoke vents are required unless the "cold storage" is bulk frozen food storage. Section 3206(a) . The area of the cold storage room is slightly less than 50,000 sf (49,770 sq ft) but in our opinion the opening into the existing cold storage must be one hour fire protection assembly to maintain this "undivided area" to less than 50000 sf. 4. The office and lounge must be provided with adequate light and ventilation. Required areas of window openings are: as follows: a. Office: 51 .9 sf with 1 /2 openable. b. Lounge: 32.6 sf with 1 /2 openable. 5. The toilet rooms should be provided with adequate natural ventilation or a mechanically operated exhaust system capable of providing a complete change of air every 15 minutes. Plans should be clarified to show the ventilation. Section 705. 6. The toilet room finish should be clarified. Toilet room floors should have smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface such as portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or other approved material which extend upward onto the walls at least 511. Walls within water closet compartments and walls within 2' of the front and sides of urinals should be similarly finished to a height of 4'. See sheet S1 . Section 510(b) . Plan Check 2492 Edwin Frank, Anacortes September 18, 1989 Page Four 7. The flame spread rating of the insulation should be specified : a. The foam plastic insulation should have a flame spread not to exceed 75 and a smoke developed rating not to exceed 450. Section 1712(a) . b. All other insulation including facings such as vapor barriers or breather papers must have a flame spread rating not to exceed 25 and smoke density not to exceed 450. Section 1713(c) . 8. Fire stop should be provided at the following areas: a. In the concealed spaces of stud walls at 10' intervals along the length of the wall (at insulated concrete panel detail 5/S5) . Section 2516(f)2A. b. At the ceiling line. Detail 1 , 5, 9, 10/S7. Section 2516(f)2A. 9. The "Pegboard" ceiling should be justified: a. The structural properties should be substantiated. b. The flame spread rating should be specified. Table 42B. 2A/S7. 10. The alternate roofing must also be class B or better. This should be indicated on the plans. See sheet C1 . Table 32A. 11 . The coolant used for the coolers should be specified. See cold storage equipment layout. Section 1505, 1506 UMC. 12. The weight of the coolers should be specified and the details of its supports should be provided. 13. The location of the hot water heater should be shown. The details of the combustion air supply to the appliance should be provided. Section 601 (a) . Also, if the water heater has nonrigid water connections, it should be anchored against earthquake displacement. Section 504 UMC. EXITS 1 . All exit doors must be openable from the inside without use of key, special knowledge or effort. This should be indicated on the plans. Section 3304(c) . 2. A required exit may exit through an adjoining room that provides direct, obvious and unobstructed means of travel to an exit corridor or to the exterior. The east exit doorway discharges to the loading dock. The loading dock must provide unobstructed and direct egress to a corridor or to the exterior. Plan Check 2492 Edwin Frank, Anacortes September 18, 1989 Page Five a: The loading dock at the location of the exit door must show a defined unobstructed exitway. b. The loading dock must provide a direct egress to a corridor or exterior door. It should not exit into another adjoining room. Section 3303(e) . Sheet S1 . c. The exit door serving over 50 occupants must swing in the direction of egress. Section 3304(b) . d. Please note that overhead doors are not acceptable as exit doors. Section 3304(h) . 3. The stairway handrail details should be provided. The top of the rail should be placed not less than 34" nor more than 38" above the tread nosing. Section 3306(j) . 4. The west exit door discharges to the 10' wide west side yard. The exit court must be developed to provide conforming stairs or ramps to the public way. This should be clarified. See west elevation view sheet S3. Section 3301 definition of exit. 5. The floor or landing should be not more than 1 /2" lower than the threshold of the doorway for the main entry door at the northwest corner of the building. The other exit door must be not more than 1" for such dimension. Section 3304(i) . The plans should indicate this requirement. 6. Exit signs should be shown on the plans. Section 3314(a) . 7. The power supply for the exit illumination must be provided by the premises wiring system. In the event of its failure, illumination must be automatically provided from an emergency system. Section 3313(b) . STRUCTURAL 1 . Special inspection should be provided for the following: a. Concrete. Section 305(a) 1 . b. Field welding. Section 306(a)5. c. Foundation excavation prior to placement of concrete. Section 306(a) 11 p 7 of soil report by Dames & Moore dated March 3, 1989. 2. All prefabricated units must be constructed in a shop approved and registered by you. Section 306(f) . Plan Check 2492 Edwin Frank, Anacortes September 18, 1989 Page Six 3. All welding should be by welders you. approve. U B C Standard 27.612(c)2. 4. A report of the satisfactory placement of the structural fill should be submitted to you. Section 2903(b) . 5. The coil insert anchors must be an approved type. Test data should be submitted for evaluation. Detail 5/S5. Section 105. 6. The specifications of the 1 /2" wood fiber sheathing should be provided. 7. The ASTM designation of the metal wall panel should be specified. See sheet C1 . Also, the fastener specification and justification showing adequacy to resist wind loads at local areas and discontinuities should be provided. Table 23H. 8. The 1 /2" thick base plate for the tube column appears overstressed. Section 9/S6. 9. The 3/4 diameter ledger bolts appears overstressed for perpendicular to grain loads in supporting the floor loads. Section 3/S2. 10. The interior footing should be embedded a minimum 18" into natural undisturbed ground. See p8 of soil report. See detail 1 /S6. 11 . Floor joist support appear necessary at the upper stair flight. See detail 2/S1 . Also, the stairway support detail should be provided. 12. The lateral anchorage of the walls do not comply for this project. a. Wood ledgers may not be used. b. Positive ties must be provided which extend to diaphragm or subdiaphragm chords. Section 2312(h)21 (iii,iv) p. 157. c. Lateral anchorage is required at floors. See detail 1 /S2. Section 2310. 13. The wood diaphragm boundary nailing should be specified (2-1 /2" required at boundaries and continuous edges for 530 #1) . Table 25-J-1 . See sheet S6. 14. The rigidity of the concrete panel located at grid 3+ 15.67 should be investigated for lateral loads. Diaphragm deflection must be compatible with the induced load into the panel. See sheet S1 . Section 2303(b) . 15. Question: How will the lateral loads in the existing building affect the new building or vice versa? Plan Check 2492 Edwin Frank, Anacortes September 18, 1989 Page Seven 16. Any rack storage greater than 8' high should be investigated. Table 23P. Sheet C1 . 17. The forces and moments at the wall panels must be transferred to the footing. The connection between precast wall and supporting member must have a tensile strength not less than 50 Ag in pounds. Section 2615(i)3 p 468. See detail 1-4/S5. 18. The cantilever retaining wall details at the southeast corner should be provided. See sheet Cl . 19. The equipment installation in the adjoining existing building to the north should be detailed and justified. Our headquarters accounting department in Whittier, California will send you an invoice for this plan reviewing service based on a valuation of $ 2,100,000. 1 am retaining all data and plans in anticipation of telephone calls from the designer and also that I will be doing the recheck. I am taking the liberty of sending a copy of this plan checking list directly to him. Please instruct him to indicate on a separate sheet on which sheet or detail the corrections may be found. Please feel free to contact us if there are any questions. Very truly yours, Frank S. Natsuhara, P. E. Senior Regional Engineer spm Enclosure c/John Conlee PC 7 Z WASHINGTON STATE REGULATIONS FOR BARRIER-FREE DESIGN (Please do circled item', Code sections cited refer to the amendmer i WAC51-10 dated 2-15-85.) 1. Site accessibility: 12'-G" wide HC parking space$ should be provided. Section 7503(a,c). - - UHandicap parking spaces should be located so that the accessible routes of travel from it do not enter the parking lot or driveway. A revision is required and curb cuts and sidewalks adjacent to the spaces should be shown. Section 7503(b). c. The sidewalks should be widened or set back at the curb cuts so the ramps are not between parking spaces, do not obstruct the sidewalk and have a landing at top. Section 7502(e,?). d. An accessible route of travel should be provided between the accessible buildings on the site and from the public sidewalks to the buildings. Section 402, definition of ACCESSIBLE SITE. t e.7 A maximum slope of 20 should be shown in the HC spaces and among the accessible routes of travel from the HC parking and public sidewalks to the primary entrance(s) to the buildings. Section 7502(e), 7503(d). f. Slopes steeper than 2"s should be considered as ramps and should be provided with complying landings top and bottom. If ramp slopes exceed 1:20, handrails should be provided. Section 7502(e,k). g. The side slopes of the ramp appear to exceed a 1:6 ratio and should be modified. Walks and ramps should be of firm, stable, smooth material with a nonslip surface and at least 44" wide. Section 7502(d,i). Each HC space should be shown as having a ground sign W-5' high centered at the head of the space and bearing the words, "State Disabled Parking Permit Required". Section 7503[e). j. Signs should be shown at every primary public site entrance and at the major junctions leading to the HC spaces and primary public building entrances, displaying the International Symbol of Access and indicating the direction of travel. Section 7502(m). (k. Site lighting of 1 foot-candle at grade level should be provided along the accessible routes of travel and at the parking spaces. Seciton 7502H). I. The passenger drop off space should be 12' wide x 25' long (parallel to the accessible route of travel). A curb cut (is/is not) required. Section 7504(c). m. The passenger loading spaces should be 4' wide x 20' long and parallel to vehicle space and accessible route of travel. Section 7504(d). 2. Accessible toilet room facilities: I a. A 44" x 48" minimum unobstructed floor space inside and outside the doors leading to the HC baths and a minimum 48" wide aisle to the accessible water closet compartments should be provided. Section 511(a). b. A 60" minimum diameter unobstructed floor space should be provided within the toilet rooms (with 12" maximum door encroachment). Section 511(a). 4'-rr it O Accessible water closet compartments should have a minimum clear width of-+16" and a depth of-4-4'1 and a 32" minimum clear entry width. Section 511(a). d. The details of grab bars to be provided at the front and sides of the toilet should be shown. Section 511(a). e. The lavatories should have a rim height of 33"-34" and a 2T' minimum clearance underneath. Section 511(b). f. Lever-type faucet handles should be provided no more than 17" from the front of the lavatory. The water heater serving the lavatories should deliver water at a maximum temperature of 120o F unless the drain pipes / and hot water pipes are recessed, insulated or guarded to prevent contact. Section 511(b). / g.) Where towel bars, dispensers, mirrors, shelves, dryers, etc. are provided, at least one of each should be within 40" of the floor. Section 511(b). At least one urinal in the men's toilet room should have an elongated lip with the opening of the basin within 17" of the floor. i. Accessible urinal(s) should have a minimum 30" wide by 48" long unobstructed floor space in front of them. Section 511(a). 3. General requirements: a. All areas in this building should be interconnected with HC accessible routes of travel (except storage and mechanical roams). Note that stairs do not comply. Section 402, definitions of ACCESSIBLE BUILDING and ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL, and amended Table 33-A. b. Elevators should be provided for access to floors above the first story. Section 5106 and amended Table 33-A. See Washington Department of Labor E Industries for these requirements. Omission of an elevator to the second floor is subject to your approval. Section 003, Exception 4 and amended Table 33-A. d. Access to R-1 accessible/adaptable dwelling units above the first story may alternately be made by complying ramps or grade-level accessible routes of travel. Section 5106. e. Accessible openings should have a 32" minimum clearwidth. Section 402, definition of ACCESSIBLE OPENING. (Note: V-8" doors may not achieve this.) All doors in the building which have a latch set or lock set should have lever-type operating hardware, except doors to mechanical, electrical, janitor and similar rooms which should have knurled operating hardware. Section 5501. g. Accessible doors should have an 18" unobstructed floor space beyond the strike jamb on the door swing side. Section 402, definition of ACCESSIBLE OPENING. Doors do not comply. (OVER) y _ sir mar : -2- �4/ ' a_ A 12" unobstructed fir, ,pace beyond the strike jamb should be provide' n the side opposite the door swing r - Vwhere accessible doors equipped with a closer and latch. Section 40. efinition of ACCESSIBLE OPENING. /��Doors do not comply. 7 hfairways should have at least one handrail which extends 23" beyond the bottom and 12" beyond the top risers of each stair run. HC Amended Section 3306(j). The other handrail should extend 6" beyond the top and bottom. Stairways should have rounded non-slip nosings and have either the undersides of the treads sloped at 600 from the horizontal or sloped risers. Amended Section 3306(m,n). k. Ramp should have handrails installed as described in (i). I. The international symbol of access should be displayed at the public building entrances, accessible public toilet rooms and required accessible exits. Section 5503(a). _ m. Signs for the visually impaired should be provided to identify public toilet and reception rooms, stairs, elevators and all hazardous rooms such as mechanical, electrical and storage. Section 5503(b). 4. Specific requirements: a. Non-slip floor finishes should be specified in the toilet rooms, shower rooms, and along the accessible route of travel. Section 5502(c). b. At least one shower in the common shower rooms should be accessible--it should have a seat or to be enlarged to 60" wide, have lever-operating handles, a hand-held shower spray on 60" long hose mounted at a maximum of 40" above the floor, a 31}" long horizontal grab bar at the rear and side, etc. Section 511(e). Thresholds should be flush or beveled with a maximum edge height of }". c. Water fountains and public telephones should be revised and/or detailed so that compliance with Section 511(c,d) can be verified. d. The manual fire alarm should be mounted no more than 54" above the floor. Section 511(b). e. A door or gate large enough to accommodate the disabled should be installed adjacent to turnstiles. Section 3304(9). f. The bottom of the vision panels in doors should be within 40" of the floor. Section 33040). g. Corridor is on the accessible route of travel and should have a turnaround area of 44" x 48" within it. $action 3305(b). h. Corridor is over 50' long and should have a 60" x 60" turnaround area within its middle third. Section 3305(b). i. Corridor is over 200' long and should have 60" x 60" turnarounds. Section 3305fb). j. Ramp should have a landing at the (top/bottom). Section 3307(d). k. Ramp is over 30" in rise and requires an intermediate landing. Section 3307(d). I. Ramp changes direction and should have a 5' x 5' landing there. m. Door reduces the required width of the ramp and should be modified. Section 3307(d). n. Room requires levelspacers 32" wide x 42" deep. Section 3316(c). They have to be located so that they have an unobstructed sight line and have to be distributed throughout the seating plan. o. The maximum ramp slope in this room should be modified such that the access and egress to the wheelchair spaces is 1:12 or flatter. p. Power operated door should be designed and specified to remain open 6 seconds before closing. Section 5501. 5. (Accessible/adaptable) dwelling units and guest rooms: a, units are required for this building. They should be divided approximately equally between the 1 bedroom and multi-bedroom units. Section 1213. b. Comments circled in item 2, 3, and/or 4 apply in general within these units. c. Two-story (accessible/adaptable) dwelling units do not comply unless they have an elevator or all the required accessible rooms are in an accessible level. Section 003. d. Structural supports and/or grab bars should be dimensionally located on the plans. Section 1213, exception. Note that two grab bars are required at the water closet, three at the bathtubs. Section 511(f). e. The showers in the HC units should have lever type faucets and hand held shower spray nozzles. Section 517 k,f). f. The kitchens of the HC units should have a 5' square minimum unobstructed floor space. Section 1213. (P ase see the Illustrated Handbook for Barrier Free Design if you want ideas.) g. In the adaptable units if cabinetry or shelving is installed below the bathroom lavatories or kitche ounters, they should be installed with screws, nuts or bolts in such a way that they are easily removed. Section 1213. h. A counter should be provided in the kitchen with a maximum height of 301", with a space beneath at least 29" in height, 30" wide and 24" deep. Section 1213. \ i. Door and drawer pulls, electrical outlets, etc. in the HC units should be detailed so that compliance with Section 5501 can be verified.j. A non-slip floor finish should be provided in the bathroom. Section 5502(c). RECEIVED SEP 2 0 1989 2< tx 1966 ' 'N INGTON ENERGY CODE REGOLATION5 Plan Check # '2 -- —w COMMERCIAL PLAN CHECK(Do r ..S' (Do circled items only) r Jurisdiction Insulation A�4 G©r;,�JL/A%a FJf: 11. 7_17Aa: _ 0 ^.,"P 710?,JJ- S',yaziL.� Sf1t�-z2r' ,tafG ca4ft�/nf e ,•' a. The design of the envelope should be submitted for review so that compliance with Table --, Zone _ can be verified. Sec 402(a), 403(a) or 404(a). br Slab insulation is required and should either extend down between the slab and the roundation wall and be at least 2' long or should extend outside of the foundation across from the slab to the top of the footing or to the frost line (6" minimum). Sec 403(c) or 404(c) i I j c. A vapor retarder is required on Sec 402(f) d. A 4 mil ground cover should be laid over the ground to the foundations within the crawl space and should be overlapped at least 12" at joints. 2. Outdoor air is required for this building. Sec 305. It should be no less than 5 cfm/occupant but should be justified for the occupancy used so that compliance with Table 3-1 can be verified. The methods of limiting air infiltration should be detailed and/or described on the plans. Sec 405 4, Mechanical systems: o'°�,a. The size of the HVAC system should be justified to be within 150% of the heat loss, if iltration and ventilation requirements of the building.. Sec 407(a) b The heating/cooling equipment should have a minimum Fr ;Fle, rating. Sec 411 6.1 An economizer cycle is required. Sec 414 A temperature control system is required.. Sec 415(a) e. A 10 degree temperature band between cooling and heating should be provided on the ermostat. Sec 415(a) f. A manually adjusted or fully automatic timing system should be provided for the 'ttrermostat. Sec 415(c)5 g. The ductwork should be insulated with Sec 417 h. The piping should be insulated with _ _ Sec 418 / i.�The water heater should be labeled to show that it complies with ASHRAE Standard OA-80 and should have automatic temperature controls. Sec 420(a,b) j. The water heater is within an unheated space and should be placed on a floor insulated to at least R-10. Sec 420(a)1 k. The swimming pool should be equipped with a pool cover. The heater should have a label indicating recommended healthful pool temperatures. The filter system should be on a timer set to operate at the minimum number of hours for healthful use. Sec 420(a)3 1. The public lavatories should have outlet control devices to limit the flow to 1/2 gallon per minute or be equipped with self-closing valves. Sec 423(b) M. The shower heads should be equipped with a flow constriction device of 3 gallons per minute or less. Sec 423(a) 5. Lighting: a. The maximum lighting power controlled by a single switch should be limited to 16 amps (on a 20 amp switch). Sec 425(b) b. Each full height partitioned space less than 400sf, rooms_ should have individual lighting controls. Sec 425(c) C. All the rooms over 400 sf should have dual level switches. Sec 425(d) d. The rooms which have natural lighting should have switches to control the luminaires near the window wall. e. The display lighting should have individual controls. Sec 425(f) f. All exterior lighting except for signs and security lights should be on automatic controls to reduce or turn them off during daylight hours and period of accuse of the 4b ing. G22 g. The building lighting should be limited to watts exterior and'��g3 L"watts nterior. Sec 426 and Table 4-18. The actual wattage used should be calculated to show it is below this amount, ..lienx �/���J> �NG✓..._s Sheet �°F CONLEE Project��/ N� 'S' �y �• Date ENGINEERS INC. Subject STRUCTURAL CALCULATION INDEX SUBJECT PAGE ROOF SYSTEM R1 thru R4 COLUMNS Cl WALL FOOTINGS WF1 TILT-UP WALLS W1 thru W5 ROOF DIAPHRAGM D1 thru D3 r�8J` F 4� os N _ A 74 OTVE �4 NAL�N�\� client k �.E-J> ^ �� Sh /J eet ucE � CONLEE Project �io`�5'i7 �-s _'��y Date—.. ENGINEERS INC. Subject By i�io/—' ✓ois tJ l-0•�0.,�6 g// ���y/ may/ 2 p 3s7zZ7= GZ /� T✓z/sue (:�P /� �r9 7✓z /�s- zd client � __ Sheet SCE CON LEE Ploject Dace ENGINEERS INC. G��lJ g G6G Subject y Gog�i•✓G — �n,6 ' � i 3Z� z �sCo 24 4 G 2yCiZ� _ / 290 �z � �4 x 2/ -7A x /B : 7oo�i) �4Ci�o� �l2sZ • .a Sheet ieac UCONLEEProjectDate 7Z��9 ENGINEERS INC. Subject �� r By k %� = 228- eoo z 3y�( 2C/•Gc3, 2 dU•cs) —7 rnecG Q .lbw O• EB�ZZ6� 0-47�37G(o, Z /-2% i�� Chi Ems) /•ZZ � /-C3 i /�.3 bent !�_ Sheet E ' CONLEE project Date ELI�-��� ENGINEERS INC. Subject I C.�G ins Cz�) Oovg« d/e - i O� 7� �i- aieot Sheet U°E CONLEE project Dace ENGINEERS INC. Subject it-�C�li/—� �O+d^/ By G'�G i�sCo.�s', �•7s Z � i 37-) �/ 7r!/S• 3� = 99•Flo Q3 T = 23 9 �1. 98 � 29 _ �.��� oZ3 = 0• 99 L/.� o. /. i 9' 5z 3. ZIP Ct? 2 �2rJih�= G C�✓ � ��" �9Co•a-J Client Sheet CONLEEProject Date ENGINEERS INC. Subject S By GJL �37�6 GG. y A 5-Irk 6 u/py Ar s f J � `��, � GG. q ,C � col•Si� 2 Z //.1'c Gx�x' .�0`' TO a 7 2 .:lieat Sheet ECONLEE project Date 6�- 0-p ENGINEERS INC. FTGs G✓c Subject ��� By 3 ��s r�iG rrraw✓ P . a 3=d� /c � z B C2o �o S �w6 Ow 9=0 Client Sheet 'GE I CONLEE project Date ENGINEERS INC. Subject ^lam Q.�G W�JLG1 By G�/G Lo.naiw� wl �"/lour-� /3�i7��0 � .<1•l Z.�1� , e � 1578 ep•22i�% of Wccl 2G.s�� � 79.5"'s/� � :S•6� O, 3Sii9� y � o. gi Client Sheet UCONLEE Project Date ENGINEERS INC. Subject .lit/ By ---/G i //� /✓�/EGG O�.<.c�`iln'•CJ G _ 2�'•7s f N Z Z Z ,e? Z e -5;9 /. �✓ = -44:ZGE � 7�Z '� = � 9G '�Y q. client Sheet G�3 'cE' CONLEE project Date B�"•�9 ENGINEERS INC. Subject /Sly S !it/vG By !�G �-�zvwG V b GAG r z /7[!�C7) _- e9•.�/!O CJ /L Jr _O Gt��2�/•OS�/, //� � /Z3a Client Sheet woe USE I CONLEE project Date ENGINEERS INC. Subject /� `vg� By �`JG f 277/ iZGT 9�7 z o,3s/n �, w/ �J��-- ivy � �✓1.�/R,o�` io�i C,• 3/ Client J Sheet UCONLEE Project Date �..� •�9 - ENGINEERS INC. /-.7.vpG �dG Subject ��9�G By - --DATE:--8/15/89-- - ..- -- - - --- --- - - --- - ----- ------ - CLIENT: WESTERN ENGINEERS PROJECT:TRIDENT COLD STORAGE - PHASE II DESIGN f"C - Fy -- H -- d-- -ECC--- Lu Pul -Pu2- Mu .__ Phi - - As- - --n - Pn A'S - -np' - K'd MuCap DELTA MuApl COND KSI KSI IN IN IN IN K/Ft K/Ft IN-K Sq In K/Ft Sq In In In-K In In-K 1 4 60 7.50 3.75 7.00 240 4.426 1.629 0 0.866 0.410 8.044 6.989 0.526 0.094 1.312 91 5.09 46 2 4 60 7.50 3.75 7.00 240 2.467 1.218 8 0.880 0.410 8.044 4.190 0.480 0.086 1.265 84 5.00 36 3 4 - -- 60 7.50--3.75 -2.75 300 1.197 1.645--. 0 0.884 0.410 8.044 - 3.214 0.464 0.083 1.247 82 7.75 24 4 4 60 7.50 3.75 2.75 300 0.681 1.234 29 0.889 0.410 8.044 2.153 0.446 0.080 1.228 79 7.69 45 5 4 60 7.50 3.75 2.75 300 2.822 3.879 0 0.863 0.410 8.044 7.767 0.539 0.096 1.324 92 8.00 57 6 4- 60 -7.50--3.75 -2.75 -300 1.605 2.910 69 0.875 0.550- -8.044- " 5.160 0.636 -0.114 1.412 109 8.30 108 FILE - WE0815.89 'Client Sheet CONLEE �� %3•�� U Project Date �� ENGINEERS INC. Subject 97dA�9G �9•�.J g �.iG y �o ry '`��,sis= C2i�/�' 23 7� 2�O• ��G,.s� -f. ,4 �> Z>t7�E. 7 ZG•�� 2 SF.cs�iL ��c•= 2�5� ��04) fZCJ �39> " 7D�7S�— ����20 = � 9S5 21 10 2 Y w•��/G��2 �Zo ,7) %Z �/• rtru�/� 1PG C2�� y� � 2�� z a� ,lien Sheet UE CON LEE project Date ENGINEERS INC. Subject '�i.9.or/.ClJloisl By G� L 270' 2//2/0 ,9b J �9�a3 �dc pd�a z�zso, z � 3�z Z : ,E � Client Sheet SCE CONLEE project Date �'�3��� `. ENGINEERS INC. �� C� Subject iyeI9 m �yPG�/ BY _ Zs22. Gt/F -_ 277 e- 2SU . J �G?j�l 7•'eS StGr-sue �c.�@���i2/ 9- /9G•s�d•G�7 = 3G/ Z q � L �Ji� ? -3 9G = /�36/o �` �—��x d �c o •moo" q., �''`TJC 3�lo •• � -�lieut __ Sheet 'CE ' CONLEE project Date ENGINEERS INC. Subject F �G�/9os�� By G� X 9yZ 7 A'r II G"O V% q Commercial Building Permit Application SEP f 8 `r �! Building Department ;, • w.id ilcai L P.O. Box 547 Anacortes, WA 98221 Phone No.:360-293-1901 FAX: 360.293.1938 SITE ADDRESS: N1S \ �" Address 0�.n`J� om Q City/State/ZipUlJ'I'm, Phon3U O I U W State License mimeffl2rapb[z City of Anacortes License Name Address �W City/State/Zip S Phone FAX E-Mail Address Number of Stories Building Area: I't Floor s.f. 2"d Floor s.f. Name Yd Floor s.f. Basement s.f. Address Lot Area s.f. Construction Type City/State/Zip Use Zone Phone FAX Impervious Area E-mail Address Other(Describe) LENDER INFORMATION MUST BE PROVIDED FOR PROJECTS OVER$5,000 Name IN VALUATION PER RCW. 1 Address Name City/State/Zip I Address Phone FAX City/State/Zip E-mail Address Phone No. CONTINUED ON THE BACK g Commercial Mechanical Fixtures Fuel Type ❑ Natural Gas ❑ Electric ❑ Wood ❑ Propane Gas ❑ Other Type of Equipment Number of Type of Equipment Number of Fixtures Fixtures Furnace<=100K BTU Gas Fireplace Boilers/AC/Heat Pump Other Units Gas Outlets Ventilation Fans Gas Water Heater Range Hood Commercial Plumbing Fixtures Type of Fixture Number of Type of Fixture Number of Fixtures Fixtures Toilet Utility Sink Dishwasher Hose Bibb Hand Sink Water Piping Kitchen Sink w/Dis osal Additional Fixtures Clothes Washer Electric Water Heater I HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGE IF HAVE READ THIS PERMIT APPLICANT AND STATE THE INFORMATION IS CORRECT,AND AGREE TO COMPLY WITH ALL CITY ORDINANCES AND STATE LAWS REGULATING ACITIVIES COVERED BY THIS PERMIT APPLICATION.WITH THIS PERMIT ALL CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A CURRENT WASHINGTON STATE CONTRACTORS LICENSE AND A CITY BUSINESS ItItTASE.STOP WORK O ERS WILL BE ISSUED ON JOB SITES WHERE CONTRACTORS/SUBCONTRACTORS ARE WORKING WITHOUT hICRN 7 jo I J* 0y)4 Y-\ APPL SIG A DATE i i Last Updated 11-29-05 Commercial Fire Protection Inc Transmittal 17199 Bennett Road Mt.Vernon WA 98273-9789 Date: 09-08-2010 360 848-9093 License: COMMEFP 132 MM I To: Anacortes Permit Center Project: 2010530 M P.O. Box 547 Trident Seafoods Weight Rm T 1 904 6th Street 1400 4th St I Anacortes WA 98221 Anacortes WA 98221 Prepared By: DELLA ANTSEN Item Quantity Description 1 3 Plans for Approval 2 1 Head Submittal 3 1 Permit Application Notes SEP 0 S 2010 i Please sign and date this form as proof that you are in receipt of the above listed items. ------"`-- Return form to Commercial Fire Protection Inc Signed: Date: Way 7, 2010 Sprinkler 41 a MICROFAST11 AND MicrofastHP®QUICK IN :RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49068 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking Microfast*and MicrofastHP®Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers are small, thermosensitive,glass-bulb spray sprinklers available in several different finishes and temperature ratings and K-Factors to meet design requirements.The special Polyester and Teflon®coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In addition, these coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive at- mospheres and are cULus listed as corrosion resistant as indicated in the Approval Chart.(Note: FM Global has no approval classification for Teflon*and Polyester coat- ings as corrosion resistant.) 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Class 2020 NYC Approved: Calendar Number 219-76-SA and MEA 89-92-E, Volume 16 ABS Certified: Certificate 04-HS407984C-PDA VdS Approved: Certificates G4040095, G4040097,G4060056, G4060057, G4880045, G4930038, and G4980021 LPC Approved: Ref. Nos. 096e/03 and 096e/04 CE Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-CPD-2001, 0832-CPD-2003, 0786-CPD-40130, and 0786-CPD-40170 MED Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-MED-1003 and 0832-MED-1008 NOTE:Other International approval certificates are available upon request. Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria on page 41 d for cULus Listing requirements and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria on page 41 a for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Available since 1987. Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar)* Maximum Working Pressure:Sprinklers 12282 and 12290 are rated for Viking Technical Data may be found on use with water working pressures ranging from the minimum 7 psi The Viking Corporation's Web site at (0.5 bar)up to 250 psi(17 bar)for high-pressure systems.High-pres- http:/Iwww.vikinggroupinc.com. sure(HP)sprinklers can be identified by locating "260"stamped on The Web site may include a more recent the deflector.All other Part Nos. not mentioned above are rated to a edition of this Technical Data Page. maximum 175 psi(12 bar)wwp. Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi(34.5 bar) Testing: U.S.A. Patent No. 4,831,870 Thread size: Refer to the Approval Charts Nominal K-Factor: Refer to the Approval Charts Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to-65*F(-55°C) Overall Length: Refer to the Approval Charts *cULus Listing, FM Approval, and NFPA 13 installs require a minimum of 7 psi (0.5 bar). The minimum operating pressure for LPCB and CE Approvals ONLY is 5 psi(0.35 bar). Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 or QM Brass for Sprinklers 06662B and 12282. Brass UNS-C84400 for all other sprinklers. Deflector: Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000 or Copper UNS-C19500 for Sprinklers 06662B, 06666B, and 06765B. Copper UNS- C19500 for Sprinkler 12282. Brass UNS-C26000 for all other Sprinklers. _ Bushing (for Sprinklers 06718B,06720B, and 12290): Brass UNS-C36000 � ) pL� «� 4 ' " Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter 1' Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with Teflon Tape Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 f t� Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 is Form No. F 081296 Replaces page 41 a-f,dated April 16,2010.(Adk td Sprinklers 06765B and 06666B and obsoleted Sprinkler 12104.� Sprinkler 41 b May 7, 2A MICROFASTIIAND MicrofastHP®QUICK NllKjw4jRESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com For Teflon®Coated Sorinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw-Nickel Plated, Pip Cap-Teflon®Coated For Polyester Coated Sprinklers Belleville Spring-Exposed Ordering Information:(Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order Microfase and MicrofastHP®Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler fin- ish and then the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to the sprinkler base part number. Finish Suffix: Brass=A, Chrome-Enloy®=F,White Polyester=M-NV, Black Polyester=M-/B, and Black Teflon®=N Temperature Suffix(*F/*C): 135*/57*=A, 155*/68° = B, 175"/79* = D,200*/93*= E, and 286*/141* =G For example, sprinkler VK302 with a 1/2"thread, Brass finish and a 155*F/68*C temperature rating= Part No. 06662BAB Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the"Sprinkler Accessories"section of the Viking data book.) Sprinkler Wrenches: A. Standard Wrench: Part No. 10896W/B(available since 2000). B.Wrench for Coated and/or Recessed Sprinklers: Part No. 12144W/B*(available since 2003) C. Optional Protective Sprinkler Cap Remover/Escutcheon Installer Tool**Part No. 15915(available since 2010.) NOTE: RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLERS WITH PROTECTIVE CAPS MUST USE WRENCH 12144W/B. *A'W ratchet is required(not available from Viking). **Allows use from the floor by attaching a length of 1"diameter CPVC tubing to the tool. Ideal for sprinkler cabinets. Refer to Bulletin F_051808. Sprinkler Cabinets: A. Six-head capacity: Part No. 01724A(available since 1971) B.Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A(available since 1971) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the pip cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection,Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY The Viking Microfast®and MicrofastHP®Quick Response Pendent Wrench Sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and Flats 9�1�> Protective international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for Sprinkler the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. Cap 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. 10896 Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 10896W/B Slay 7, 2010 Sprinkler 41 c MicrofastHP® QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services:877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com M M I Ordinary 135'F(57'C) 100'F(38'C) Orange Ordinary 155'F(68'C) 100'F(38'C) Red Intermediate 175'F(79'C) 150'F(65'C) Yellow Intermediate 200-F(93'C) 150'F(65'C) Green High 286'F(141 'C) 225 'F(107 'C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome-Enloy®,White Polyester, Black Polyester, and Black Teflon® Corrosion-Resistant Coatings':White Polyester, Black Polyester, and Black Teflon® Footnotes The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13.Other limits may apply,depending on fire loading,sprinkler location,and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. a The corrosion-resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts.These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments.Prior to installation,verify through the end-user that the coatings are compat- ible with or suitable for the proposed environment.For automatic sprinklers,the coatings indicated are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester and Teflon®coatings. 1 1 1 I Sprinkler Wrench 12144W/B)K)K for installing coated and/or recessed pendent sprinklers i{ Carefully slide the f 1 with protective cnps. wrench sideways --------- I} F _ _____ ___- around the protective cap ensuring engage- -------- dent with the sprinkler xxA 1/2' ratchet is required wrench flats. (not available from Viking), Figure 2: Wrench 12144W/B for Coated and/or Recessed Pendent Sprinklers Sprinkler 4 1 d May 7,2016' MICROFAST11 AND MicrofastHP®QUICK N I KJ RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:tochsvcs@vikingcorp.com i Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal Overall Listings and Approvals' Base SIN K-Factor Length (Refer also to Design Criteria on page 41e.) Part No.' NPT BSP U.S. metrics Inches mm cULus• NYC- VdS LPCB Standard Orifice 06662B VK302 1/2" 1 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 1 58 1 A1X,B1Y A1X,B1Y A3 A3X,133Y C3X,E3Y11 C3X,E3Y" Large Orifice 06666B VK352 3/4" 20 mm 8.0 115.2 2-3/8" 60 A1X,B1Y A1X,B1Y A3 A3X C311 -- 06765B VK352 1/2" 1 15 mm 8.0 115.2 2-3/8" 60 A1X,B1Y A1X,B1Y A3 -- -- -- Small Orifice' 06718139 VK329 1/2" 15 mm 2.8 40.3 2-3/16" 56 A1X,B1Y A1X,B1Y -- -- -- -- 06720139 VK331 1/2" 15 mm 4.2 57 2-1/4" 58 A1X,B1Y A1X,B1Y -- -- -- -- 06932B VK331 — 10 mm 4.2 57 2-3/8" 60 1 — A3 -- G212 -- Maximum 260 PSI(17 bar)WWP Standard Orifice Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal Overall Listings and Approvals' Base SIN K-Factor Length (Refer also to Design Criteria on page 41e.) Part No' NPT I BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm cULus° NYCt- VdS LPCB 12282 VK317 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 58 A1X,B1Y I A1X Maximum 250 PSI(17 bar)WWP Small Orifice° 12290t- VK342 1/2" 1 15 mm 1 2.8 40.3 2-3/16" 56 1 A1X,B1Y I A1X -- -- -- -- Approved Temperature Ratings A-135°F(57"C),155°F(68°C),175°F(79"C),200°F(93°C), Approved Escutcheons and 286°F(141 °C) Approved Finishes X - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or B-135°F(57°C), 155"F(68°C), 175-F(79°C),and 200°F 1 - Brass, Chrome-Enloy®, White the Viking Microfase Model F-1 Adjustable (93"C) Polyester's.7, Black Polyestere,7, Escutcheon C-155°F(68"C), 175°F(79°C),200"F(93°C),and 286°F and Black Teflon'17 (141 °C) Y - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or D-135°F(57°C), 155°F(68°C), 175°F(79°C),and 286°F 2-Brass and Chrome-Enloy® the Viking Microfase Model F-1 Adjustable (141 °C) 3 - Brass, Chrome-Enloy®, White Escutcheon or recessed with the Viking E-155"F(68-C),175°F(79°C),and 200°F(93°C) Polyester7,and Black Polyester? Micromati& Model E-1 or E-2 Recessed F-155°F(68°C), 175°F(79°C),and 286°F(141 °C) Escutcheon G-155°F(68°C) Footnotes 'Base part number is shown.For complete part number,refer to Viking's current price schedule. z Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. °This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing.Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. °Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.for use in the U.S.and Canada. 5 Accepted for use,City of New York Board of Standards and Appeals,Calendar Number 219-76-SA. °cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 7 Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. e Listings and Approvals limited to Light Hazard Occupancies where allowed by the installation standards being applied,with hydraulically calculated wet systems only. Exception: 4.2K sprinklers may be installed on hydraulically calculated dry pipe systems where piping is corrosion resistant or internally galvanized. 9 The sprinkler orifice is bushed. 7,Tepted for use,City of New York Department of Buildings,MEA Number 89 92-E,Vol.16. 1 Certified,Standard EN 12259-1,EC-certificate of conformity 0832-CPD-2001 and 0832-CPD-2003. 2Certified,Standard EN 12259-1,EC-certificate of conformity 0786-CPD-40130 and 0786-CPD-40170. "# MED Certified,Standard EN 12259-1,EC-certificate of conformity 0832-MED-1003 and 0832-MED-1008. i May 7, 2010 Sprinkler 41 e MICROFASTOAND MicrofastHP®QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com cULus Listing Reauirements: Microfast®and MicrofastHP®Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers are cLlLus Listed as indicated in the Approval Chart for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. • Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies(exception:small orifice sprinklers are limited to Light Hazard where allowed by the installation standards being applied, with hydraulically calculated wet systems only). •The sprinkler installation rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray pendent sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QR1-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accor- dance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Ceiling Opening Size: 2-5/16' (58,7 mm) minimum 2-1/8' 2-1/2' (63.5 mm) maximum (54 mm) (15 mm) ERR NPT �� 1 Maxi I& 14t1NM4I.b :??? 2-1/4' 1-3/4 1-5/8' <58 mm) mm) 2' 1-1/2' (38.1 mm) 17(44.5 ( um) Minimum (4� � Maximum Installed with a Pendent Sprinkler standard 1/8' surface- 06662B (VK302) mounted escutcheon. Installed with a Microfast Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon Figure 3: Sprinkler VK302 Dimensions with a Standard Escutcheon and the Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon 2-1/8 Ceiling Opening Sizes 2-1/8' (54 mm) 2-5/16' (58.7 mm) minimum (54 mm) 2-1/2' (63.5 mm) maximum l ]►a�lb\ 1-3/4' 1-1/8' (28.6 mm) <4axi mm) Minimum 2' 1-1/8' (28,6 mm) Maximum (50,8 mm) Minimum iMaximum Installed with a Micromatic Model E-1 Recessed Escutcheon Installed with a thread on Model E-2 Recessed Escutcheon Figure 4: Sprinkler VK302 Dimensions with the Model E-1 and E-2 Recessed Escutcheons Sprinkler 41 f May 7, 20140 MicrofastHP11 QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation,210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services:877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email:techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Sprinkler SIN Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length FM Approvals' Base Part No. NPT BSP U.S. metric2 I Inches mm (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) Standard Orifice 06662B VK302 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 1 2-1/4- 58 A2X,132Y Large Orifice 06666B VK352 3/4" 20 mm 8.0 115.2 2-3/8" 60 A%B1Y Small Orifice' 067186' VK329 1/2" 15 mm 2.8 40.3 2-3/16" 56 A1X Approved Escutcheons Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Finishes X-Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or the Viking A-135°F(57°C),155°F(68-C),175°F(79°C), 1 -Brass and Chrome-Enloy® Microfast®Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon 200°F(93°C),and 286°F(141 °C) 2_grass,Chrome-Enloy®,White Polyesters, Y - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or the B-135°F(57°C),155°F(68°C),175°F(79°C), and Viking Microfast®Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon and 200°F(93°C) Black Pol yesters or recessed with the Viking Micromati&Model E-1 or E-2 Recessed Escutcheon Footnotes Base part number is shown.For complete part number,refer to Viking's current price schedule. z Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3 This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing.Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 5 FM Approved as standard response control mode standard spray Non-storage sprinklers.For specific application and installation requirements,refer- ence the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets(including Data Sheet 2-0). s Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. The sprinkler orifice is bushed. FM Agoroval Reguirements: The sprinklers indicated in Approval Chart 2 are FM Approved as standard response Non-storage standard spray pendent sprinklers as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements,reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets(including Data Sheet 2-0).FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to,but not limited to:minimum water supply requirements,hydraulic design,ceiling slope and obstructions,minimum and maximum allowable spacing,and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE:The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 -Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QR1-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in ac- cordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD,VdS or other similar organizations,and also with the provisions of governmental codes,ordinances,and standards,whenever applicable. Form No. F 081296 Replaces page 41 a-f,dated April 16,2010. (Added VdS Approval to Sprinklers 06765B and 06666E and obsoleted Sprinkler 12104.) H GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL GROOVED COUPLINGS TO BE RIGID TYPE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 22'-0" 2. ALL STEEL PIPE TO BE AS FOLLOWS: BC 11q 40MCRCAT RR: WNIFAN,LL 11HG'1I OF CAPACRYIH 812E ;=a LUItIEA ENO REP TYPEB FlUJD PIPE fW20NS IFT. 11ANTHREADED,CUT BPpLGPOWED,111aM TNREACEO,CUt8POLLCYAlOVSp,RAN END,POLISHED Reap 0.0781b10 THREIJ)•Hf CJIBRIXL(NOOA�RNN FNO,POU811FJ) 3A10 O.NaPPAT THREApEp.CUT B AM GRWY®,RAN END.PpuaHED 3.1a0 0.17a212SA6 TIIRFAtIED,CUT S NIX ORCOVED,PLNN END.POUSI*M 7M 024 8?IEOIAE 10 a GIRCATN RFE WALL wrFANa WH(NTCF GIPM7Yw SIZE THICIwESS DIVAETEP ENDREPTYPES Flll cn RR: pWDl18/FT. I,. 1 oAw tAOT RpL GHDOVED.P01]SIE➢,F4IN END(BUTTriE1AIHG) 1A10 OANI '.., I114 O.WP 1.aI2 ROLL ORDOYEO.PCU61ED,RNN ENOIBUTTWEIDINO) 2.30 om 112 DAW 1.012 RCLL G900VED,PIXIBHED.RMN ENDIBU7TWEI➢wG) 9.0M7 0.115 2 0.105 21T RDLL GRWVED.PO11mm PLAIN END IBM VAEIfYNG) I2M 0.150 Tow 212 0.120 Moo RCLL DIIODVEU.PWNEHO(BUrt WEUMNR) 5. om r1.25"x1"x1"TCE _ 'V a o.liA sY00 RMOR00VFARNNEW(&7RWEUJING) 7Aq 0t a 0.120 APN RQLGROOVEC,RWNEND(SURYIEW) 11.78 0.7M 1.25" s a.1s aa57 Rau wpvdEa RAIN ENoleur wEu HG) Ram He __— � — — � —_ —� / e 0.1a8 ezu POLLOROOYEO.PIAw END(SUITVIEU]Ngl 0.15 2.7)0 C)O 60° BU01q LNE J 3. MKGMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN RANGERS TO BE AS FOLLOWS: '': ',. NOMINAL RRia12E A'a 1 11l" 112 2 P12 8 6 3 1 a BTEELRFE I WA 1 124 1 124 1 150 1 160 1 150 1 1" 1 160 I 130 I 150 1 1" RGIPUN� SCOPE OF WORK ACTCEHING—+ (/ R& SED WPJ FIFE WILL HE STING IPE t 1°90 � COMMERCIAL PROTECTION I WET AUTOMATIC F DM EI 1.25°X'1"X1 TEE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW TENANT IMPROVEMENT INCLUDING NEW DROP DETAIL A/1 WALLS AND CEILINGS. 1.250 — 1 CFP WILL BEGIN WORK INSIDE THE BUILDING AT THE EXISTING WET PIPE AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. CLARIFICATIONS 1. ALL AREAS PROTECTED BY A WET SYSTEM MUST BE MAINTAINED BY OTHERS ATA MINIMUM OF e(°F TO PREVENT FREEZING. 2. OFF ASSUMES THE STRUCTURE TO BE ADEQUATE TO SUPPORT THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. EXCLUSIONS 3 - -- - 1. PAINnNG OR LABELING OF SPRINKLER PIPING AND/OR EQUIPMENT. 2. ELECTRICAL WIRING OF ANY KIND. 3. CENTRAL STATION ALARM EQUIPMENT,WIRING,AND MONITORING. 1" a. ALARM NOTIFICATION DEVICES(STROBES.BELLS,ETC)TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. b Io To T. . . -- - - - -- -- - - C.T.S. 48 1 1/2"P4UG J DESIGN CRITERIA PER NFPA 13-2007 EDITION INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS FITNESS ROOM SECOND FLOOR SPRINKLER PLAN LIGHT HAZARD .10 GPM SQ.Fr.OVER 1500 SQFT. IN SECTION 11.2.8.29.1 ALLOWS FOR AHpAa REDUCTION IN THE DESIGN AREA WITHOUT REVISING THE DENSITY WHERE LISTED QU)CK RESPONSE SPRINKLERS ARE USED FOR CEILING HEIGHTS SCNE SH+ra UP TO 10 FT. FINAL DESIGN DENSITY .10 GPM I SOFT.OVER SOD SQ.FT. NO ADDITIONAL HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS ARE PROVIDED FOR THIS TENANT. THIS TENANT FITTER / LISTER NOTES IMPROVEMENT IS LESS DEMANDING THAN THE HYDRAULICALLY MOST DEMANDING AREA ORIGINALLY CALCULATED FOR ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP It-.20 GPM/SO.FT.OVER 1500 SQ.FT. 1. REPLACE EXISTING 1/T OUTLETS WITH P OUTLETS AND REMOVE EXISTING UPRIGHT SPRINKLERS. 2. ALLNEW DROPSTO BE V a 10 FUEXHEAD-LENGTH PER PLAN I P1 pleCt on, Ip e to G-1ll C 9 LBYeI °r e o� III Mlkn Hlnfon _ 3 0 1 - .3 8 @ ( SEP 0 8 20ID �' 9 'y �'• `p/ 0j•071on a 11Rµ1.1 �, HANGER LEGEND SPRINKLER LEGEND ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOL LEGEND REVISIONS cON7Rlcr wTH ew swr MNlLFAC1IMBI 7YPE MODFi �^ '...,. ,.. ,NmER�®11DDI ND. DATE er RE NFORR sm COMMERCIAL FIRE PROTECTION, INC. Nn Wool asr 12 CEN E LINE OF PIP:TD REFER I) .m,o1 D sTRUCNRE w INCHES TRIDENT SEAFOODS NITvERNON,WA e1zN IT1 VN30Z Y3(IYG RE®88P N0B WHIE W11TIE Sb 1? f5S 5 eona cs.� p, .I. Nu Ea1TNouaNE sway NNCE 14004TH STREET ucENSE ACOMMEWI3RIIM w NUP1eER INDI OATes TnE ANACORTES,WA 9=1 I+IWNE:R3N eR-IIOAB Pax:(aMl eae-1CI1 INN I,w[E r7af a NNl �'- 4YIAY EARTHOUIJO:WAY&LICE IM 77u vx"u NUIbER IIAICATIM TYPE uw ururo' '"imeo m, "wNM HAI+OER LOCATION PROJECT MANAGER:JEFF JOHNSON TRIDENT SEAFOODS WEIGHT ROOM T.I. EIEVAn()N ASOVE REfERENCl31 PHONE:360-299-MU CELL:WD-220-T488 POINT IN FEET AND INCHES FAX: 14004TH STREET TR ET98221 Q Hroaux7c r UTAT NOS SUPERINTENDENT: FIFJOBLE C01 I% PHONE: + Rx;lD cpuRND AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION:CITY OF ANACORTES FAX IRaN DESIGNER DATE aH�T .K18 rb. 5 MIKE HINTON 90110 1 OF 1 20105W